TO 



Hi 

UBS 



Hit 



■m 

Hi 

Hill 



H 



BBi 




iBl 




J-" 




*v 






iV c 



























THE 

LATIN PRIMER: 

THREE PARTS. 



PART I. 

RULES OF CONSTRUCTION; 

(VeYy fully mid elegantly exemplified from the Lathi Poets) 

By which the Learner may in a short Time be taught to redd 
the Latin Authors with Judgment and Precisian. 

PART II. 

RULES OF POSITION, 

Teaching the Classic Way of writing Latin* with regard to tlih 

Arrangement of Words, according to the peculiar idioms 

and Customs of the Latin Tongue* 

PART III. 

A LARGE AND ft. ATS 

DESCRIPTION OF THE LATIN VERSS, 

And of many Kinds of Composition in Verse. 

A summary Account of Terence's Metres; and a more minute 
one ©f the Metsa Horatiana ; 

With a Table designed to give a ready and perfect Knowledge of 
ail Horace's Metres at one View. 



BY THE 

REV. RICHARD "LYNE, 

SECTOR OF LJTTLE PF.THERICK, AND LATE MASTER $f» TKF 
GRAMMAR SCHOOL AT LISEEARD* 



THE SIXTH EDITION 



FRITTED FOR LAW AND WHITTAK EI^ 
>Q. 13 A AVE*MARJA-LANE, LUDG-ATE-5TREET- 

1.817/ 



-f/l 



Ml 



The peculiar object of Part I. of this Book is, 
by various expedients, to secure the child's own 
good will and attention to the proper mode of 
learning: and for this pur pose all difficulties, 
though not all occasions of exertion, have been 
carefully obviated for him. 



m 
I 



& s £ ft. GHhert, Printers, dt. John's Souare, terpen. 



OF THU 



ETOIT LATIN GRAMMAR. 



▼V hen I was ilduced to attempt a short account of soma 
of the Principle of tlie Latin Tongue, in the form of an 
Introduction forChildren. I furnished myself with as many 
books on the sulject, aritient and modern, as I could pro- 
cure and read ; aid such was my endeavour to make good 
use of them, that before I could hit upon what turned out 
at last to be the -try plain and simple doctrine of the Latin 
Subjunctive Mold, as exhibited in one short rule in my 
Introduction, I fas closely engaged for more than five 
weeks in collating and digesting what I found to have been 
the equally laboired and fruitless endeavours of the very 
first Grammarian] on the same point: and after all I wa* 
obliged to turn frnn them to the oracles of the language, 
the old poets andShistonaus, before I could strike out this 
one spark in thai one word, finding it to be still more 
latent, the farther! searched after it in that received opi- 
nion, that the cause or government of the Subjunctive, is 
in some Adverb, Conjunctive or Indefinite word, whereas 
it is always and only in this, That the Subjunctive is not 
the principal, but the subsequent verb of the sentence in 
fight construction. 

My design here Being to submit a comparison in some 
essential points between me Eton Latin Grammar and my 
humble effort, I use this preiace in justice to the former, 
and to shew that possibly I may not be hasty in my opiuiojfttag 
that although the Westminster Grammar, and especially the 
Oxford, are more elaborate, and notwithstanding the very 
learned Mr, Richard Johnson's Animadversions upon 
Lilly's System, evidently, and jnstly 2 shot against the Eton 
Grammar; yet the Eton is the best adapted for school use 
of all the grammars I have ever seen. I wish it no othe? 
discredit than a made virtute implies. I was not indeed the 
author, as some have been pleased to imagine, of some 
late strictures on the Eton Grammar, nor have I ever seen 
them: but had I inclination and ability to perform th© 

a 2 Grille 



if Of the Ifoon Latin Grammar* 

critic ©n any af our popular grammars, it sould be on fh# 
Eton for tUe same reasons, as 1 doubt not actuated Mr. 
Johnson; because it is already the nearer, and may be 
the most easily brought to perfection for tlnuse of children. 
My object here is by no means to depreciat that grammar, 
nor to set mine above, or on a level with i (alii judi cent), 
much less to reflect on those gentlemen wb teach it in that 
illustrious school, where they may not be t liberty to cor- 
rect it without royal authority: but my esire is to shew 
that it has its faults, which as it is now bafcme in a manner 
the national grammar, ought, m justice -t) the nation, by 
competent authority to be amended; ani I heartily wish 
that the following observations may, witiout offence, ope- 
irate towards that effect. 

A school grammar should, I believe, fe little more than 
a syllabus of the subject, in what is w be committed 
verbatim to the memory. But the syllabi s itself should be 
compleat. First, it should be a perfect outline of the 
subject. Secondly, every position sfruld be precisely 
true. Thirdly, nil should be of nearly present use, and as 
intelligible to a boy somewhat advance^ in understanding, 
as the necessary matter is capable of leing made. And 
iourthly, what can be fully and obviously expressed at 
■once, should not be scattered about a a multiplicity of 
rules. Contrary to those four requisites, the faults most 
injurious to the learning and comfort >f a child, are, not 
omissions of some truths in grammar, but, 1. Essential 
defects, leaving the foundation impertct. 2. False posi- 
tions. 3. Thfe introduction of mattei that perplexes, or 
may be as well acquired by other exercises than that of 
Joatlinf the memory. And, 4. Repetitions or prolixities. 
I shall point out some of the blemishes of each kind in the 
Eton Grammar. And here, E. denotes the Eton Grant* 
mar, X. Lime's^ 



ESSENTIAL DEFECTS. 

I conceive that there is a great want of definitions in 
tbc Eton Grammar, such as of the very thing which it 
professes to teach, grammar itself, of the several parts of 
grammar, unci of many other terms which the learner has 
perpetually in his mouth, and without his understanding of 
which the very first stone of the building cannot belaid 
down for him. • There are no rules in this Grammar for the 
Pivision of Syllables j nor any for Punctuation: his know- 



Of the Eton Latin Grammar. v 

ledge of both which is essentia! to correct and gramma* 
tical writing;. The account of the First and Fourth De- 
clensions of Nouns is very deficient: as is that of the 
Irregular Comparison of Adjectives; there being nine 
distinct sorts of this, and the Grammar leaving the learner 
to suppose that there are no more than three. There is no 
account of the Pronominal Adjectives as distinct from the 
Pronouns; though there are near twenty distinct classes 
of these adjectives, as distinct from pronouns, as nominal 
adjectives are from nouns, and the error as great of mis- 
taking one for the other. It is necessary to know the part 
of speech of every word. The learner is told of Gerunds 
and Supines, hut not to which of the eight parts of speech 
they belong. Some of the higher Grammarians haye pro- 
nounced them to be verbs ; some to be adjectives ; some 
to be participles ; some, neither of these, but to be two 
more parts of speech, in addition to the eight. This 
comes from a want of definitions in grammars. Verbs 
predicate : adjectives and participles arc not names, but 
only denote the qualities or conditions of things. Gerunds 
and supines do not predicate ; nor do they denote the 
qualities or conditions of things; but they are all names, 
the names of some action, passion, or condition; therefore 
are not verbs, nor adjectives, nor participles, nor distinct 
parts of speech of themselves, but nouns, verbal nouns. 
There are thirty different sorts of feet in Latin metrology ; 
here are only two mentioned, the dactyl and the spon- 
dee. There are at least seventy live different sorts' of Latki 
verse, of which some intimation is necessary, even in a 
syllabus, under such a title as De Generihus Versuum; but 
here are only two so much as alluded to, the heroic hexa 
meter, and the elegiac pentameter ; and do not many 
understand that this is the sum total? And are there not 
mam in our Universities, who know the composition of no 
more? 



II. 

PALSE POSITIONS. 

I.E. " The parts of speech are eight: norm, pronoun^ 
** verb, participle, declined. Adverb, conjunction, pre- 
4 ' position, interjection, undeclined. Nouns are of two 
" kinds, substantives and adjectives.' 7 

Here are two fallacies. Tor here-fhe learner is taught 
that adjectives are nouns, and that participles are not 
adjectives. But nouns are names, as precisely as komen 

a 3 m 



fi Oftlie Mon Latin (Grammar. 

est nomen. Adjectives never give the names of tilings, hilt' 
only imply, without naming-, some quality belonging to 
them; therefore adjectives are not nouns, nor are nouns 
adjectives. Then adjectives are either nominal, pronominal 
or verbal; an4 verbal adjectives are eicher compared, or not 
compared. If compared, they lose the tense and govern- 
ment of verbs, governing only a genitive case, and then 
are not participles; if not compared, they have that tense 
and government, and so are participles ; and thus parti- 
ciples are adjectives, verbal adjectives* 

L. " Parts of speech are radically two, substantives, anct 
*' words, not substantives, called particles, that is, smaller 
*' parts of speech" 

Tins will appear from the definition of substantive and 
particle, 

h. " A substantive shews the subsistence or being of a 
" thing.'* 

But how ? In one or other of these four points, viz. 
3L. " By a designation of its name, or of its essence, or of 
*' its quality, or of its condition/ 1 ' Hence, 

L. " Substantives are of four kinds, nouns, pronouns, 
adjectives and verbs ; which are declined." 

L. " A particle shews the modes or relations of other 
4t words; or betokens some unpredicated motion of the 
" mind." Hence, 

L. " Particles are of four kinds, adverbs, conjunctions, 
s * prepositions, and Interjections; which are not declined." 

2. E. " A noun adjective always requires to be joined 
" with a substantive, of which it shews the nature or qua- 

*t'he meaning is, an adjective always requires to be joined 
*wiik a noun, of which it shews, &c. And this is true: yet 
not a true definition. 

L. "' An adjective (so named because never _ used but 
" in conned ion with a noun,) shews the subsistence or being 
iC of a thing by a designation or intimation of its quality, 
" relation, or condition." 

Such is the necessary definition, in order to include the 
three sorts of adjectives, namely, Nominal, denoting qua- 
lities; Pronominal,, denoting relations; and verbal, de- 
noting conditions. 



3. E. " A Verb is the chief w r ord in every sentence, and 
is expresses either the action or being of a thing." 

This is to say, a verb is a verb, and that is true, but not 
a true definition of the verb. Moreover the property of 
the verb is, not merely to express action or being, which all 

its 



Jjf the Eton Latin Grammar. vii 

it', vc|4als do likewise, but to prcditfte or affirm what it 
which none but > erbs do. There tore, 

L. k * The verb or chief weird of n sentence is that 
" which predicates or affirms the condition of a thins;, and 
" so shews its subsistence or being." 

The latter part ef this definition is necessary, to shew 
how a verb is a substantive. 

4. E. " Of verbs there arc two voices; 1. The Active 
u ending in o. 2. The Passive ending* in or." 

A voice, in grammar, is genus affinnaiionis, a distinct 
signification of affirmation. Therefore, 

L. " Of verbs there are four general classes or signi- 
" fications of affirmation, called Genera or Voices. 1. The 
" Entitive Voice, aflirUiing simple being only. 2. The Ac- 
" live, affirming action, transitive, or intransitive. 3. The 
" Passive, affirming passion. 4. The Neuter, affirming 
" neither action, nor passion, nor simple being only, but 
" something more than being, yet an inactive, impassive 
" state, and therefore called by the antients, the Supine 
" Voice; as, i" live, scand, sit, lie. 77 



5. E. " There are fire moods, the indicative, imperative, 
•" potential, e: adjunctive, and the infinitive/* 1 

L. " The moods (or indict tives, that is, modes or manners 
" of indicating j in verbs; are radically Three • the indicative, 
" the imperative, and the s'lbjuncme." 

The potential must not be considered as wholly distinct 
from the subjunctive, because it is itself always a subjunc- 
tive or subsequent mood in the fall sentence. -\.nd if it be 
so distinct, then the optative is equally so, and should then 
be mentioned here; and thus there would be six moods, 
But the optative too is always subjunctive in plena construc- 
tione. Thus the subjunctive is threefold in its use ; but 
one radical] v. (See L. p. 26. 81. and Phraseologicon, 
p. 140. 

Farther, Infinitive is not the name of any mood. When 
the infinitive (which ,"s mostly a noun, sometimes an ad- 
jective) happens to be a mood or verb, it is always either 
an indicative or a subjunctive, and then, as a mood, indi- 
cative or subjunctive is its name, Infinitive is its name on 
a far other account, namely, as being a word of no one finite 
vse, but of a use wonderfully and beautifully varied. See 
L. p. 26. 79, and Phraseologicon. p. 121. and Lat. Primer y 
p.7\. 6th ed. 



6. E. " In verbs there are five tenses or times, expres- 
sing an action or affirmation ; the present; the preterim- 

" perfect^ 



vii£ Of the Eton Latin Grammar. 

" perfect, the preterperfect, the preterpluperfect, and tire 
" future/' 

The definition or distinguishing character of a tense in 
verbs and verbals, is, that it designates the time of being, 
action, passion, or some other condition; not that it barely 
expresses an action, which other words do, that have no 
tense; nor that it expresses affirmation, by the different 
significations of which the voices of -verbs are constituted. 
And as time can be no more than either present, past, or 
future; there can be, I believe, but only three tenses. And 
as the being, action, &c, of a thing, whether present, past, 
or future, must be predicated as either not ended, or 
ended, hence each of these tenses must be twofold, imper- 
fect, or perfect. Again, as time, though already past, 
cannot be more than past, and as nothing can be more 
than perfect, the term pluperfect, plus quam perfectum, is 
absurd, as well as false. And as the present perfect, and 
the pretei imperfect, are frequently used for preterperfects ; 
here are evidently two indefinites, the first indefinite, and 
the second indefinite, in the Latin as much as in the Greek. 
And thus: 

L. " Tlie tenses .(or designations of time, (in Latin verbs 
" are principally three; the present (imperfect or perfect,) 
" the pretei' or past (imperfect or perfect), and the future 
u (i m >perfect or perfect" 

EXAMPLE. 

Indie. Subj. 

Pres. imperfect > Sum { Sim 

Fres. perf. or 1 indef. <f Fui { Fuerim 

Pret. imp. or 2. hi<ie£ ) Eram \ Essem v. forem 
Preter perfect 5 Fueram \ Fuissem 

Future imperf. } Ero i Ero 

Future perf. 5 Fuero { Fncro 

Imperat. imp. ^ Sim 

Imperat. perf. 5 Fuerim 

Inf. imperf. pres. and pret. 7 Esse 
Inf. perf. pres. and pret. $ Fuisse 
Inf. future imperf. } Fvre,v.futvrumess€ 

Inf. future perf. J Fvturum fuisse. 

7. E. " No first person sing, in the imperative mood." 
Yet this grammar allows tlie first person plural. This \t> 
very inconsistent. Tire truth is, that the imperative, 
which is also called the Precative and Permissive Mood, 
lias the three persons in each number. See this most fully 
exemplified from the best antient authors, in the Phrase- 
itogicm, p !»35. 

8. E, 



Of the Eton JAlin Crammar* ix 

3. E. "Am adverb is a part of speech joined to verbs, 
" adjectives and nouns, to increase or diminish their Big- 
« 4 nilication." 

Here a difference is rightly supposed between adjec- 
tives and nouns, contrary to what lias been laid down be- 
fore: yet here the definition is not true. Other parts of 
speech are joined to verbs, at! md nouns, to in- 

crease or diminish their signification ; and adverbs are never 
so added to nouns. Therefore such cannot be the deliui- 
tion of an adverb. 

L. 4 * An adverb is a particle added to another word r (to an 
*- adjective, verb, or adverb, to denote its quality, d< gree, 
rt or other circumstance." 



9. r. " A preposition is a part of speech most commonly 

fore another word ; or else joined in composition/* 
All other parts of speech are most commonly set before 

other words, and also joined in composition. 

Ia "A preposition is a particle, which always governs \ 

* ; and is never governed in construction ; shewing the force 

* or dependance of one word upon another* 7 ' 

In other words, a preposition is a particle that govern* 
a case. If what were otherwise an adverb only, governs 
a case, then it is an adverb in relation to the word 
which it modifies, and a preposition also in relation to that 
which it governs; as, nuLi imaiUtcr fecit, 

10. E. " An interjection is a part of speech, which be- 
" tokeneth a sudden motion of the mind, be it grief, joy, 
" or other passion." 

Other parts of speech, nouns, adjectives, verbs, and 
adverbs, do the same, though not interjections. 

L. u An interjection is mostly a particle (sometimes a 
" noun, neuter adjective, or verb; not necessarily, but 

* aptly, thrown into a sentence, to denote some emotion of 
^ the mind ; as Va I Dolor ! Turin ! Sodes (for si audes.) I 
"-Amabo I Quccso ! 



11. E. " Quibus verborum modis quae dam congTuant ad- 
" verbia et conjunetioues/' P. 104. 

Here are five rules to teach the construction of the 
moods of verbs ; but into which they do not afford the 
smallest grammatical insight : nor can it be done by as 
many rules of the kind, as would till the volumes oP 
Stephens's Thesaurus of the Latin Tongue. The most 
learned grammarians have toiled in vain this way to shew 
what words govern an indicative, and what a subjunctive, 
and in what different senses and intentions of the speaker 



ox 



-% -Of the Eton Latin Grammar. 

or writ&r the same word is to have now an indicative after 
it, and now a subjunctive, and now which you please. The 
whole mystery lies all this while but in only one little word, 
position in the natural order. Know but the principal verb 
'in a sentence; this (expressed or understood) must be an 
indicative, or an imperative, as it happens ; and it is al- 
ways the first in the natural order : then all the rest in that 
sentence are subjunctives, come what adverb, conjunction 
or indefinite word soever before either of them. A little 
practical instruction Will soon shew what is meant by t\\% 
natural order. 

L. " De modis verborum." 

" Modus imperatives est, quo impcraiur, sinitur, aut 
u oratur. — Indicativus est verbum loei prioris in recta con- 
" structione. — Suhjanctivus est verbum loci subsequcntis in 
"plena constructions: Et hie est, 

4k 1. V el mere Subjunctivus, absolute* sed suhsequenter pra- 
u dicans : 

u 2. Yel et Potentialis, potcniiam in affirmations invofc 
fi tens : 

u 3. Vel et-Optativus, optationem innuens" 

III. 

MATTER TOO REMOTE. 

Tco remote from the outline or more fundamental parts 
$f grammar, and therefore from the present attention of a 
child, whose mind is detained too long hereby from more 
obvious and necessary acquisitions, and from the know- 
ledge of this very matter in a more pleasant and impressive 
way, namely, by occasional observation, assisted by the 
teacher, in classic reading and writing. 

The outline of grammar, when all laid down (and should 
not this be done first?) is a great deal for a boy (especially 
if his time at school be short) to commit verbatim to his me- 
mory. With much more than- the outline, particularly 
with what the most learned men have seldom or never oc- 
casion to apply, I do not think it honest to charge him in 
that way ; first, because much more may be better learnt 
in a better way, and secondly, because his memory in the 
mean while might be better occupied with other exercises, 
aj3d among others, the outline of Greek Grammar. 

Matter of this kind in the Eton Grammar, I take to be 
neariy all that from Propria qua? maribus, ^c. (Ve. to Verbum 
Personale, fyc; all of it, except the general rules of the 
genders of nouns, and some few of the excepted words. 
What a gauntlet must that poor boy run, and who knows at 
what expense of time, labour, and better learning to him- 
self; 



Of the Eton Latin Grammar, xi~ 

self, and of money to his parents, who, before he is allowed 
ta set forward in his race, to enter upon the syntax and 
other exercises more pleasant and more important, must 
have his memory abused, and his understanding slabbered 
with those Cyclopiaii monsters, that horrid and mishapen 
hodge-podge of near twenty pages before the syntax, a great 
deal of which, I say, scholars, learned men of the first class 
and most studious dispositions, have seldom or never oc- 
casion to apply ! 

IV. 

PROLIXITIES. 

1. The rules of genders, if they were new cast, might in 
fewer words be made much more general, so as to compre- 
hend a greater variety of significations and terminations, and 
thereby greatly to reduce the number of exceptions. 

SIGNIFICATION. 

L. " Mas flumcn,mons, mensis, ventus, mascula sunto." 
L. "Foemina, gemma, niius, terrae, oppida, planta, fe* 

* mellae." 

Of these two lines, the first conveys more information 

than the four corresponding ones in E. ; and the second 

^jnore than the five corresponding in E. 

TERMINATION. 

In L. the general rules are in six contiguous Hexame- 
ters, and comprehend so many terminations, as greatly to 
curtail the Eton exceptions, especially the more usual 
ones; thus, 

l.F. 2. M. 

Fcemineum a primae. Mas est us rcpie secunda?. 

2. N. 3. M. 

Um neutrum est. Er, or, os, o, mascula tertiae hahentur. 
3. E. 
i Foeminea, impurum s ; ex, aus, as ; fere et es, is; 
\ Et verbale in io ; et polysyllabon in do, vel in go. 
3. N. 
Hasc sunt omnia neutra, n, ar ur, t, c, us, e, 7, ma, 

4. M. 4. N. 5. F. 

Us quartae mas. U neutrum est. Es foemina quintas. 
In E. the general rules, including attamen ex cunctis, So, 
are in ten lines, compressing so little of the habit of the 
language, as to be indeed very justly called there special 
rules, and creating so many exceptions, that those men- 
tioned fill up ninety Hexameter verses. 



2. The concords and exceptions in E. make fourteen 
rules 5 in L. tv. o. 

* 3.Th« 



>xii Of tlie Eton, Latin Grammar. 

3. The remainder of the Syntax in E. engages one huit- 
dred and forty-six rules; in L. fourteen. And more mat- 
ter, necessary to be known, is very plainly and intelligibly 
conveyed in the fourteen, than in the one hundred and 
forty-six: witness the last eight of the fourteen, pointing 
to the most common and admired elegances of the Latin 
Tongue, and to the accordances and discrepances between 
the English and Latin Idioms, of which very little notice 
indeed occurs in the Eton Grammar: so that the first six 
rules in L. contain the matter of the far greater part of the 
one hundred and forty-six in E. and that in terms equally 
sure, and far more intelligible to an English school boy. 
For example : 

4. CONSTRUCTION OF THE DATIVE. 

In L. thus, in only one rule : 

" RECTIO DATTVI." 

" Nomen,vel duo simul nomina, quibus Anglice attingunt 
u to vel for vclationis ; before; on ; over; from an 
ii ferendi, vel absent i ce ; et BY agentis, post quodcunqae vo- 
" cabulum, — Item nomina post vocabula cum piseposition* 
" composita — in Dativo ponuntur. — Sed et nomina hujus- 
" modi aliquando in accusativo vel ablativo cum praeposi- 
" tione feruntur i" comprising the matter of at least twenty 
rules in E. 



5. PROSODIA. 

B. About one hundred and two rules ami exceptions, 
to be learnt by heart. 

L. Twenty-two rules, and thirty-six exceptions to be 
learnt by heart, and comprising all the matter, concerning 
quantity, of the Eton, Westminster and Port Royal Gram- 
mars. 



1 shall rejoice to see, after this, a censure more severe, 
upon my own Grammar ; not doubting that there are faults 
in it, which escape my eye, and knowing now that there is 
in it a want of definitions, a want of arrangement, some less 
necessary matter, and that notwithstanding the copious ac- 
count of the Latin feet, verse and carmen, given in this 
Primer, there ought to be some brief account of them in tha 
Grammar also. Lor these, and whatever blemishes in it, 
I have to plead only that it has been but once upon the anvil, 
and that if I ever get it there again, I hope it will go forth 
better shaped, and better seasoned. 

RICHARD LYNK 

Little Petherick, 
PadstoWj Jan. 6, 1817. 



THE 

LATIN PRIMER. 

PART I. 

GENERAL RULES OF CONSTRUCTION, 

TO BE LEARNT BY HEART. 
RULE 1. 

CONSTRUE the nominative case first, (with the 
words thereto belonging, if any) then the verb : 
then the word or words governed of the verb ; lastly, 
the preposition (if any) with the word depending on it. 
rule 2. 
A genitive case is usually construed after another 
noun. 

rule 3+ 
An infinitive noun is generally construed after a verb* 
rule 4. 

An adjective or participle, if no other word depend 
on it, must be construed before its noun, 

rule 5. 

If an adjective or participle govern a word after it, 
it must be construed after its noun. 

rule fj. 

In an ablative absolute construe tte paiticiple or 
adjective last, i, e. after the noun or word, witk 



which it agrees. 



B RULE 7, 



2 CONSTRUCTION. 

RULE 7. 

If two adjectives or participles agree with the same 
noun, they must not be construed one before, and ano- 
ther after that noun ; but either both before, by 
Kule 4, or both after, by Rule o. 

RULE 8. 

Let the relative and its clause be construed as soon 
as possible after the antecedent. 
rule g. 

Certain adverbs and conjunctions are construed be- 
fore the nominative case and verb ; i. e. they are con- 
strued first in their own clause or sentence : so is the 
relative qui ; and so are quis the interrogative, quan- 
tus, quicunque, and such like words, (with their ac- 
companiments) in whatever case. 
rule 10. 

When a question is asked, construe the nom. case 
{unless it be the interrogative quis, quotus, quantus, uter, 
Sic.) after the verb, or else between the English verb 
and its auxiliary, expressing the auxiliary first. 

RULE 11. 

After the verb sum, a verb passive, and a verb neu- 
ter, a nom. case is sometimes construed ; but then 
there is usually another nom. case, expressed or im- 
plied, to come before. 

rule 12. 
An adverb is not to be construed with a noun, but 
rather with a verb, or an adjective, or participle. 
rule 13. 
After a preposition constantly look for an accusative, 
or ablative case. 

rule 14. 
The word governed must be construed after (gene* 
rally immediately after) that word, which governs it; 
except such words as Rule 9 specifies ; and even they 
must be construed after prf positions. 

rule 15. 



CONSTRUCTION. I 

RULE 15. 

When in a sentence there is no finite verb, but only 
an infinitive, with a nom. case, expressed or under, 
stood, construe such an infinitive like an indicative, 
the nom. being construed in iis proper place. 
rule 16. 

When there occur an accusative case and an inf. 
mood, quod or ut being left out, construe the ace. first, 
with the word that before it, because it is there virtual- 
ly a nominative, and should iherefore, with its ad- 
juncts, be construed like a nom. before the verb, 
rule 17. 

Words in apposition must be construed as near t* 
%ne another as 'possible 

rule 18. 
All correspondent words must be construed as near 
to one another as possible. 

rule 19. 

Generally construe every word in any clause you 
have entered on after the nom. case, before you pro- 
ceed to another clause ; beginning each clause, as you 
pass from one to another with the nom. case and verb, 
if there be such in it, and finishing it according to Rule 1* 

RULE 20. 

An oblique case, unless it be an adjunct to the nom. 
should be construed after the zero; and when more 
obliques than one depend on the same word, construe 
accusatives before datives, datives before ablatives^ and ge- 
nitives immediately after the words which govern them. 

RULE 21. 

WhensMTW is put for habeo, the English nominative 
is expressed in Latin by a dative, and the accusative 
by a nominative : in this case construe the dative first 
like a nominative* then the verb, as if declined from 
habeo, and the,n the nominative after the ^verb, like an 
accusative. 

B.2. RULE 22. 



4 CONSTRUCTION. 

JIULE 52. 
By a very common ellipsis, the verb sum may be un» 
derstood in any mood or tense ; when it is so, it must 
be supplied in construing, as the sense requires. 

rule 23. 

By a ?nost elegant ellipsis, any verb may be under- 
stood and inferred by reflection from another verb of 
like import, actually expressed within the period, 

RULE 24. 

Adjectives are often elegantly used as adverbs ; and 
are then joined with verbs in the construction, and 
rendered adverbially. 

See R. 25. in an Appendix to Part 1. 



GENERA NOMINUMET TERMINATIONS. 

1. F. 2. M. 

Fcemineum a prima% Mas est us r que secundae. 

2. N. 3. Bf. 

Urn neutrum est. Er, or, os, o,mascula tertiae habentur. 
-3. 5 Foeminea impurum s } x, aus, as ; fere et e$ % is ; 
F. \ Et verbale in io; et polysyllahon in do vel in go* 

3. N. 
Haec sunt omnia neutra, en, ar,ur\ t, c, us, e, I, ma* 

4. M. 4. N. 5. F. 

Us quartae mas. U neutrum est. Es fcemina quintan 

Note- — The characters 1. F. 2. M. Sec. shew to what 
declension and gender the several rules apply j as 1. F. 
the first declension feminine $ and the construing is after 
this manner ; viz. The genders and terminations of 
HorNs. — a. a word ending in a, primae of the first dccleib- 
sioji, fcemineum is feminine. — Us, r que, a word ending in 
us, or in r, securdae of the second declension, est is, mas, 
masculine.— Um, a word ending in vm, est is, neutrum 
neuter. Er, or, os, o, words ending in er, or, os, o, teniae 
of the third decl. habentur are accounted, mascula mascu- 
line. — Foeminea all these are feminine, impurum s, a word 
ending in s after a consonant; x } aus } as, words ending in 

x. aus % 



CONSTRUCTION. 5 

x, *US, as; et and fere commonly, es. n. words ending in 
et, is ; et and, verbale * noun derived from a verb, in io," 
ending in io; et and, polysyliabon a word of many syllabks, 
in do, ending, §c. 

PARSING. 

If the learner be very young, he may be led on step 
by step to parse, in the following manner. 

IN CHAPTER 1. 

He may nam* the parts of speech according to his 
grammar. 

2. 

He may also decline some of the more easy nouns 
and verbs,. 

3 and 4, 

And here some that are less easy, naming their de- 
clensions and conjugations. 

5. 

He may resolve nominative cases and their verbs 
by the first concord and what other rules he may have 
learnt in his grammar applicable to the nom. case, 
particularly its gender. 

6. 

He may go on to parse accusative cases governed by 
verbs ; genitive cases, the latter of two nouns ; infini- 
tives; adjectives of whatever sort agreeing with nouns 
in the nom. accus. or gen. cases ; always declining such 
verbs as what participles he parses are derived from, 
and applying his grammar-rules,. as far as he has learnt 
them. 

r. 

He may account for other oblique cases governed of 
verbs, and likewise of prepositions : and under rule 6 
here, he may begin to parse the ablative absolute. 

8. 
In the eighth chapter, he may parse verbs that have 
E0 nom. cas* expressed, and adjectives thai have no 

mum 



6 CONSTRUCTION. 

nouns expressed, supplying the ellipsis: and here, im~ 
der rule 8, he may begin to parse relatives as connect- 
ed with their antecedents, if he can be made to com- 
prehend that. 

9. 
Now he may resolve the governments of adjectives; 
parse nouns of time and place; and observe under rule 
11. how nom. cases, as well as others follow after cer> 
tain verbs. 

10 and 11. 

In. parsing the word governed, he may observe how 
such word,, though construed after the word governing 
it, is commonly and elegantly set before in the Latin t 
and he should be careful to write so himself in his 
Latin exercises. 

12*13, and 14. 

He may be reasonably expected to resolve any word 
that occurs in these chapters, particularly in such pe- 
culiarities of the Latin idiom as are here exemplified t 
and these too he should study to imitate in his writings. 

N. B. Of what words or sentences the learner is 
about to parse in Latin, he may, in each chapter, parse 
first the concise English translation. This will greatly 
assist him in both languages, by leading him to ob- 
serve their relative differences and accordances. In 
this he must compare adjectives aud adverbs- in the 
three degrees ; note the signs of cases, persons, voices,, 
moods, tenses ; their agreements, governments; and 
decline nouns, pronouns, and verbs, in this or som© 
such manner ; viz, 



Rovw# 



CONSTRUCTION. 



* ii U •*-» 












CA 




Greek 

t part, 
fore it 
ion 01 
gh not 


« 






(2 8 

HH h^ ^ 


Ok 

0) 




^ O U w § 

c e C ;« 2 
c« B j- ^5 

c « ~ c 

.5 ^2 j- 01 ••* 




9 

6 


05 su *~ 






c c ^ f3 

3 1 «= 8 i . 










k 






# 


■*-» 




bJ0*j . *- -5 « 


o 






0) 







2 3 g c* *; c 


• 






> 

■ •Hi 

o 

< 






5 cu rt ^; ^ 


A 






J) 


r2 




^6 ^bii^cs 






a 

o 


s ap-a 

•-X3 »J5 "** 

H J> It 


III 

a! « 3 

Ph oq C^ 


rt S3 .5 « § 

b > *2 O c ^ 




• 

P 


z 










•§g-s c .ti 9 








c ••"' <u > m 2 


rs 
5 •? 











«<a 












S3 R 


w b - bfT£ 


• • 












oo 


0) 










• 


s 






1 • 

^1 




o 
a 

Q 
* 






0.. 


^ cc J g. 

S « > O ,- vTj 

.tj *- 1; s ^ u 

BO rs I B Q. 

tJ C CO . -M 

- .5 v • n c c 
S t5 £ ^ §.« 

fe s ^'^ > 


18 

o o 


O 

a ^ 












►^ o ^o 




O O 








&N 




h£ 


+j O ,ft O G 



t 8 ) 

THJ 

GENERAL RULES OF CONSTRUCTION 
EXEMPLIFIED. 

CHAP. I. 



RULE !•■ 

CONSTRUE the nom. case first, (with the. words 
thereto belonging, if any) then the verb ; then the 
word or words governed of the verb ; lastly, the pre- 
position,* if any, with the word depending on it. 

Construe the No?n. Casejirst. 
The Norn* Case is in Italics* 

The learner is here informed,, that " the nominative 
case,, which is to be const rued jS/\tf, in this chapter is 
in Italics" that he may know, only by looking, without 
any trouble, with what word he is to begin every ex- 
ample. In the same manner the exemplifying words 
will be held out to him perpetually under every rule 5 
and would he but duly note, and bestow a little consi- 
deration on the words in Italics, he would need no 
other assistance in this book, and would infallibly learn 
by it the art of turning Latin into English. But easy 
and obvious, and almost unavoidable, as it is, so to 
observe the v/ords in Italics in theil* relation to the 
Rule, when he is repeatedly perusing them; yet to win 
his good will and observation in this instance is the 
grand difficulty. For that purpose however I have very 
successfully tried the expedient of proposing certain, 
questions to him at each example, previous to his at- 
temptingit. I shall now therefore subjoin those questions, 
after each Rule. To propose them constantly will cost 
a little time, and save much ; it will save a deal of 
trouble ; it may most properly be made a part of the 
Blaster's examination. The learner will then previously 

consider 



chap i. CONSTRUCTION. 9 

Si him; unles. he be extremely deficient. 

EXAMPLES. 

The verb in the active voice, Present T. Ind. M. 

QUESTIONS. 

Which word is the Norn, case ? Which the verb r 
Which must be constru ed first ? 

Pre*. Imp. Ind. 
Mi&« puanat. Nos amamus. Spirant venti. 
PresTPel (commonly called Pret. Perf.) Ind. koce. 
Ego linveni! P«e/te arriserunt. Fratres amaveruut. 

Pret. Imp. Ind, did. 
Tu dormiebas. Ego legebam Balabant oves 

Pret. Perf. (commonly called Pluperf.) lad. W. 
6a//ii« cantaverat. Preceptor docuerat. Pt/ert/^ 

iiidicerant. 

Fut. Imp. Ind. *Aa// or wt//. 
Clamabit i^Mff. Titubabunt ^ui. Micabunt «• 

Fut. Perf. Ind. shall have, #c. 
Nos audiverimus. Vos dixeritis. Rexennt *** 
peratores. 

Pres. Imp. Pot. may or can. 
Preceptor doceat. 

Pres. Perf. Pot. may have fyc* 
Nos paruerimus. 

Pret. Imp. Pot. shoM, SfC. 
Gloria excitaret. 

Pret. Perf. Pot. should have. 
Vos surrexbsetis. 

Fut. Imp. Pot. may hereafter. 
Ludent ignavi. 

Fut. Prirfi Pot. may hereafter have. 
Panares venerint. ImperaL 



iO CONSTRUCTION. chap. 11. 

Imperat. Imp. let. 
Laudet magister. Gaudeant pucri. Attendant 
discipuli. 

* Imper. Perf. let — have, 
Docuerint pnzceptores. Adoraverint omnes. 
See the Phraseologicon of my Latin Grammar for 

many instances of the Imper. Perf in Firg. Hor. jm. 

Tcr. Liv. Cic. Quinct, Spc. 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

Indie. Mood* 
Fatigatur equus. Provectus est humilis. Legebantur 
wctores. Victi erant kostes. Christus adorabitur. 
Pueri itistituti erunt. 

Pot. Mood. 
Tnhonesta amoveantur. Leges observalas sint. 
Rex honoraretur. Libri perlecti essent. Urbs ex- 
pugnabitur. Vitia suppressa fueriut- 

Imper. Mood. 
Imperf 
Fares suspenduntor. Superbus contemnatur. 

Perf. 
Fares suspensi sunto. Superbus contemptus esto* 

The Passive auxiliaries may be learnt from the 
Grammar. And the Potentials may be easily con- 
strued as Optatives, by expressing may, might, could^ 
would) after the Norn, case instead of before if, as 
May the^m,aster teach } instead of The master may teach. 



CHAP. II. 



(sONSTRUE the nom. case first, with the words thereto 
belonging, if any ; then the verb. 

The Nom. and its adjuncts are in Italics. 
Note. — Words of various denominations may be ad- 
juncts to the Nom. Of whatever sort, they must be 

construed. 



chap. xi. CONSTRUCTION. U 

construed before the verb* Thus adjuncts to the Nom. 
may be, 

I. One or more adjectives agreeing with it by the 
secoud concord ; as, 

I. A single adjective to be rendered before ths 
noun by R. 4. 

QUESTIONS. 

Which word is the nom. case ? Which the adjunct ? 
Which must be rendered first ? What words must be 
construed before the verb ? 



Boni pueri amantur, Mali pueri punientur. Vera 
virtus nobilitat. Lupus atrox inter ficiebatur. Prctccp- 
tores nostri veniunt. Rosa pulchra cadet. Mare tumi- 
4um furit. Navigia vcHra redibunt. 



2. Two or more adjectives with a conjunction, all to 
be rendered before the noun, by Ji. 4. 



-QUESTIONS, 

W T hich word is the nom. case ? What the adjuncts ? 
Which must be rendered first? What words before the 
verb? Have you observed the note ? (This last 
question should be frequently proposed ; a true answer 
should be strictly required ; and, after a little practice, 
not only a true answer, but a true answer in the affirma- 
tive.) 



Leges justce et inviolatce prosunt. Fugit lynx velox et 
maculosa. Libri utiles et ingeniosi legentur. Quercus 
aeria, patula, et glandlfera nutat. * Sasvit inimicus im- 
pius et atrox. Adjuvat vita innocens et inculpata* 
Nocet contentio praceps et petulans et insana. Bellum 
ssevit anceps et lethale. 



Just and unviolated laws, fyc. — The swift and spotted 
-lynx, fyc. — Useful and ingenious books, fyc. — The lofty, 
spreading and acorn -bearing, fyc. — The impious and cruel, 
fyc— An innocent and blameless, fyc. — Rash, and petu- 
lant, and mad, <£c. — Doubtful and deadly war, S;c. 

II. Adjuncts 



12 CONSTRUCTION. chap, ii, 

II. Adjuncts to the nom. may be other nouns in the 
same case, by apposition, or by conjunction. 

1. By Apposition. 

Questions. 

Which the nom, case? Which the adjuncts by appo- 
sition ? 



Princeps Eugenius vicit. Cyrus, Rex Persicus, expug* 
navit. Pecunia, irritamentum lethale, corrumpit. hi- 
vidia, triste tormentum, angit. Cicero, vir bonus y ctprct- 
stantisrimus orator, exulabat. Claret Virgilius, dclicice 
meat, vir summus, et poetafere divinus. 

Prince Eugene, fyc. — Cyrus, the Persian King, #c— 
Money a deadly incentive, fyc. 

2. By Conjwiction. 

Questions. 

Which the nom. case ? Which the adjuncts by con* 
junction ? 



Gavisi sunt vir et uxor. Mens pater et mater adora- 
bant. Julius Ccesar, Pompeius et Crassus consentiebant. 
Consentiebant Caesar Octavianus, Antonius et Lcpidus, 
Juvant panis et potus. Ventus et vinum, fallacia et 
ebrietas, vis, irce, et insidice nocent. 

Gavisi sunt rejoiced, from gaudeo.—- Consentiebant 
united* 



III. Adjuncts to the nom. may be a genitive or any 
other oblique case, connected with that nominative, 
and to be construed after it. 

1. Genitive. 
Questions. 
Which the nom. case ? Which the adjunct, or genu 
live case ? 

8 Prodest 



chap. «. CONSTRUCTION. IS 

Prodest timw Dei. Spes prcemii solatur. Prateriti 
periculi reminiscentia oblectat. Divitiarum, glories et 
voluptatis amor vittat. Hujus mundi curce contaminant. 
Laudetur nomen Domini, Patris mti domvs aedificatur. 
Fallit amicitia tnalorum. Agrorum viridantium color 
clelectat. Otnnium castellorum copice transducuntur. 

Prodest from prosum — Amor divitiarum, gloria?, &c; 
—Nomen let the name, or may the name, 4*c»— Laudetur 
be praised, in the imp. or opt. mood. 



2. Other oblique cases connected with the nom. and to be 
construed after it. 

g Questions. 

Which the nom. case ? Which the adjuncts ? Where 
are the adjuncts to be construed ? What words before 
the verb ? 

3 . Milites elati spt gaudebant. (Construe spe after 
elati, by R. \ 4. 

2. Milites elati spe victoria* gaudebant. 

3. Milites elati spe celeris victorice et hostium fuga 
gaudebant. Caesar. 



1. Affectus solicit udine Ccesar erat profectus. 

2. Magna affectus solicit udine Caesar erat profectus. 

3. Magna affectus solicit udine hoc nuncio Cctsar erat 
profectus. Casar. 



1. Hostes turris ruind commoti fugiunt. 

$. Hostes turris repentind ruind commoti fugiunt. 

3. Hostes turris repentind ruind commoti, inopinalo 
malo turbati fugiunt. 

4. Hostes turris repentind ruind commoti, inopinati 
malo turbati, deorum ird perculsi fugiunt. 

5. Hostes turris repentind ruind commoti, inopinato 
malo turbati, deorum ira perculsi, urbis direptione per- 
tcrriti fugiunt. C&sar. 

C 1. Caius 



U CONSTRUCTION. chap. in. 

1. Cains Curio, in Afrieam profectus ex Cilicia, pro- 
cessit. . 

2. Cuius Curio , in Afrieam profectus ex Officio, et 
jam capias Publii Attii Vari detpiciens processit. 

Et jam despiciens andnou despising cop. Pub, At.SfC* 

3. Caius Curio, in Afrieam profectus ex Cilicia, et 
jam ab initio copias Publii Attii Vari despiciens, pro* 

eessit. Cces. 

Et jam ab initio, &c. and now from the beginning, fyc. 



IV. Adjuncts to the nom. may be a relative with the 
constituent parts of a clause, or even a whole sentence; 
all to be construed before the principal verb, as, 

Questions. 4 

Which the nom. case ? Which the relative? What 
words follownext after the relative, before the princi- 
pal verb ? 

Deus, qui novit, compensable Deus, qui novit corda 
et cogitationes, compensabit. 

Tenuit consuetudo, quce quo ti die magis invalescit. Ea, 
quce necessaria sunt, conquhantur. 

Vir etfxmina, quos heri videbas, sunt mortui. 



CHAP. III. 



(lONSTRUE the nom. case first, witJi the words thereU 
belonging + if any ; then the verb ; then the word or 
vords governed of the verb. 

Note.— In this third Chapter, the words in Italics are they 
which, according to ride, must be construed after the verb. 

Words governed of the verb, and therefore to be construed 
after it, may be of various sorts : 

I. A noun or nouns, in that case which the verb requires j 
soma verbs requiring a nom. after them, others an oblique 
mm* 

A, Nom* 



♦hap. nr. CONSTRUCTION. 15 

A Norn, after the Verb. 

Questions. 

What words are to be construed after the verb ? 
Winch is the verb ? What before the verb ? 

Deus est summum bonum. Christus est summit m bo~ 
num. Christus est bonus ille pastor. 

Alexander erat dux for tisrimus. Titus Romanus Tm- 
perator appellatus est Amor ac Delicice humani generis. 

Virtus habetur rationis huma?ice perfectio ; et honor 
est premium virtutis. 

A Gen. Case after the Verb. 

Haec domus et hie ager sunt fratris mei. Mors 
neminit misere|pr, nee divitis nee pauperis. 
. Satagit unusqui*que rerum suarum. Vir bonus i/j/'u- 
rice obliviscitur ; beneficii reminiscitur. 

lmplentur veteris Bacchi, pinguisque fcrincc. 

N^te.— When there is no nom. case expressed, it is implied 
in the verb, and must, in construing, be supplied by one or 
these pronouns, I > thou, lie, siie, it, we, ye> they ; according *o 
the number and person of the verb j thus in the example above, 
lmplentur, they are jilted. See C. 8. R. 1. 

Dative after the Verb. 

Laus virtuti debetur. Pecunia mult is com mod at, 
pluribus incommodat. 

Rex pi us reipublicce prodest. Cicero praeluxit maj*. 
ribus suis. Parenti debetur maxima reverentia. 

Famoe mendaci quis credit ? Ferucissimo leoni traditu* 
est Ljsimachus. 

Accusative after the Verb. 
Cyrus imperium protuht. Romani vJncebant mmtft 
gentes. Virtus conciliat etconservat amicitiam. Vitium 
%itam moltstam efficit ; et parit odium ac inimicitias. 

Brutum Romans matronse defensorem swum quan 
communem patrem iuxerunt. Filiam suam carissi/nam 
occidit Virgunus, ne stuprum sustinereu 
Stuprum violence. 

c £ Ablative 



M CONSTRUCTION. chap, m 

Ablative after the Verb, 

Divitii$ } nee minus cutis abundavit Croesus* Curu 
mortuns exoneratur. Morbus quiete, cura somno spoliat. 

Morbus spoliat quiete ; cura spoliat, &c. The first 
spoliat is understood, and supplied by Rule 23, from 
th^ spoliat expressed here. 

Officio suo sapiens fungitur. Vita eterna boni fruun- 
tur. Stultus doctis et libris abutitur. 

Doe lis, learned things, 1. e. learning. 



2. The word governed by the verb may be an infinitive noun j 
and possibly that inf. also may have certain words governed by 
it. In such a case, construe the inf next after the verb, and 
then the words depending on the inf. 

Scribere jussit amor. Duo consules ca?perunt creari. 
Stultus perseverare nequiU Fiuctus dtturnescere ca3pe- 
runt. 

Car haginienses bella reparare tentabant. Nemo Ro« 
manoruni pads mentionem habere dignatus est. 

Note.— From the last example we find, that the word which 
the inf. governs, may likewise have, another word governed of 
it. The word governed, according to Rule 14, must be con* 
strued after that word which governs it \ therefore pads mult 
be construed arter mentionem* 



CHAP. IV. 



CONSTRUE the nam. case first, with the words thereto 
belonging, if any ; then the vetb ; then the word or words 
governed of the verb ; lastly, the preposition f if any r 
with the word depending on it. 

Note. — Prepositions, as we have seen, are sometimes ad- 
juncts to the nom. but in general they are attached to the 
concluding part of the sentence, and to be construed after 
the verb. ; # 

In this chapter, the words in Italics are prepositions and 
their adherents, to follow the verb. But the learner must 

know 



chap.t. CONSTRUCTION. 17 

know, that these are not the only words to be construed after 
a verb j there a>e other oblique cases, &c. which he must 
distinguish from the nom. and its adjuncts, and construe them 
next after the verb, then the preposition, &c. 

QUESTIONS. 

Which is the preposition ? The word governed of it? 
Where to be construed ? The verb ? What words to be 
construed before the verb ? 

Romanum imperium a Romulo exordium habet. 
utmilius Paulus consul dc Perseo triumphum eyt. 
Masinissa cum Scipione amicitiam fecerat. 

Quintus Ponipeius cum Numuntinis pacem ignobilem 
fecit. Postea Cams Hostilius Mancinus cum Numan- 
tinis pacem Jecit infamem. 

Publius Scipio Africanus militem vitiosum et igna- 
vum sine aliqua acerbitatc correxit. 

Copias suas Caesar in pr&ximum collem subduxit, 
Oscenses et Calagurritani mittunt ad cum legatos. 

Equitatum ad castra mittit, ad Jlumen Bagradanu 
Curio copias ex locis superioribus m campum deducit. 

Note. — The learner h^rc will have gone through every part 
«f the first Rule of Construction ; which is a very compre- 
hensive one, and so useful, that it will oftentimes be sufficient 
of itself to conduct him through whole and very long sen- 
tences $ and though there are forms of speech, which cannot 
be well exemplified under this rule, and therefore other rules 
are necessary, yet the learner must almost always bear this 
first rule in mind, under whatever other rule he is reading ; 
beginning each sentence, unless there be expressed exceptions, 
for the contrary, with the nominative and its adjuncts j then 
proceeding to the verb j then to the words governed of the 
rerb $ and so on. 



CHAP. V. 

rule l. 

" CONSTRUE the nom. case firsts vfith the vrords 
44 thereto belonging, if any; then the verb; then 
11 the word or words governed of the verb ; lastly, 

« 3 « ihc 



18 CONSTRUCTION. cbaivt. 

" the preposition, if any, with the word depending 
" on it." 

EXAMPLES, 

In which the nom. and its adjuncts, will be distin* 
guished by Italics* 

QUESTIONS. 

Which is the nom. case ? What adjuncts ? To be con* 
strued before or after the nom. I The verb ? 

1. Fortes fortuna juvaK Adag. 

2. Audentes fortuna juvat. Virg. 

3. Vocat labor ultimus ornnes. Id. 

4. Omnes eodem cogimur. Hur. 

5. Vents agitatur in gens 
Pin us : et cetsae graviore casu 
Deeidunt turrcs : feriunt que summos 

lulmina rnontes. Id* 



»ULE 2. 



€t A genitive case is usually construed after another 
ffs noun/' 

EXAMPLES. 

Genitive cases, and the words they depend on, will 
appear in Italics. 

QUESTIONS. 

Which is the genitive case ? What word does it fol- 
low in construction ? What words precede the verb f 
I. Proh Dt&m at que konibiumjidtm* Ter» 
€. O cur as hominum ! Pers. 

3. Amantium Jrce amoris integratio est. 
Amantium irae amoris integratio est. 

4. Internum lacrymae fondera wcis habent. Ov. 
£» Nunignarumali, iniseiis succurrere disco. Virg* 

nuts 



chap, t, CONSTRUCTION. 19 

RULE 3. 

" An infinitive noun is generally construed after a 
" verb/' 

These and such like infinitive words are not verbs or 
moods (as they are commonly called) because they do 
not declare, affirm, or predicate ; they are nouns, be- 
cause they are names, names of actions or conditions* 

EXAMPLES. 

The infinitives, and the words they depend on, in 

Italics. 

QUESTI0N8. 

Which is the infiniti- e noun ? The verb it follows J 
The nom. and its adjuncts? 

1. Non ignara mali miseris succurrere disco. Vitg % 

2. . Qu'isjallere pussit amaniem ? Id. 

3. Possunt, quia / osse videntur. Id. 

4 # Q ul timide rogat, 

Docet negare. Sen. 
5. Fortuna opes auferre, non animum, potest, Id* 



BULE 4. 

il An adjective or participle, if no other word de«> 
pend on it, must be construed before its noun." 

EXAMPLES. 

Adjectives and their nouns distinguished by Italics* 

QUESTIONS. 

Which the noun ? Which the adj. ? Which of th^ 
two to be construed first? Betore or after the verb? 

1 # Fallacia 

Alia aliam trudit. Ter. 

2. Omnium rerum, heus, vicissitudo est ! Id. 

3. Summum jus saepe summa est malit'ia. Id, 

4. Nulla salus bello. Virg. 

5. — — — Vocal labor ultimus oinnes. Id. 

RULt 



30 CONSTRUCTION. ciiai*. r, 

RULE 5. 

" If an adjective or participle govern a word after 
i€ it, it must be construed after its noun/' 

EXAMPLES. 

The noun and adjective, and the word governed of 
that adjective, in Italics. 

QUESTIONS. 

The noun ? The adj. ? The word governed of the 
adjecfi e ? Which first of the three? Which next ? 
Before or after the verb ? 

1. Vis consili expers mole ruit sua, Hor. 

2 . Res est solliciti plena timoris amor. Ov. 

3. lnvia virtuti nulla est via. Id. Est, nulla via, $c* 
4 # Errat, 

Quisquis ab event u facta notanda putat. Id* 
5. Versus mopes rerum, nugseque canorae. Hur. 
Rerum, of matter* 



KULE 6. 

4i In an ablative absolute construe the participle or 
44 adjective last, that is, after the noun or word with 
14 which it agrees. 

EXAMPLES. 

The ablative absolute is in Italics, 

questions. 

What words are the example, or abl. absolute ? 

Which of them the noun ? Which the participle ? 

Which of the two to be construed Erst ? The nora. r 

1. Deo Voletite, ridet et ftet quilibet. Ad&g. 

2. Auro loquente, sermo in an is omnis est. Adag* 

3. Atbore dejecta, quivis ligna colligit. Adag. 

4. Etiam sanato vulnerc, cicatrix manet, haber\ 
£. Via sxacta viaticum quserere. C*c. 



cwaf, v, CONSTRUCTION. 21 

RULE 7. 

a U two adjectives or participles agree with the same 
M noun, they must not be construed one before, and 
u the other after that noun, but either both before by 
u Rule 4, or both after by Rule 5" 

EXAMPLES. 

The nouns and adjectives here concerned, in Italics. 

QUESTIONS. 

The Example ? Which of these the noun ? The ad- 
jectives ? To be construed by Rule 4, or by II. 5 ? Why ? 
(If by It. 4, say, u Because the adjectives govern no 
word after them." If by R* 5, say, " Because the ad. 
jective — governs the word — after it.") The nom. and 
adjuncts ? Where to be construed ? 

j , Prosperum acfelix scelus 

Virtus vocatur. Sen. 
Felix, successful. 

2. ' Nee me tuafervida terrent 

Dieta, ferox : Dii me terrent. Virg* 

3. Vir bonus et prudens versus reprehendet inertes. 

Hor. 
Inertes, useless, or good for nothing. 
4 # ■ ■ Male verum exanrinat omnis 

Corrupt us judex. Id. 
$, ,. , Nobilitas* ola est at que unica virtus* Juv. 

or, 
Nebilitas sola est atque unica virtus. 



rule 8. 
u Let the relative and its clause be construed &8 
" soon as possible after the antecedent." 

EXAMPLES, 

The antecedent, the relative, and its adjuncts, in 
Italics : 
The antecedent, to be construed immediately before 

the 



.» CONSTRUCTION. chip, *t, 

the relative. If the antecedent be in the nom. case> 
construe it first of all, as Lex quve jubet, §c. If the 
antecedent be in an oblique case, construe it after the 
word which governs it, as Rege animum, quiimperat, fyc. 

Questions. 
The antecedent? The relative? Its clause? Where is 
the antecedent to be construed? Where the rel. and its 
clause ? Before or after the verb ? If before, Why ? (Be- 
cause the antecedent is in the nom. case.) If after, 
Whv ? (Because the antecedent is in an oblique case,) 
and governed of . 

1. Lex wm versa est, qucejubet nasci et mori. Lab. 

2. Gravior est inimicus, qui latet in ptctort. Id. 

3. Homo, qui in homine calamitoso est misericors, me- 
mi nit suu Id. 

4. Minor est quam servus, dominus, qui servos timet. 
Id. 

$ t - Animum rege, qui nisi pant,. 

Jmperat. Hor. 
Animum,: thy anger. 



CHAP. VI. 



RULE I. 

* CONSTRUE the nom. case first, &c." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The norn. and adjuncts I The verb? What after the 
verb I 

1. Dies adimit aegritudinem hominibus. Ter* 

Dies, Time. 

2. . - Trahit sua quemque vduptas. Virg* 

3. Quis enim modus adsit amori? Id. 

4. Omnia fert cetas, animum quoque. Id. 

Animum quoque, even the recollection. 

5. Alitur vitium, vivitque tegendo. Id. 

Tegendo, a passive gerund in do, by being concealed* 

Note, The gerunds in di, dQ, dum, though commonly re* 

presented 



fjr*F. vi. CONSTRUCTION. 2S 

presented in our Grammars to be only of the actke voice, 
are someti7nes, not active, but passive. So the supine in 
urn if sometime* passive ; and the supine in U is sometimes 
tUive ; though not so represented in our Grammars, See 
my Lat. Guam. 

Q, . Sasvit que animis ignobile vulgus. Id. 

7. Furor arma ministrat. Id. 

$• Dabit Deus his quoque finem, Id. 



RULE 2. 

* A gecitive case is usually construed after another 
"' noun." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 
The gen. case? The word it follows r The verb? 
What words precede the verb? 

1. Omnium rerum, heus, vichsitudo est ! Tcr. 

2. Sat habetfavitorum semper, qui recte facit. Plaut, 

<fc — ■ Viamque ins isle domandi, 

Dum faciles unimi juxenum, dum mobilis cetas. 

Virg. 

4. Vmcet amor patrice laudumqueimmen$-a.cupido. Id. 

5. Saevit amor ferri, et scelerata insania belli. Id. 

6. Pallida mors aequo pulsat pede paupcrum tabernas, 
Rcgumque turres. Hor. 
Pale death knocks with impartial foot at the huts } 

7. (Equa tellus 

Pauperi recluditur, 
Rtgwnque pueris. Id. 

g # Breve et irreparabile tempus 

Omnibus est vita, Sed famam extenders factis^ 
Hoc virtutis opus. Virg. Hoc est opus, fyc* 



RULE 3, 

*' An inf. noun is generally construed after a verb ,** 

EXAMPLES, 



24 CONSTRUCTION. chap, vi, 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 
The inf. noun ? The verb it follows ? The nom. and 
adjuncts ? Or, The words to be construed first here f 

1. Truditur dies die; 

Novaeque pergunt interire lun«. Hor. 

Dies, one day, truditur, &c, — die, by another day* 
*— interire to wane, or perish, as it were. 

2. Qui non vetat peccare, cum possit, jubet. Sen. 

3. Redire, cum perit, nescit pudor. Id. 

4. Amor timere neminem verus potest* Id. 

5. Quid Romae faciam ? Mentiri nescio Juv. 

6. Desinat elatis quisquam conjidere rebus : 
Omnia mors sequat. Claudian. 

Elatis rebus, in high fortune. 

y t _ Tunc omnia jure tenebis, 

Cum poteris rex esse tui. Id. 
Rex tui, the ruler of thyself. 
8. Nee, tibi quid liceat, sed quid feeisse decebit, 
Occurrat. Id. 
Nee occurrat, nor let it be considered, quid liceat, &c. 



RULE 4. 

4i An adjective or participle, if no other word, kc.' r 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 
The noun ? The adj. ? Which first ? Why I The verb / 
The nom. and adjuncts ? 

1. Ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent ! Plant* 
in occulto, in secret, in a hidden place. 

f t , Trahit sua quemque voluptas. Virg. 

3. », Labor omnia vincit 

Improbus, et duris urgens in rebus egestas. Id. 
s Improbus labor, hard labour, &c. et egestas 
urgens in, &c. 

5 4. — 



chap. tt. CONSTRUCTION. 



4. Saevitque animis ignobile vulgus. Id. 

5. Degencrcs unimos timor arguit. Id. 

6. Nunc animis opus, JEnesL, nunc pect ore firmo* Id. 

Now there is need animis of courage, JEnea, O 
JEneas, &c. 

Animus, is Latin for the Mind, and for what- 
ever of its operations, as Recollection , Courage, 
Anger, &c. 

7. Improbe amor, quid non mortalia pectora cogis ? Id* 

wicked love, to xvhat dust thou not, See. 

S. Quid non mortalia pectora cogis, 

Auri sacra fames f Id. 



rule 5. 
a If an adjective or participle govern a word, &c. ? * 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The noun ? The, adj. ? Which first ? Why ? The nom. 
and adjuncts? 

1. Labor omnia vincit 

Improbus, et duris urgens in rebus cgestas. Virg. 

2. Conscia mens recti famas mendacia ridet. Ov. 

3. _- Mens sibi conscia recti. Virg. 

4. Nescia mens hominum fati sortisque futurce. I(L 

5. Fortuna sctvo lata negotio. Hor. 
6, Corpus On ust urn 

HesUmis viiiis, aniraum quoque pr^gravat, Hor. 
7. At bona pars hominum decepta cupidine falso, 

Nil satis est, inquit. Id. At bona pars hominum, fyc. 
^8. Sumite materiam vestris, qui senbitis, cequam 
Viribus. Id. 

Sumite materiam a?quam vestris, &c. — qui scri- 
bitis, t'e who t &c. 



26 CONSTRUCTION. chap. vi. 

RULE 6\ x 

li In an ablative absolute, &c." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 
The exemplifying words ? Which is the participle, or 
has the participle implied in it? Thenom. and adjuncts? 

l . Ponuntque ferocia Paeni 

Corda, volcnte Deo. Virg. 

The Carthaginians assuage, &c. Deo volente, 
the God willing it. 

2. Heu! nihil invitis fas quemquam fidere Divis! Id. 
Alas I it is lawful for any one to trust in nothing,&tc. 

3. Est Deus in nobis, agitante calescimus Mo* Ov. 

4. Me duce tutus eris. Id. 

The participle being is implied in duce ; duce 
then must follow me. — Me I. 

5. Nil desperandum, Teucro duce, et auspice Teucro. 
Hon 

The same participle being is again implied in 
duce and in auspice. 

6. Judice quern nosti, populo ; qui stultus honores 

Saepe dat indigms. Id. 

The judge being the people y quern, &c. 

7. Per varios casus artem experientia fecit* 

Exemplo monstrante viam. Mamlius. 

8. Iwperantc Augusto, natus est Christus. 
Augustus being Emperor. 



RULE 7. 

" If two adjectives or participles agree with the same 
'• noun, &c. 

EXAMPLES. 

The exemplifying words? Which of these is the noun ? 
The adjectives ? To be construed by Rule 4, or by R.5? 
Why ? (See C. 5. R. 7.) The nom. and adjuncts? 

1. Varium et mutabile semper 

Faemina. Vig. 

Varium and mutabile both agree with thing. 

2. Stat 



chap, vi. CONSTRUCTION. 27 

2. Stat sua cuique dies: breve et irreparahile tempus 
Omnibus est \V&. Id. 

3. Udum et mo lie hit urn es. JrVrv. 

4. Mobiiis et vartfl est ferme natura malorum. Juv. 

5. hi amore hcec omnia insunt vitia; injuria?, 
Sospiciones, immicitue, induciae, 
Bellum, pax rursus. JW\ 

6. Tot rebus iniquis 

Paruimus victi. Lucan. 

7, Hoc reges babent 

Magnificum et ingens (nulla quod rapiet dies) 
Prodesse miseris. Sen. 
The noun thing or prerogative is here understood 
after hoc magnif. et ingens. 

8. Solvite, mo r tales, animos ; curamque levate, 
Torque supervacuis vitam deflere querelis, 
Fata regunt orbem ; certa stant omnia lege.ManiL 
I;Iere deflere, the weeping away, or to weep away, is 
an infinitive noun in the accus. case, governed of lev ate , 
just as the other noun cur am is. mortals, relax your 
minds ; and alleviate your care and the weeping away of 
life with so many superfluous, fyc. 



RULE 8. 
" Let the relative and its clause, &c." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The antecedent? The relative? Its clause ? Where is 
the antecedent to be construed ? Where the rel. and 
its clause ? Before or after the verb ? Why ? ( See C. 5. 
R. S.J 

1. 'Misernma, fort una est, qua* inimico caret. P. Sy?\ 

2. Nulla est tarn bonsif ortuna,de qua nilpossisqneri.Id. 

Note. — The antecedent is frequently understood, and may 
generally be supplied by seme pronoun, as in the following ex- 
amples 6 and remember, that in thus supplying the antece- 
dent, it must be rendered immediately before the relative. 

X) 2 3, Absentee 



5S CONSTRUCTION. chap. yii. 

3. Absentem la?dit (Ule) cum ebrio qui litigat. 

4. Ab alio expectes (Mud) alteri quod feceris. 

5. Feras non culpes, (istud) quod vitari non potest. 
Feras, non culpes, you must bear, you must not 

Home, tyc. 

6". Invitat culpam (Ule) qui peccatum preterit, 
7. Multis minatur (hie) quifaat uniinjuriam. 
§. QuiBavium non odit.*ame\ tua carmina,Mcevi,Fir£. 
Let him, qui who, non odit, fyc. 



CHAP. VII. 

KULE 1. 

" CONSTRUE the uom. case first, &c." 

EXAMPLES, 

Questions. 

The nom. ? the adjuncts ? The verb? What words to 
follow the verb? Have you observed the Note ? To this 
Question, frequently proposed, none but an Ironest answer 
in the affirmative should satisfy, 

} . Fata regunt orbem ; certa stent omnia lege. Manih 

2. Lingua mali pars pessima servi. Juv* 

3. Lingua est maliloquax mentis indicium mala?. 

Lingua maliloquax, an evil speaking tongue. Under- 
stand here not only a slanderous tongue, but a profane , 
d lying, an impure, an idle tongue, 

4. Nemo repente fuit turpissimus. Juv,. 
5 # — Ingenium res 

Adverse? nudare sole.nl, Hor. 
Res adversse Adversity. So Res seennda? — Res 
optima? Prosperity. 

6. Amicos res optimce pariunt; adverscc probant. 

7. Enervant animos citharce, cantusque, lyraque. Ov. 

8. Neglectis urenda filix innascitur agris. Hor. 
Filix urenda. The Jem which ought to be burnt, SfC. 

10. Fortes 



chap. yii. CONSTRUCTION. 29 

10. Fortes creantur fortibus et bonis. 
Est in juvencis, est in equis pal rum 
Virtus i nee imbellem feroces 
Progeneranl aquilce colambam. Ilor. 
Creantur, are produced. — Virtus pair am est in 
juv. The virtue of their fathers, fyc* 



rule 2. 



" A genitive case is usually construed after another 
« noun." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The gen. case? The word it follows ? The verb ? The 
words before the verb in construction? 

1 # Quid non mortalia pectora cogis, 

Auri sacra fames I Virg. 

2. Vitee sumfna brevis spem nos vetat inchoare Ion- 
gam. Ilor. 

3. Vis consili expers mole ruit sua. Hor. 

4. At bona pars hominum decepta cupidine falso, 
Nil satis est, inquit. Id. 

5 # — Stat magni nominis umbra. Lucan. 

Umbra, the very shadow, (i. e. the remembrance) 
of, &c. — stat remains. 

6. Res est solliciti plena timoris amor. Ov* 

7. Conscia mens recti-femee mendacia ridet, Id. 

8. Pejor est bello timor ipse belli. Seti. 

9. Serum est cavendi tempus in mecliis malis. Id 9 
10. Rex est, qui posuit met us, 

£t diri mala pectoris. Id. 



EVLE 3. 

u An infinitive noun is generally construed after 3 
« verb » 

2> 3 XX AMPLER, 



SO CONSTRUCTION. chap, tit, 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The inf. noun ? The verb it follows? The nom. andf 
adjuncts ? or, words before the verb ; 

1. Quid sit futurum eras, fuge qucerere. Hor. 

2. Quod adest, 

Memento componere sequus. Id. • 

Hem ember to order (or arrange) rightly , quod, Spc* 

3. iEquam memento rebus in arduis 
Servare men tern. Id. 

4. Valet ima summis 

Mutare, et insignem attenuat Deus. IBL 

Note. — Deus is the nom. case. 

5. Nee vero terras/err e omnes omnia possunt. Virg 9 
Verb nee omnes terrce possunt, Nor indeed are all 

soils able to, fyc, 

6. Felix, qui potuit re rum cognoscere causas. Id. 

7. Noli, amabd,i?er£ertf?Tlapidem, ne perclas raanum. 
Am abb (an interjection) 1 beseech you% [Plant* 

$, Intra 

Fortunam debet quisque manere suam. Ov* 

p. : — Exeat auld, 

Qui vidt esse pius. Lucan. 
Exeat, in the Imperative Mood, Let him, fyc* 
30. Sero recusatferre, quod subit jugum. Sen. 

Sero reeusat, He refuses too late, farrejugum f 
quod jugum, &c. The first jugum js understood* 



RULE 4- 



u An adjective or participle, if no other wosd de- 
-** pend on it, must be construed before its noun*" 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The noun? The adj. ? Which first ? Why ? What 
words before, the verb? 

I 1. Quem* 



chat. vii. CONSTRUCTION. 31 

1. Quem ferret, si parentem non ferret suum ? Ter, 

2. Nulla est tam facilis res, quin diflicilis siet, 
Quam invitus facias. Id. Siet for sit 

3. Vitae summa brevis — spem nos vetat inchoare 

long am. Hor. 

4. Pallida mors — #£wopulsat;?ecfepauperurntabernas, 
Rcgumque turres. Id. 

5, Nil sine magna 

Vita labore dedit mortalibus. Id. 
Vita dedit nil mortalibus, &c. 

6. Male verum examinat o??im$ 

Cor r up tusju dex. Id. 

7. Jejunus stomachus raro vnlgaria temnit* Id* 
Vulgaria, common food. 

8. Malta fidem promissa levant. Id. 
Levant, lessen. 

p. — Hie murus a'eneus esto, 

Nil conscire sibi, nulld pallescere culpd. Id* 
10. Doctrina sed rim promovet imitam. 
Paulum sepultx distat inert ice 
Celata virtus. Hor. 



RULE 5. 

* If an adjective or participle govern a word, &c/* 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 
The noun? The adj. ? The word governed of the 
adj. ? Which first of the three ? Which next ? The 
words before the verb ? 

1. Crescit indulgens sibi dirus hydrops. Hor* 
Indulgens sibi, by indulging itself after creseik 

2. Quid violent ius aure tyranni ? Juv. 

The noun after which violent ius is to be construed,. 

is thing implied in quid. So in the next example* thing 
is implied in aliquid > and dignum to be construed alter 
it. 

2. Auxte 



32 CONSTRUCTION. chap. vii. 

3. Aude aliquid brevibus Gyaris et car cere dignum, 
Si vis esse aliquid: probitas laudatur et alget. 

Juv. 

Aude aliquid, dare something, dignum, &c. 

Gyara — an island, one of the Cyclades in the 
uEgean Sea, whither the Romans banished obnoxious 
persons. — Esse aliquid, to be any thing. 

Alget, freezes in neglect. 

4. Nil dictufcedum visuque haec limina tangat, 
Intra quae puer est. Id. 

Nil, let nothing. 

5.Aude,hospes,contemnereopes;ettequoquedi£7?tfm 
Finge Deo. Virg. 

6 # . Quid terras alio calentes 

Sole mutamus ? Hor. 

Why do we go to countries^ fyc. Quid, Why, i. e» 
Propter quid, because of what : so Quid, Why, is no 
conjunction, but a Pronoun governed of propter un- 
derstood, and therefore in the accus. case. 

7. Rara avis in terris 9 nigroque simillima cygno. Juv. 
Avis rara in terris> eye. 

8. Vive memor lethi ; fugit hora. Vers. Vive tn 
memor 9 fyc. 

g # — 2U e pot ens sui 

Laetusque deget, cui licet in diem 

Dixisse, ' Vixi.' Hor. Hie deget potens sui, fyc. 

Potens sui, the master of himself 

10. Justum et tenacem propositi virum 
Nou civium ardor prava jubentiuw^ 
Non vultus instantis tyranni 
Mente quatit soiida. Id. 

Non ardor civium jubentium prava ', non vultus mutant is 
tyranni, quatit a solidd mente virum justum et tenacem 
propositi. — Justum, Who is just, fyc. 

Note. — As t&iacemm this example is construed after virum 
by the present rule, so justum is construed after it by the 
7th rule. 

KULE 6, 



chap. vii. CONSTRUCTION. $3 

RULE 6\ 

"In an ablative absolute construe the participle, &c." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The example or abl. absolute? Which is the parti- 
ciple, or has the participle implied in it? The norm 
and adjuncts ? 

1. Formidabi]iorcervorumexercitu3.r/tfce/eorce, f^uam 
leonum, cerro, A dag. [Leone dv.ee. Ccrvo duce: the par- 
ticiple in duce. — Quam leonum, than an army of lions* 

2. Imptrante August o, natus est Christus; imperantc 
Tiberioy crucifix us. 

3. Deofavente, livor haud quicquam potest. 

4>. Interea gustus elementa per omnia qnaerunt, 

Nunquam animo pretiis obstantibus. Juv. 

Gustus luxuries, after the verb. 

Animo, their inclination. 
5 # Prima est hasc ultio, quod, se 

Judice, nemo nocens absolvitur. Juv. 
The participle being is in jtidice. — Nemo nocens, no 
guilty person. 

6. Pan etiam Arcadid mecum sijudice certet, 

Pan etiam Arcadid dicat sejudice vietum. V/'rg* 
Etiam Arcadia, &c. even Arcadid. — Dicat, should 
confess, se vietum. 

7. Te que adeo decus hoc cevi, te consult, inibit, 
Pollio ; et incipient magni procedere menses. 
Te duce ; si'qua nianent sceleris vestigia nostri, 
Irrita perpetua solvent formidine terras. Virg. 

Adeoque hoc decus &vi inibit, te, Pollio, te consule, fyc, 
Si'qua, for si aliqua, if any. Irrita, being fru$+ 
trated, solvent terras, &c. 

8. Ser6 respicitur tellus, v\b\,fune soluto f 
Currit immensum panda carina salum. Ov, 

9. Qui statuit aliquid, parte inauditd altera, 
yEquum licet statuerit haud aequus fuit. Sen. 
Mquum licet statuerit, although he may have de~ 

ter mined justly. 

10, Defletc 



34 CONSTRUCTION. chap, yii, 

10, Deflete virum, 
Quo non alius 
Poluit citius 
Discere causas, 
Und tan turn 
Parte audita 1 , 

Sxpe et neutra. Id* de Chtudio. 
Quo, than who?n. 



RULE 7* 

* If two adjectives or participles agree with the 
4i same noun, &c." 

EXAMPLES, 

Questions. 

The exemplifying words ? Which of these is the 
noun ? Which the adjectives ? By R. 4. or by R. 5 f 
Why ? (See C. 5. R. 7 J The nom. and adjuncts ? 
1 . Duke et decorum est pro patria mori. Hor* 
The noun is thing understood. 

2 # Jll e ■patens sui 

Lcetusque deget, cui licet in diem 

Dixisse, ' Vixi.' Id. lite represents the noun, 

3. Felices quos ille timorum 

Maximus haud urget, lethi metus. Lucan. 
The full phrase is ille maximus timor ti?norum. 

4. Turn denique omnes nostra intelligimus bona, 
Quum, quae in potestate habuimus, ea amisirnus* 

Nostra bona for nostras bonas res* [Plant. 

5. Tcedet quotidiauarum harum formarum. Tcr. 
6. Olim 

Relligio peperit scelerosa atqueimpiafacta. Lucret 
Relligio falsa scil. Relligio for religio; so Reppe- 
lit, reppulit, rettulit. for reperit, repulit, retulit, to 
lengthen the first syllable in verse, 



OUkj^ long ago. 



7. Monstrum 



eiiAP. vii. CONSTRUCTION. 35 

7. Monstnnn horrevdum i?iforme, ingens, cui lumen 

ademptum. Virg. 

S. Solum unum hoc ritium affert senectus hominibus, 

Attentiores sumus omues ad rem,quam par est. Ter. 

Ad rem, to the thing, to the principal thing, as it 

is commonly esteemed, i. e. to money. Quam par est, 

than is right. 

y. Errat iong« mea quidem sententia, 

Qui imperium credat gravius esse aut stabUius y 
Yi quod lit, quam illud,quod amicitia adjungiiur. 

Ter. 

Mea sententia,/n;m my opinion. — Imperium, that 

that government, esse, is, &c. — quod fit vi, which is sn$<* 

tained by force, quam, &c. — adjungitur amicitia, is 

bound together by, SfC 

N. B. Esse in this ninth example shews a great 
deal, though not all, of the nature of an Infini- 
tive word, and of the reason of its name. Esse 
here, according to the construction we choose to give 
it, is either a verb, or a noun, or even an adjective : 
a verb, if we make it to affirm or predicate, Esse is; 
a noun, thus, Esse to be or a being, in apposition 
with imperium ; an adjective, thus, Esse to be or as 
being, when it agrees with imperium. The last con- 
struction is not so well here, but grammatical; and is 
sometimes preferable ; as, 

" Et maestum simul ante aras a ds tare' par entem, 
" Sensit, et hunc propter ferrum celare ministros. 
* Aspectuque suo lacrymas ejfundere eives," Lacret. 
as if adstantem, celantes, effundentes. Sometimes the 
infinitive is necessarily construed adjectively, and can 
not be resolved in any other way ; as, 

u Puerum, hide abiens, conveni Chremis 
11 Olera et pisciculos minutosye/ve obolo in caenam 
senis," Ter. 

necessarily as liferent em. So, " Est interdum prce- 
" stare mercaturis rem quaerere," Cato, De Re Rust. 
where prcestare is as the adj. prcestans to agree with 
the noun qu$rere. See the nature of the infinitive il- 
lustrated 



36 CONSTRUCTION. chap. vii. 

lustrated at large iti my Lat. Gram, where I have 
endeavoured to vindicate this most elegant and useful 
form of speech from that confined and pigmy notion, 
in which our Grammars have generally wrapped it up, 
contrary to what its name so obviously imports. 

10. Parvula (nam exemplo est) m&gm formica \dbor\s 
Ore trahit, quodcunque potest, atque addit acervo, 
Quern struityhaud ignara ac nonincauta futuri. Hor> 

Formica (nam exemplo est) parvula [scd] magni la- 
boris, trahit ore quodcunque potest, atque addit acervo, 
quern struit, hand ignara, ac nan incauta futuri. 

The adjective incauta, must thus follow its noun 
formica, by Rule 5. and therefore by the present 
rule, ignara, and likewise paruila must be construed 
after formica. The beautiful antithesis between par- 
vula and magni laboris, is thus best preserved in the 
construction ; The ant (for this is their example) small 
in size, but of gnat industry . 



rule 8. 

** Let the relative and its clause, &c." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The antecedent? The relative ? Its clause? Where 
is the antecedent to be construed ? Where the relative 
and its clause (Before or after the verb?) Why ? (See 
C. 5. 1L 8 J 

1. Parvula (nam exemplo est) magni formica laboris 
Ore trahit, quodcunque potest, adque addit acervo, 
Quern struit, baud ignara ac non incauta futuri. 

Bar. 

2. Nil agit exemplum, litem quod lite resokit. Id. 
Exemplum quod, fyc* 

3 # . Leve fit, quod benefertur, onus. Ov. 

Onus, quod, SfC. 

4.Ast 



chap. viii. CONSTRUCTION. 37 

4. Ast ego, qucc divom incedo regina, Jovisque 
Et soror et conjux, una cum gcnte tot annos 
Bella gero. Virg. 

5. Heu! quam miserum est ab co lcedi, de quo non 
pass is queru 

Heu, &c. — lasdi ab eo, de quo y §c. 

(> # J u € potens sui 

Last usque deget, cut licet in diem 
Dixisse, ■ Vixi! Hor. Jlle, cui licet) $c. 

7. Ira quae tegitur, nocet. Sen. 

8. Male vivunt (illi) qui st semper victuros putunt* 
Illi qui, SfC. — se, that they, victuros esse, are 
about to lite, semper, &c. 

9. Perpetud vincit (ilk) qui utitur clcmentid. 
10. Bis vincit (ilk) qui se vincit in victoria. 



CHAP. VIII. 

RULE 1. 

* 4 CONSTRUE the ncm. case first, &c." 

Note. — Though sometimes, as we have seen, there is no 
nominative expressed in the Latin, yet there is one always 
implied in every verb, and may be supplied by one of the 
pronouns, according to the number and person of the verb. 
Let the learner attend to this ellipsis, both because it fre- 
quently occurs, and because it is elegant in its use, the pro- 
noun in Latin being very rarely expressed, unless for distinc- 
tion or energy in speaking. 

EXAMPLES. 

The verb, in which the nom. is implied, and the 
words, which, for reasons to be seen hereafter, must 
precede the verb in construction, (if there be any 
suchj will be in Italics. When the verb is the only 
word in Italics, construe that first; then the word 
governed of it, and so on. 

E QUESTIONS. 



M CONSTRUCTION. chap. viix. 

QUESTIONS* 

The verb ? The nom. case implied in it ? The ad- 
juncts of the nom ? The words to follow the verb I 

Ellipsis of Ego, I. 

1. Persicos odi, puer, apparatus. Hor. 
Ego odi, $c. 

2. SubWim feriam sidera vertice. Id. 
Egofcriam, fyc.—feriam, fromfcrio,not homfero. 

3. Phyilida amo ante alias. Virg. 

Tu, thou or you. 

%. Qubd si me Lyricis vatibus inseres, 
Sublimi feriam sidera vertice. Hor. 
Quod si tu, SfCy — Lyricis vatibus, with Lyric poets. 

2. Audito multa; loquere pauca. 
Audito, hear thou, fyc, 

%lk; Ilia; Illud. He; She; It. 

Jlle, he, 

1. Namfuit h6c vitiosus ; in hora safe ducentos, 
Vt magnum, versus die tahat stans pede in uno.Hor. 
Namfuit, vit, &c. scepe stans in uno pede die* 

tabat due. vers, ike* 

Ilia, she. 

2. Phyilida amo ante alias; nam me discedere^tfmV, 
Et long'.im, formose vale, vale, inquit, Iola. Virg. 
Nanfievit, Iola, me discedere, tyc. Me discedere, 

jas if, Quod ego discederf.m. because that I de- 
parted, when discedere is an infinitive verb ; or, as if, 
>ie discedentem, me departing, like puerum ferre 9 
above noted in Terence, for puerum ferentem, and then 
discedere, like ftrre, is an infinitive adjective. — et in- 
quit, &c. — Ionium vale, &c. Here, Tale in the Latin, 
and farewell in the English, are of a two-fold con- 
struction. Primarily, i. e. considered in themselves, 
they a/e verbs, and have their nom. cases, vale tu, 

fare 



chap. viii. CONSTRUCTION. S9 

fare you well ; but in their relation to the adjective 
longum, long, they are nouns, for with nouns only do 
adjectives agree. In their dependence also upon the 
verb inquitj she said, they are nouns in the transitive 
or accusative case, expressing a thing, of which this 
is the name, a long fare-well, longum u,le. Thus, all 
parts of speech being named from their use, by the 
use of a word is the name of the part of speech de- 
termined, its name being as various as its use : And 
this is a principle in Grammar by which innumerable 
phrases, otherwise inexplicable, are easily resolved, 
— Formose, beautiful Shepherd ; pastor, shepherd? 
or some such word, being understood. 

It. 

0. Juvat ire sub umbras. Tua refert teipsum nosse, 
Spectat ad omnes bene vivere. 

Tua refert, it concerns thee — nosse, for novisse, from 
nosco. — Te ipsum, from tu ipse, thyself — Spectat ad 
omnes, it concerns all. 

1. Quid brevi fortes jaculamur ceto 

2. Multa? Quid terras alio calentes 
Sole mutamus? Patriae quisexsul 

Se quoque fugit ? Hor. 
Quid nos 9 fortes brevi oexo y #c. Why do we, whe 
finvrish but a little while y fyc. Quis exsul patriae, &:c~ 
Who, though an exile from his country, #c. 

Vos, ye or you. 

1. Dianam tenerse dicite virgines : 
Sing ye ofD. fyc. 

2. Intonsum, pueri, dicite Cynthium. Hor. 
Intonsum Cynthium, unshorn (u e. youthful, 

ever young) Apollo* 



QUESTIONS. 

Which is the first example here, and its adjunct ? 

The second and its adjuncts? The third, &c. ? The 

fourth, &c. ? The fifth y &c. ? The clause to be con- 

s 2. strued 



40 CONSTRUCTION. chap. viii. 

strued first of all ? Have you availed yourself of the 
Note? 

They. 
1. Qualis apes aestate nova per florea rura 
Exercet sub sole labor ; cum gentis adultos 
Educunt foetus, aut cum liquenlia mella 
Stipant, et dulci distendunt nectare cellas, 
Aut onera accipiunt venientium ; aut agmine facto, 
Ignavum fucos pecus a prassepibus arcent. Virg. 
Talis labor, qualis exercet apes novtt cestate, perjlorea 
rura, sub sole ; cum educunt adultos, SfC — aut cum sti- 
pant, fyc. — et distendunt cellas, fyc. — Aut, fyc. or re- 
ceive the burthens; venientium, of those that come 
loaded with honey. 

Aut, agmine facto, arcent, fyc. Agmine facto, an 
ablative absolute. See Rule 6*. A pro3sepibus,jfro??2 
their hives* 



rule 2. 



" A genitive case is usually construed after another 
noun." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The genitive case ? The word it follows ? The verb ? 
What before the verb ? 

1> Crescit amornummi. quantum ipsa pecunia crescit. 

Juv. 
2, curas hominum ! O quantum est in rebus inane! 

Pers. 
O quantum inane, what an emptiness, in rebus, 
in their concerns, 

3. Finis alter* us mali 

Gradus est futuri. Sen. 
Alterius mali, of one eiil. 

4, Multos in summa pericula misit 

Venturi timor ipse mali. Lucan. 
Timor ipse, the very fear. 

5. Non 



cwap. viu. CONSTRUCTION. 41 

5. Non domus aut fundus, non xris acervus et auri 
JEgroto domini <leduxit corpore febres, 

Non animo curas. Hot . 

Non domus aut, &c. <S:c. Deduxit febres, hath 
reduced fevers, corpore oegrut> &c. — nor cares in his 
mind. 

6, Vivendi recte qui prorogat horam, 

Rustic us- expectat, duin defliat amnis ; at die 
Lab.tur, et labetur, in orane vuiubilis asvum. Hor* 
Qui, he who, proiogat, &e.— Jfcusticus> like a 

clown, expectat, dum, &c. 
7 # Estne Dei sedes, nisi terra, et ponhis-, et aer, 
Et coelumet virtus? Superosquidquaenmus ultra£ 
Jupiter est, quodcunque videsy quocunque 

moveris. Lucan. 
Is there any abode, fyc. — Ultra, elsewhere? Ju- 
piter est, that is Jupiter, fyc. So the Epicurean phi- 
losophy i say here, There is Jupiter , #c. 



RULE 3. 



"An infinitive noun is generally construed after £ 
* verb." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions.. 

The inf. noun ? The verb it fellows? Tlie norn. and* 
adjuncts ? 

1. Nee regna socium ferre, nee tsedae sciunt. Sen. 
Regna, i. e. Reges* Tcedce, i. e. Cojijuges. Socium r 

hoc est, participem sui juris, a co-partner in their 
rights. 

2. Ferre, quam sortem patiuntur omnes 

Nemo recusat. Id. 

Nemo recusat ferre sortem, quam sortem, &c. as 

above, C. 7. . R : . 3. Ferre jugum, quod jugum, fyc m 

In trutb ; the Relative always stands thus between two 

2 3 cases 



42 CONSTRUCTION. chap. tixi. 

cases of the same noun, though the former or Ante- 
cedent is the one commonly expressed, and the latter 
understood; whereas sometimes, as here, the reverse 
is observed. See Exceptions to Rule 8. of Position, 
in Part 2. 

3. /Era nitent usu; bona vestis quaerit haberi. Qp m 

4. Quod cavere possis, stultum est admittere. Ten 

5. Nescio, qua natale solum dulcedine cunctos 
Ducit; et immernores non siiiit esse sui. Ov. 

J know not by what sweetness their native soil, <^c— 
et nun si nit, and suffer* them not, fyc. — sui, from suus 9 
3. Aurum permedios, ire satellites, 

Et pen umpere am at saxa. Hor. 

Aurum amat ire, &c. 



rule 4. 



& An adjective or participle, if no other word de. 
11 pcnd on it, &c." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The noun? The adj. ? Which first of the two? 
Why ? The nom. and adjuncts, in the lirst or principle 
clause ? 

1. lr&foror brevis e%t; animum rege. Hor. 

2. - Vivendi rectfc qui prorogat horam, 
Rusticus expectat, dum defiuat amnis ; at ille 
Labitur, et labetur, in omne volubilis cevum. Id» 

3. Virtus est vitium fugere; et sapientia prima 
StultitiS, caruisse. Jd* 

Caruisse, to be without. 
%. Latius regnes, avidum domando 
Spiritum, quam si Libyam rc?noti$ 
Gadibus jungab; et uterque Pcenus 
Serviat uni. Id. 
Domando, by subduing, avidum Spiritum, regnes 
latius, quam si jungas, &c. — remotis Gadibus, t& 

distant 

4 



CHAT. vin. CONSTRUCTION. 43 

distant Gades ; et uterque Paenus, and both Carthagi- 
nians, fyc. uni, thee alone. 

5 # __ Avidos vicinum funus ut aegros 
Exanimat. Id. 
Vic. fun. exanim. &c. 

g, Teneros animos aliena opprobria ssepe 

Absterrent vitiis, Hor. Aliena opprobria sxpe % fyc* 



ItVLE 5. 



u If an adjective or participle govern a word after 
•< it, &c." 

EXAMPLES, 

Questions. 

The noun ? The adj. ? Which of the two, first I 
Why? The nora. and adjuncts, in the first or princi- 
pal clause ? 

1, Fortuna scbvo lata negotio, et 
Ludum insolentem ludere pertinax, 

Transmutat incertos honores, 

Nunc mihi, nunc alii benigna. Hor* 
Fortune rejoicing in cruel business, and still constant 
to play her insolent game, transmutat, &c. 

2. Explorant aaversa viros ; perque aspera duro 
Nititur ad lau.rtem virtus interrita clivo. SiL ItaL 
Ad versa, adverse things, i. e. adversity, <^c. — ■ 

que virtus internt* duro ciivo nititur, &e. — per as- 
pera loca, over rough places, i. e. through difficulties* 

3 # m Blando que veneno 

Desiuiae virtus paulatim evicta senescit. Id* 
4 t _ Puer (ut scevis projectus ab undis 

NavitaJ nudus humi jacet infans indigus omni 
Vitai auxilio, Lucret* 
Puer (ut navita proj* ab. say* und,)ja. nud, hu. inf. 
ind. om. aux, &c. Vitai is here used for Vittf, the Geu. 
ef Vita, 

5. Fcecunda 



4* CONSTRUCTION. chap, viix, 

5. Fcecunda culpa secula nuptias 

Primum inquinavere, et genus et domos. 
Hoc fontc derivata clades 

In patriam populumque fluxit, Hor. 
The times fruitful of vice first polluted, See— Ruin de^ 
rived from this foundation hath flowed, Sec, 

6. Damnosa quid non miminuit dies I 
JEtas parentum, pejor avis, tulit 

Nos ntquiores tnox daturas 
Progeniem vitiostorettu Id* 



RULE 6+ 

w In an ablative absolute construe, &c.' r 

EXAMPLES* 

Questions. 
The abl. absolute; Which is the participle; or, Which; 
has the participle implied in it ? The noni. and ad~ 
juncts, in the principal clause I 

1# _ . Quad fas 

Atque nefas, tandem- mcipiunt sentire, peractis 

Criminibus. Juv. 

They begin at length, sentire quid est fas, &c* 

2. Beatus ille, qui, procul negotiis, 

Ut prisca gens raonaiiuoi, 
Paterna rura bobus exercet suis, 

Solutus omni saenore, Hor 
Happy he, who, business beings fyc. — ut. pr. g. &c,, 
exercet, ploughs, $c. 

3. O tortunatos nimium, bona si sua norint, 
Agricolas ; quibus ipsa, procul discordibus armis 
Fundit humo facilem victual justissima tellus ? 

Virg. 
Otoounfortunatehusbandmen ! ij they didbut know, fyc. 
quibus ip. just, tellus fund, hum, &c f t a whom the very* 
lomt^ous earth itself §<;+ 

6» Jmberbte 



chap. viii. CONSTRUCTION 45 

4. Imberbis javenis, tandem custode remoto, 
Gaudetequis,canibusque,et apricigramine campi; 
Cereus in vitium flecti, monitoribus asper, 
Utilium tardus provisor, prodigus aeris, 
Sublimis, cupidusque, et amata relinquere pernix. 

Hor. 
Cereus flecti in vit. like wax to be bent to y fyc. — 
Sublimis, lofty, cupidus, full of desires, pernix, 
ready, or very quick, &c. — amata, things once loved. 

5. Convcrsis studiis, setas atdmusque virilis 
Quaerit opes et amicitias : inservit honori ; 
Commisisse cavet, quod mox mutare laboret. Id. 

His studies being, fyc.—hisma rly age, fyc. — inservit,#e 
is a slave to, fyc. — cavet, he fori cars, fyc. 

6* Multa senem circumveniuiu incommoda; vel quod 
Quaerit, et inventis miser abstinet, ac timet uti; 
Vel quod res omnes timide gelideque ministrat; 
Dilator, spe longus, iners, avidusque futuri, 
Difficilis, querulus, laudatur temporis acti, 
Si puero, censor, castigatorque minorum. Id. 
Mult, in, &c. — either that he seeks for necessaries, and 
miserably abstains from them when found— or, that he ex- 
ecutes, etc. Spe longus, forming distant hopes— temp# 
act, of time past— min. of his younger s" 



rule 7. 

" If two adjectives or participles agree with the same 
il noun, &c." 



EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The exemplifying words? Whichofthem is the noun? 
The adjectives (To be construed by R. 4. or by R 5 ?) 
Why ? (XceC. 5. R, 7 J the primary clause or clauses ? 
The nom. and adjuncts ? 

I. Ju&tum 



46 CONSTRUCTION. chaf. vnr. 

t« Justum et tenacem propositi virum 
Non civium ardor prava jubentium, 
Non vultus instantis tyranni, 
Mente quatit solida. Hor. 

2. . Egomet mi ignosco, Maenius inquit. 

Stultus et improbus hie amor est digfiusque notari. Id* 

1 pardon myself \ says, fyc. — This seU-love is, Syc* 

3. Quce virtus et quanta, boui, sit vivere parvo 

( Nee meushic sermo est;sed quem praecepit Ofellus 
Rusticus, abnormis-sapiens, crassaque Minerva) 
Discite. Id. 
Discite, o boni, quce et quanta virtus sit, &c. — Rusticus, 
&c. A rustic, wise without formality, and of a strong 
mind uncultivated. — Abnormis, that is, sine norma, 
without rule.— Minerva, generally the Goddess of 
wisdom ; sometimes wisdom itself; sometimes, as here, 
the mind which possesses it, a strong mind, a strong 
genius: so construed, crassa necessarily comes after it 5 
and thus is best seen the full force of crassa Minerva* 

4. Nam veluti, pueris absinthia tetra medentes 

Cum dare conantur; priusoras pocula circuim 

Contingunt mellis dulciflavoque liquor e ; 
* * # * 

Sic ego * . ■■■ 



-Volui tibi suaveloquenti 



Carmine Pierio rationem exponere nostram> 

Lucret. 
Nam veluti cum med. con. dare tetra absin. pueris* 
pr. con. or. cir. poc. fyc. 

So I wished— Rationem exponere nostrum, fyc. to pro- 
pound my method of philosophy to you, in sweet Pierian 
strains, that is, in verse. 

5. Ponite inflatos tumidosque vultus. Se7i. 

6, Porro puer (ut saevis projectus ab undis 

Navita) nudus hum) jacet, infans indigus omui- 
Vitai auxilio. 

* • ♦ » 

* * * ♦ 



At 



chap. viii. CONSTRUCTION. 47 

At vaiiae crescunt pecudes, armenta, ferseque ; 

Nee crepitacillis opus est; nee cuiquam adhibenda est 

Almae nutricis b I an da atque infracta loquela. 

Nee varias quaerunt vestes pro tempore cceli. Lucret. 

Ncc est blanda atque infracta loquela almce nutricis, fyc. 
Nor is the soft and lisping language of a kind nurse to 
be applied to any of them. 

Fro tempore cceli, according to the climate^ or season 
of the year. 



RULE 8. 

i{ Let the relative and its clause, &e/' 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The antecedent ? The relative? Its clause ? Where is 
the antecedent to be construed? Wnere the relative and 
its clause ? Before or after the verb ? Why ? ( See C. 5. 
R. S.J 

1 m Qui prodest scelus 

Is fecit. Sen. Is, cui scelus, fyc. 

2. Quo semel est imbuta recens. servabit odor em 
Testa diu. Hor. Testa diu servabit odorem 9 quo, 

3. Ira furor brevis est \ animum rege, qui, nisi paret, 
Imperat. Id. 

4. Judice, quern nosti, populo, qui stultus honor es 
Scepe dat indignis. Id. 

5* Nil admirari, prope res est una, Numici, 

Solaqueqiioe possit facere et servarebeatum. Hor. 
Num. adin. nil est prope, &c. — the one and only 
thing, quae, &c. 

7. Reddere qui voces jam sciLpue?*, et pede certo 
Siguat humum, gestit paribus colludere, et iram 
Colligit ac ponit temere, et mutatur in horas. Id. 
The child that just knows hoxv to utter ,#c. — gest. coll. 

par. 



4S CONSTRUCTION. chap. vxii. 

par. delights to play with his, fyc. — and takes up and 
leys aside his resentments rashly. — in horas, every hour* 



CHAP. IX. 



&T7LE p. 

44 CERTAIN adverbs and conjunctions arc construed 
** before the nominative case and verb; i. e. they are 
•' construed first in their own clause or sentence : so 
u is the relative jm/; and so are quis the interrogative, 
quantus, quicunque, and such like words, (with their 
* accompaniments) in whatever case/' 

Note*— The accompaniments of qui, quis, quantus, fyc. may 
"fee nouns, with which qui, quis, &c. agree $ or nouns governed 
of them j or other adjectives annexed to them $ or preposi- 
tions, of which they are governed, 

EXAMPLES. 

The words in Italics are they which, by the present 
f ule, must be construed first in their respective clauses. 
After they are construed, proceed to the nora. case; 
then to the verb, &c, according to Rule 1. 

QUESTIONS. 

The exemplifying word ? Where to be construed ? 
The nom. case ? Its adjuncts ? The verb? The words 
that are to follow the verb? 

1. Ut sape summa ingenia in occulto latent ! Plant, 
Ut sa?pe, how often, sum. ingeD. 

2. Quod cavere possis, stultum est admittere. Ter. 

3. Quern ferret, si parentem non ferret suum ? Id. 
Whom would he bear with, if tyc. 

4. Nam* 



chap. ix. CONSTRUCTION. 49 

4. Nam deteriores omnes sumus licentid. Id. 
For we are ally fyc. — licentia,ybr too much, tyc. 

5. Dii immor tales ! Homini homo quid praestat ? 

Slulto intelligens. 
Quid interest ! Id. 
How much does one man excel, §c. How much an in- 
telligent man differs from, fyc. 

6. Q uo fata trahunt retrabuntque, sequamur. 

Virg, 



RULE 10. 



a 



4i When a question is asked, construe the nom. case 
Ci (unless it be the interrogative quis, quotus, quantus, 
u or titer) after the verb, or else between the Eng- 
lish verb and the auxiliary, expressing the auxiliary 
" first." 

Note.— By auxiliaries here are meant those words, which 
are sometimes called by young grammarians, Signs of ths 
Moods and Tenses ; viz. am, are, did, was, were, do, may^ca*, 
etc* 

EXAMPLES. 

The words in Italics are such verbs and nom. cases 
as the rule treats of. 

Questions. 

The exemplifying words ? The nom. (and adjuncts, 
if any) ? The verb ? Its mood and tense ? The English 
auxiliary, to come with and before the nom. case? Are 
there any words here under the ninth rule, and there- 
fore to be construed before the nom. case and verb? 

1. Ut saepe summu ingcnia in occulto latent ! Plaut* 
How often do, fyc. 

2. O qukm miserum est nescire mori I Sen. 

The nom. is it understood. How wretched is it, $ c> 
. — mori, how to die ! 

3. Infelix \ Quanta domiaum virtu te parasti ! hucan. 

F Unhappy 



$f> CONSTRUCTION. chap. ix. 

Unhappy Scasva! With, or, by the means of what 
great valour have you^ fyc. 

4. Heu! quam difficile est crimen non prodere vultu ! 

Ov. 

5. Dii immortales! Homini homo quid pr.rstat ! 

Stulto wtelligens. 
Quid interest ! Ten. 
$. Quem ferret, bi parentem non ferret suum? Tctf* 



EXCEPTIONS TO RULE 10. 

• Quis, quce, quid or quod, quotus, quant us, and uter, 
$c. with their adjuncts, do not conform to this rule. 
Jn an interrogative sentence, they and their adjuncts 
must be construed before the verb, by Rule 9. 

EXAMPLES. 

-Questions. 

The verb ? The word or words to follow it? The 
Tiom. and adjuncts ? Words under the ninth Rule ? 

1. Q u i 8 cnim modus adsit amori ? Virg. 

2, . Dolus an virtus, quis in hoste requint? Id. 

Dolus an virtus, is an instance of the rule itself; 
Num sit dolus, SfC. SfC. Who enquires in an enemy, whe- 
ther there be, fyc. 

3, O curas hominum ! quantum est in rebus mane! 

Ftrs* 

4. Quisnam igitnr liber? sapiens, sibique imperiosus. 

ffor 

Quunam igitur est, fyc. Sapiens, §c. the man that is 

mse, and severe to himself. Sapiens and imperious, 

both agreeing with the same noun ffoir.o understood, 

must both be rendered after it by Rules 5 and 7* 

5 r Q u j s failere possit amantem ? Virg. 

If it had been Numquis jailer e possit amantem? Quis 

-*ould be construed after the verb, because in such a 

S phrase* 



en a p. ix, CONSTRUCTION. 51 

phrase, quis, by aphaeresis, stands for aliquis, any sftc, 
very different from quis (the interrogative) who f 



- 



RULE II. 

11 After the verb sum, a verb passive, and a verb 
neuter, a nom. case is sometimes construed ; hut 

" then there is usually another nom. case expressed 

"or implied, to come before." 

EXAMPLES. 

The nom. to be construed after the verb will appear 
in Italics. 

Questions. 

The nom. case to follow the verb? The verb? The 
word or words to come before it? Which of these by 
the ninth Rule ? 

1. Nam doli nou doli sunt, nisi astu coHs. Plaut, 
Namjor doli stratagems, &c. &c. nisi colas unless 

you manage them, asm, by craft. 

2. Est pro fee id Dtus, qui, quae nos gerimus, audit- 
que et videt. Id. 

Surety there is a Ood t who both hears and sees, quae 
nos, fyc, 

3. Magnum hoc vitium vino est: pedes capiat pri- 
mum: Luc tat or dolosus est. Id. 

This is the great jault, fyc. It catches, Spc. It is, tjfc, 

4. Omnium rerum, beus vicissitudo est. Ter. 

5. Summum jus ssepe iumma est maliiia. Id, 

6. Percantatorem fugito ; nam garrulus idem est. 

[Uor, 



RULE 12. 



"An adverb is not to be construed -with a noun 
il but rather with a verb, or an adjective or participle.'* 

f2 Example*. 



32 CONSTRUCTION. chap. ix. 

EXAMPLES. 

The adverbs, and the words to which they belong, 
will be in Italics. 

Questions. 

The adverb ? With what word to be construed ? 
The noffi. (and adjuncts, if any) ? 

3. Sat habet favitorum semper, qui recti fecit* Plants 
He aluays has, sat fayitorum, &c. Fautor or Favitor, 
oris, a favourer, 

2. Feliciier is mpit, qui periculo alieno sapit. Id. 
Periculo akeno,Jrom another man's danger . 

3. Summumjus sa?pe summa est malitia. Ter. 

4, O Fortuna ! ut nunquam perpetud es bona ! Id. 

5, _ Forsan miseros meliom sequentur. Virg. 

6* Ultcrids ne tcnde odiis. Id. 



RULE 13. 

" After a preposition constantly look for an accu- 
sative or ablative case." 

EXAMPLES. 

Prepositions aud the words governed of them, are 
in Italics: and it must be renumbered, that preposi- 
tions, according to Rule 1, are usually construed after 
the verb* 

Questions. 

The preposition ? The word governed by it ? Where 
to be coisuued ? The nom. and adjuncts? Winch 

first by Rule $> .... 

1. Quam temere in nosmet legem sancimus lniquam! 
Nam vitiis nemo sine nascitur. Har. 

2. Conscia mens recti famoe mendacia ridet: 
At nos in vitium credula turba sumus. Or. 
Credula turba, a credulous set of people, or a set 

of people credulous, in vitium, to, 3fC 

<' ? l 3, Homo 



chap. ix. CONSTRUCTION. M" 

3. Homo sum : humani a me nil alienum puto\ Ter* 
Nil humani, nothing human, or nothing which con- 
cerns a human being, alienum a me, of no concern to ?ne. 

4, Ticitum vivit sub pectore vulrius. Virg. 

5 # __ Pulchram quepetuntper vulnera mortem. 

And they seek honourable, fyc, 

6* Post equitern seciet atra cura. Hor. 
Post, close behind, equiLem, the knight. 



RULE 14. 



"The word governed must be construed after (ge- 
u neralhi immediately after) the word which governs 
" it; such words excepted, as Rule 9, specifies; and 
M even they must follow prepositions." 

EXAMPLES. 

Note. — The word governed, and that which governs it, will 
be distinguished by letters prefixed, a, b y c, d, &c. and here 
undei stand two things, viz. 

1. Of these letlers, that which is prior in the alpha- 
bet, will denote the leading or governing word ; and 
that letter which is immediately next in the alphabet, 
will be prefixed to the word governed ; thus, a, b, — ty 
d ; b is governed of a, d is governed of c, &c— There- 
fore construe a before b, and c before d, &c. 

2. When two or more words have the same leading 
word to depend on, it will be seen that they both de- 
pend on one word, by their having the same letter be- 
fore them ; thus, a, b,b ; both b, b, are governed of q* 
Again, a, b y c, c ; b depends on a, but c, ty on d. 

Questions. 

The verb ? The word, or words to be construed after 
the verb ? In what order, i. e, which first ? which next t 
The nom. and adjuncts? -What by R. Q. ? 

1, d Trahit sua *quemque voluntas. Virg. 

Sua volup. tn*h. &c. 

2. Fallacia, . 

Alia ^uliacQ *trudit. Tei\ 

j 3 3. -Omnia 



U CONSTRUCTION. chap. x. 

3. aOmnia Jert setas, Minimum quoque. Virg. 

4. Adeo d \ii Veneris ^consuescere multum *est 

Id. 

Adeo multum, so- much, or of so much consequence, 
est, it is— to form good habits in tender minds or 
years. 

5. Praecipuurn jam inrie d a Veneris "impende ^labo- 
rem. Id. 

Impende, bestow, praseip. lab. — jam inde a, in- 
stantly from, or even from. 

Q t . ■ a Sx vitque *animis ignobile vulgus. Id* 



CHAP. X. 

RULE 9* 



v ERTAIN adverbs, &c. are construed before the 
nom. &c. 

' EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The exemplifying word ? Where to be construed t 
The nom. and adjuncts ? The verb ? The words to 
follow the verb ? 

1. Damnosa quid non imminuit dies ? Hor, 

2. Quid non mortalia pectora cogis, 
Aura sacra fames? Virg. 

3. Improbe Amor, quid non mortalia pectora cogis ? 

[Vug. 

4. Vivite. Felices, quibus est fortuna peracta 
Jam sua ! Id. JEn. 3, 493. 

So I would point thii passage in Virgil; not as even Servius 
himself reads it, " Vivite felices, quibus, Sec." giving to site 
fa; a very forced and false construction the sense of vestr a ' x which 
ike divine poet never meant ; but would thus make his Hero 
speak more pathetically, ** Farewell. Happy they for whom 

their 



chap. x. CONSTRUCTION, 55 

their fortune is now accomplished! We are called from fate 
to fate: To you tranquillity is secured. " So the learned Je- 
suit, Jean Louis de la Cerda, understands this passage. 

5. Quemcunque miserum videris, hominem scias. Sen, 
Scias, you may know him to be, tStc. so, neges, you 

may deny him to be. 

6. Quemcunque fortera videris, miserum neges. Id. 

7. Quantum q- usque snal nummorum eondit in arc&, 
Tancum hahet et fidei, Juv. 

Here the phrases quantum nnmmoriim> and taritumjidei, are 
said to correspond with one another : there Is a comparative 
relation between them ; and they are under like circumstances 
of government and construction : hence because qua?itum 
7iummorum must be construed before the verb eondit, tantum 
fidei must likewise come before hahet. The same relation 
subsists between qivem and hunc in the next example $ the same 
mode mu ; t be observed in constiuing them j i. e. they must 
(one, and therefore both) be rendered first in their respective 
clauses. We shall see more of this under Rule 18. 

8. Quern dies vidit veniens superbum, 
Hunc dies vidit fugiens jacentem. Se?i. 
J ace mem, fallen. 

9. Nil habet infelix paupertas durius in se, 
Qudm qubd ridiculos homines facit. Juv. 
Durior, durius, harder. — Construe ridicuhs last 

in this sentence. 
JO. Quanto parentes sanguinis vinclo tenes, 
Natura ? Sen. 
By what a tie y fyc. dost thou, fyc. naturt I 



RULE 10. 



" When a question is asked, construe the nominative 
" case, kc" 

EXAMPLE*. 

Questions. 
The exemplifying words? The nom. and adjuncts? 
The verb ? Its mood and Tense ? The English auxiliary 

to 



56 CONSTRUCTION; - chap, x, 

to come with and before the ?ium. case ? Words by the 
ninth Rule. 

1. Non vires alias, conversa que Numina sent is f 
Cede Deo. Virg. Dost thou not perceive other 
strength, fyc. — conversa, turned against the ? 

2. Cur ante tubam tremor occupat artus? Id* 

Why doth a tremour, ^c. 

3^ Tantame animis cselestibus irce? Id. 

Num sint tantoc, fyc* Can there be such, fyc. 

4. Cur omnium fit culpa paucorum scelus? Sen* -. 
Why is the fault of all made y $d Or r 

Cur omnium^ culpa paucorum scelus ? 
Why is the wickedness of a few made, Sf4* 

5. Mortem aliquid ultra est? Vita, si cupias morr. 
Ultra, beyond^ or xoorse than, \Id. 

6. Imperia dura toile ; quid virtus erit f £d. 

7. Eheu ! quam brevibus pereusit ingentia causis ! 

Claud. 
Quam brev. caus. by what trifling, ,§c. do greats 
things, SfC 

8. Unde tibi frontem libertatemque parentis, - 
Cum facias pejora senex ? Juv. 

Unde sum is tibi 9 $c. How do you assume, $•■'£*. fyc, 
Cum senex, &C when though an old man, tyc % 

Q. Dicite, Pontifices, in sacro quid Jacit aurum ? 
In sacro, in religion. [Pers. 

10. O Fortuna, viris invida fortibus, 

Quam non cequa bonis praemia dividis ? Sen* 
What inadequate compensations dost thou, fyc. 



EXCEPTIONS TO RULE 10. 

The learner must remember that the interrogative* 
quis, quantus, quotas, and vter, are exceptions to this 
rule ; and so (it may be added here) are other iater- 
rogatives derived from these, as ; cujus, quciumus, quo- 
tup I ex, 



chap. x. CONSTRUCTION. 57 

tuplex, quotusquisque, quantulus, quails, uterutrubi, fyc, 
'with their adjuncts. 

QUESTIONS. 

The verb ? The word or words to follow it ? The 
Rom. and adjuncts ? Words by Rule 9.? 

j 9 — Quid mirum, noscere mundum 

Si possunt nomines,quibus est et mundus in ipsis; 
Exempl unique Dei quisque est in imagine parva? 

Manih 
Qurbus est et mundus, who hate even, fyc* 

2. Vir bonus est quis ? 

Qui consulta patrum, qui leges juraque servat. 

Hor. 
Qui servat. cons. patr. qui servat leg. &c. 

3. Hor a quota est r Id. 

4. Quotums sunt &des ? Plant. 

Quotumce cedes interjacent ? How many houses are 
between 9 

5. Quotus- enim -quisque reperietur, qui, impunitate 
et ignoratione omnium propositi, abstinere possit 
injuria? Cic. 

Quotus-quisque, &c. What man in a thousand will be 
found, &c. — ignoratione omnium, the ignorance of all 
men, i. e. no one's knowing it, proposita, being offered 
or assured to him. 

The reason of all these exceptions may be found in 
the nineteenth rule, where we are told, that all such 
words in whatever case, must be construed first in their 
own clauses. 



RULE 11. 



" After the verb sum, a verb passive, and a verb 
M neuter, a norn. case is sometimes construed, &c." 



EXAMPLES* 



m CONSTRUCTION. chap. x. 

EXAMPLES* 

Questions. 

The nam. case to follow the verb? The verb ? The 
word or words to come before it? Which of these by 
Rule 9. r 

Meus mihi, suus cuique est varus. Flaut* 



Mens est carus mihi, &c. 

2. Nemo solus satis sapit. Nam ego multos saspe vidi 
Regionem fugere cOnseihi, prius quam repertam 
habere. Plant. 

Nem. sat. sap. &c. &c. priusquam hab. rep, — before 
they had it well found. Habere here is the Inf. Mood, 
qubd or vt being left out i Before I could see that they 
had it, &c. or Bejore this circumstance, that they had it } 
Sec. 

3. Amantium irae amoris integratio est. Tcr* 

4. In amore hcec omnia insunt vitia, injuria?, 
Suspiciones, inimititice, inducice, 
Bellum, pax rursum. Id. 

5. Tantus amor laudum, tantae est victoria curae. 

Virg. 
Tantus est amor , &c. tant. cur, of such great concern. 

Tantus > and tantus cures, are correspondent phrases, the 
latter being, as it were, the echo or repetition of the former ; 
and therefore, if tantus, so tantee cures must be construed 
before the verb, each before its own. 

6. , Sua cuique deusfit dira cupido. Td. 

7* Rebus angustis animosus at que 

Fortis oppard Hor, 

App. anim, &c. — reb. august* in narrow circum- 
stances. 
5; ■ — I He pot ens sui 

Lai usque deget, cum licet in diem 

Dixisse, <Vixi.' Id. 
9. Qui ft, Maecenas, ut nemo, quam sibi sorteai 

Seu ratio dederit, seu fors objeceiit, il]4 

Contentus vivat* Id, 

Il0W: 



chap. x. CONSTRUCTION,, 5? 

How comes it, Maecenas, ut nemo vivat confentus 
ilia sorte, quant sortem seu ratio, &c. — objecerit shall 
have thrown in his way. 

10, Nimirum insanus paucis videatur, eo quod 

Maxima pars hominum morbo jactatur eodem. 
Ebfor this reason, quod because. Hor % 



RULE 12. i 

" An adverb is not to be construed with a noun, 
« but, &c." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The adverb? With what word to be construed? 
The nom. and adjuncts ? Which by Rule 9 ? 

1. Vehemens in utramque partem, Menedeme, es 

nimis. Tcr. 
Menedemus, you are too, Sec. 

2. O fortuna, ut nunquam perpetub es bona! Id. 

3. O fortunatos nimium, bona si sua norint ! Virg. 

4. Diis aliier visum. Id. Visum est. 

5. Scepius ventis agitatur ingens 
Pinus. Hor. 

6. Quern res plus-nimio delectavere secundas, 
Mutatae quatiunt. Id. 

Flus-nimio, strictly two neuter adjectives, here used 
adverbially, too much. 

— Mutataa res, a change of condition, say, Him, 4t 
change, &c. &c. 

7. Omnes eodem cogimur; omnium 
Versatur urna serius ocyils 

Sors exitura. Hor. 
The lot of all is shaken in the urn (of the three 
destinies) about to come out sooner or later. And as 
each man's lot drops out, he dies. 

8# Sperat 



€0 CONSTRUCTION. cha?. k. 

8. Sperat infestis, metuit secundis 

Alteram sortem, bene free-par atum 

Pectus. Id. Bene prctparatnm pectus sperat, &c. 
g. Vivite. Felices, quibus est fortuna perucia 

Jam sua. Nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur : 

Vobis parta quies. Virg. 

Ex almfatis in alia fata from one fate to anothef 
fate. 

Vobis quies est parta. Vide Rule 22. 
10. Continub culpam ferro compesce, priusquam 

Dira per incautum serpant contagia vulgus. Id. 

Immediately restrain, &c. 



kule 13. 

i( After a preposition constantly look for an accti- 
** sative, or ablative case/' 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The preposition ? The word governed by it? Where 
to be construed? The nom. and adjuncts ? Which first 
by Rule 9. f 

2. _ ■ Id arbitror 

Apprime in vitd esse utile, ut ne 'quid nimis. Ter. 

Arbitror id esse apprime utile in vita, ut ne aliquid sit 
ftimis. 

2. Vebemens in utramque partem, Menedeme, es ni- 
mis. Id. 

3. Ingentes animos angusto inpectore versant. Virg* 
Versant, they move. 

4. Scinditur incertuna studia in contraria vulgus. Id. 

5. Continud culpam ferro compesce, priusquam 
Dira per incautum serpant contagia vulgus. Id. 

$ 9 _- Adeo in teneris consuescere multum est. 

Id. 
7. Prseeipuuiii 



chap. x. CONSTRUCTION. Si 

7. Praecipuum jam inde a teneris irnpende laborem. 

Id. 
S. Tutatur favor Euryalurn, lacryma*que decorae ; 
Gratior ac pulchro veniens de corpore virtus. Id, 
Ac virtus gratior veniens, and virtue more grate* 
ful as coming. 

g Laudas 

Fortunam et mores antique plebis ; et idem, 
Si 'quis ad ilia Deus subito te agat, usque recuses. 

Hor. 

Antiquse plebis, of people in old times ; et idem, 

and you the same man, usque rec. would peremptorily 

refuse, si q. d. sub. agat, &c. if any god should suddenly 

bring you, fyc. 

10. Vivendi recte qui prorogat horam, 

Rusticus expectat, dum defluat amnis, at ille 
Labitur, et labetur, in omne volubilis cevam. Id. 



rule 14. 



*' The word governed must be construed after (ge- 
u nerally immediately after) the word which governs 
" it; except, &c." 

EXAMPLES* 

It may be necessary for the learner to revert to Rule 
14, Chap. IX. for the use of the single letters prefixed 
to certain words hereunder* 

Questions. 

The verb ? The word or words to follow the verb ? 
In what order, he. which first ? which next? The 
nom. and adjuncts ? What by Rule 9. ? 

1. Nil Mictu *fa3dum '*visuque haec *limina rf tangat> 
*lntra ^quas puer est. Juv. 

2. ^Vitaa *summa brevis ^spem *nos rfvetat c inchoare 
- longam. Hor. 

The little sum for span) of life, &c, 
Longam spem, distant hope. 

G 3. Omnium 



€2 CONSTRUCTION. chap. x. 

3. Omnium 'rerum, heus ! ^vicissitudo *est ; Ter. 

4. ^Amantrum "irae ^amoris c integratio d est. Id* 
5. *Viamque ^insiste c domandi, 

Dum faciles *animi *juvenum, dum mobilis astas. 

Virg. 
6. Continud ^culpam ferro "compesce, priusquam 

Dira^per incautum serpant contagia Nulgus. Id* 
7. c Ingenium res 

Adversae ^nudare Solent, celare secundae. Hor. 
8. a O miseras*hominum & mentes! a O ^pectora caeca ! 

Qualibus *in ^tenebris c vitae, quantisque periclis 

Degitur *hoc ^aevi, quodcunque est ! Lucret. 

Hoc aevi, is this life, deg. spent, &c. 

Note. — Hoc aevi is an elliptical or imperfect expression for 
hoc tempus sevi, hoc spatium aevi, hoc negotiant aevi, hoc genus 
aevi. 

9» 'Omnia prius 'verbis ^experiri, quam f armis, *sa« 

pientem *decet. Ter. 
It becomes a wise man to try, fyc. 
13 Nonne *id 6 flagitium *est, te *aliis ^consilium 
"dare, 

Foris sapere, c tibi non *posse *iuixiliarier ? Id. 

Nonne est id, &c. is not that, &c. — te, that you, 

dare, should, &c. — sapere, should be, &c. foris, abroad, 

i. e. in other men's business, non posse, and not be able, 

&c. 

Auxiliarer by the figure paragoge for auxiliari, Ui€ 
Infinitive of auxilior. 



CHAP. XI. 

RULE 9. 

u CERTAIN adverbs and conjunctions are con- 
" strued before the nom. case, &c/' See the whole 
Rule. 

EXAMPLES, 



chap. xi. CONSTRUCTION. SZ 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The example ? Where to be construed ? The nom. 
and adjuncts ? The verb ? The words to follow the 
verb ? 

1. Quid aeternis minorern 

Consiliis animum fatigas ? Hor. 

Quid fat set. cu. &c. — minorern, unequal to it* 
2 # Levius fit patientid, 

Quicquid corrigere est nefas. Id. 
Whatever it is not lawful, &c. fit, it becomes, Sec. 

3. Minimum decet libere, cui multum licete Sen* 
Decet eum libere minimum, &c. 

4. Latius regnes, avidum domando 
Spiritum, quam si Libyam remotis 
Gadibus jungas ; et uterque Psenus 

Serviat uni. Hor. 
5 # „ Multa petentibus 

Desunt multa. Bene est, cui Deus obtulit 
Pared, quod satis est, manu. Id. 
Many things are wanting, petentibus, to them that 
covets &c«— Bene est Mi, Well is it to him, cui Deus, 
&c. — parcamanu, though with a thrifty hand, to be 
construed last. 

6. Quid brevi fortes jaculamur cevo 
Multa ? Quid terras alio calentes 
Sole mutamus ? Patrice quis exul 

Se. quoque fugit ? Id. 

7, Ille potens sui 

Lsetusque deget, cui licet in diem 
Dixisse, ' Vixi.' Id, 

$, Quid nos d ura refugimus 

JEtas ? Quid intactum nefasti 
Liquimus ? Id. 
What, $fc. have zee an hardened age, &c, Quid ne- 
fasti, What wickedness — so above, nil humani, hoc cevi. 
Liquimus, have we left, from Linquo. 

a 2 9. Quid 



€4 CONSTRUCTION. chap, xi, 

Q. Quid tristes querimoniae, 

Si non supplicio culpa reciditur ? 

Quid leges sine moribus 

Vanre proficiunt ? Id. 
Quid proficiunt tristes querimonioe, &c. What axatf 
sad complaints, &c« 

Thus, according to Rule 23, the ellipsis or omission of 
a 'verb in one clause or period may oftentimes be supplied 
by the verb, which is expressed in the next, the verb cr- 
pressed being of like import with that to be supplied ; 
which is the case here* 

13. Estne Deisedes, nisi terra, ef pontus, et aer, 
Et ccelurn, et virtus ? Superos quid quaerimus ultra ? 
Jupiter est, quodcunquexides, quocunque moveris. 

Luc> 



RULE 10. 

" When a question is asked, &c. 9? 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The exemplifying words ? The nom, and adjuncts I 
The verb I Its mood and tense ? The English auxi- 
liary to come with and before the nom. case ? Words 
by R. 3. ? 

1. Mene salis placid i vultum, tTuctusque quietos 
Ignorarejubes ? Mene huic confidere monstro ? 

Jubes ne, dost thou bid me me, ignorare vult. &c» 
—•Mene, dost thou bid me, confidere, &c. 

2. Si non peccassem, quid tu concedere posses? 
Materiam veniae sors tibi nostra dedit. Ov. 

3. O miseras hominum mentes ! O pectora casca I 
Qualibus in tenebris vita?, quantisque periclis 
Begitur hoc ecvi, quodcunque est ? Lucret. 

4. Si 



chap. xx. CONSTRUCTION. ft 

4. Si tibi nulla sitim finiret copia lymph a, 
Narrares medicis. Quod quanto plura par&stu 
Tanto plura cupis, nulling faterier audes f Lucret* 

If no abundance of water could put an end to, &c. — ■ 
Audesne, do you dare, faterier nulli, confers it to, fyc. — » 
Quod quanto plura, &c. that by how much the morc^ 
&c. 

Quanto plura and tanto plura, are under like circumstances- 
of government and construction ; and therefore, because 
qutnto plura must be construed before parasti, tanto plura 
must be construed before cupis. 

Faterier, by the figure paragoge for fateri, the in. 
finitive noun olfateor. 

5. Quam temere in nosmet legem sancimus iniquam i 
Nam vitiis nemo sine nascitur. Id. 

How rashly do we give sanction to, fyc. 

6. Estne Dei sedes, nisi terra, et pontus, et aer, 

Et coelum, et virtus ? Superos quid qucerimus ultra t 
Jupiter est, quodcunque vides, quocunque mo- 
veris. Lucan. 

7. An noceat vis ulla bona ? Id. 
Can any violence, fyc. 

$. Cur ego te non novif Quia mos oblivisci homi- 
nibus. Plaut* 
Quia mos hominibus, Because there is for it is) 
a custom with, 8$c. 

g t Cur tamen hos tu 

Evasisse pules, quos diri conscia facti 

Mens habet attonitos, et surdo verbere csedit, 

Occultum quatiente animo tortore flagellum ? 

Juv. 
Yet why should you, fyc. that they have, ^c— -quos 
mens cons. dir. fact. &c« — et ca?dit, &c.~ tortore am- 
mo, &c. their torturing mind> &c. 

. 13. Quid nos dura refugimus 

JEtas? Quid intactum nefasti 
Liquimus ? Hor, 



EXCEPTIONS, 



66 CONSTRUCTION. c«a*. xu 

EXCEPTIONS TO RULE 10. 

Questions. 

The verb ? The words to follow it, if any ? The 
nom. and adjuncts I What by R. 9. ? 

j t s p Patrice quis exul 

Se quoque fugit ? Hor, 

2. Hue ades, O Galatea, Quis est nam Indus in undis ? 

[Vir& 

3. ^ Cvja vox sonat ? Plaut. 

4. Uterutrubi accumbamus ! Id. 
Which of us shall sit in this ylace or that ? 

5. ., _ — Uterne 

Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius ? Hie, qui 
Pluribus assuerit mentem corpusque superbum ? 
An, qui contentus parvo, metuensque futuri, 

In pace, ut sapiens, apt&rit idonea bello ? Hor. 
The exemption here is in uterne, which of the two f 
Vternefidet sibi certius , which of these two will rely o/& 
himself 'with wore confidence? Hie is an instance of the 
rule itself; Hie, will. he? And so is Me, impliedin the 
interrogative an, in the third question ; an ille y or will- 
be, qui con. &c. &c. ut sap. in pace, &c» 



RULE II. 

" After the verb sum, a verb passive,. &c/ r 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions, 

The nom. case to follow the verb ? The verb ? The 
word or words to come before it ? What by R.g. ? 

1. Est aliguid prodire tenus, si non datur ultra. Hoj\ 
Si non datur ire ultra. 

2. Pauper enim not* «f ; cui reruia sxippetit ubus. Id* 

4 Cm? 



chap, xx- CONSTRUCTION. 67 

Qui rerum suppetit tisus, Who has a sufficiency, or 
the use of things. 

3. » Hie tnurus aeneus esto, 

Nil conscire sibi, nulla pallescere culpa. Id. 
Let this be his brazen wall, SfC. 

4. Exemplumciue Dei quisque est in imagine parva, 

Manil. 

5. Qui dabit, is magno Jiet mihi major Homero. 

Crede mihi, res est ingeniosa dare. Ov. 
Is, qui dabit, fiet mihi, &c. 

6. . Medio tutissimus ibis. Id. 

7. — . — TJt ameris, amabilis esto. Id. 

8. Est modus in rebus: sunt certi denique Jines 9 
Quos ultra citraque nequit consistere rectum, 

Hov. 
Ultra citraque quos rect. neq. &e. 

g t . Prosperum ac felix scelus 

Virtus vocatur. Sen* 
10. Nam dives qui Jieri vult,. 
Eft cito vult fieri. Juv 9 
Nam qui vult fL &c.: — vult fieri,, wishes to beccms 

SOy SfC, 



RULE 12. 

u An adverb is net to be construed with a nouiv 
but, &c." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions* 

Tiie adverb? With what word to be construed? The 
mom. and adjuncts r What by R. 9. ? 

1, ■— Id arbitror 

Apprimh in vita esse utile, ut ne 'quid nimis. Ter. 

2. Verum illud verbum est vulgb quod dici solet, 
Omnes sibi malle melius esse, quam alteri. Id. 

Omnes malle esse melius r fyc. That all men would 
rather, that it should be well with, #c. 

3, Hoc 



6S CONSTRUCTION. chap. xi. 

3. Hoc patrium est potiils consuefacere filium 

Sua sponte rectefacere, quam alieno metu. Ter, 
This is like a father, rather to accustom his son, fac. 
rect. &c. 

4 # ddeo in terieris consuescere multum est. 

Virg. 

5. Forsan et baec olim meminisse juvabit. Id, 

Perhaps it uill be a pleasure, fyc. 

6. Rebus angustis animosus atque 
Fortis appare ; sapiaiter idem 
ContrakeSy vento nimium secundo 

Turgida vela. Hor. 
Idem, you also. Thus, according to the person of the 
verb. Idem and Eadem are often rendered ; I also, you 
als&, He also, fyc. sap. con, turg. vela, &c. 

7. Doctrina sed vim promovet insitam : 
Paulum sepultae distat inertias 

Celata virtus. Id. 

8. Quid tristes querimonise, 

Si non supplicio culpa reciditur ? Id. 

g, «J - Spatio brevi 

Spem longam reseces. Dum loquimur, fugerit 

invida 
iEtas: carpe diem, qudm minimtim credula postero. 

Id. 
Cut off distant hope from the short span of life, &c. 
&c. Carpe diem, take (i. e. use the present day.) 

Quam minimum credula, relying as little as possible on, fyc. 
Quam minimum, as little as possible. Thus quam maximus, 
as large as possible: quam minimus, as little as possible: 
quam optimus, as good as possible : and after this manner is 
the conjunction quam to be always rendered, when attached 
te a word in the superlative degree. 

10« « Vivendi recte qui prorogat horam, 

Rusticus expectat, dum defluat amnis ; at ille 
Labitur, et labetur, in omne volubilis sevunu Id. 



BULK 13, 



lhap. xi. CONSTRUCTION. 69 



fiULE 13. 

" After a preposition constantly look for an accusa- 
u tive or ablative case." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 
The preposition ? The word or words to follow it ? 
Where to be construed ? The nom. and adjuncts ? What 
byR. 9.? 

1. jEquam memento rebus in arduis 
Servare mentem. Hor. 

2. Aurum^er ?nedios ire satellites 
Et perrumpere amat saxa. Id. 
Aurum amat ire, &c. 

3. Virtutem incolumem odimus ; 
Sublatam ex oculis quserimus invidi. Id* 
Invidi, We invidious mortals, Odimus virtutem, fyc. 

4. Est modus in rebus : sunt certi denique fines, 
Quos ultra citraque nequit consistere rectum. Id* 

5. Quid mirum, noscere mundum 

Si possunt homines, quibus est et mundus in ipsis; 
Exemplumque Dei quisque est in imagine parva ! 

ManiU 

6. Est Deus in nobis; agitante calescimus ilk). 
Impetus hie sacrae semina mentis habet. Osr, 
Impetus hie, this power, hab. &c. — Sacrae mentis, 

&f the Divine mind. 

7. Sit piger ad poenas princeps, ad prmmia velox ; 

Et doleat> quoties cogitur esse ferox. Id. 
Princeps, let the Prince, &c. &c. — doleat^ let 
him, $fc. 

8. Pascitur in vivis livor ! post fata quiescit : 

Tunc suus ex merito quemque tuetur honor. 
In vivis, on the living — post fata, after death — ex 
merito, according to his merit. 

9. Sero respicitur tellus, ubi, fune soluto, Id. 

Currit in immensum panda carina solum. Id. 
The land is looked back on, SfC — when the cable, SfC. 
— pand. car. &c. 

10 o 



70 CONSTRUCTION. cuav. xi. 

10, ■ . Tolluntur in altum y 

Un lapsu graviore ruant. Claudian. 
In altum, on high. 



rule 14. 
" The word governed must be construed after, &c/' 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The verb ? The word or words to follow the verb ? 
In what order; i. e. which first? which next? Thenom. 
and adjuncts ? What by R. 9»- ? 

1. Quid sit futurum eras, *fuge aquaerere ; 
*Quem- sors Mierum -cunque dabit, *lucro 
**Appone. Hor. 

«j t _ Ille ^potens ^sui 

Laetusque tf deget, cui *licet 'in 'diem 
-TDixisse, ' *Vixi. Id. 
3# Privatus ^illis ^census d erat e brevis; 

Commune magnum. Id. 
Illis census, for illorum census. 

Priv ill. cens. Their private fortune, &c— Com- 
mune (negotium, or , Communis res J Their commonwealth. 
5. Plerunaque *gratae ^divitibus vices : 
Mundaeque parvo ^sub 'lare ^pauperum 
*Caenas, *sine *aula?is et ostro, 

Solicitanwexplicuere *frontem. Id. 
Plerumque vices sunt gratce divitibus : mundceque ccena 
pauperum, sub parvo late, sine auloeis y <yc— Sub parvo 
lare, under the protection of their humble household god } 
or, under their humble roof'. 

5. Non enim gazae, neque consularis 
"Summovet lictor miseros ^tumultus 
^Mentis, et ^curas laqueata J circum 
'Tecta volantes. Hor. 
Non enim gazee, neque consularis lictor summovct mist* 
tqs, §c. et curas volantes circum loqueata } fyc. 

6. Noa 



chap. xii. CONSTRUCTION. 71 

6. Non domus aut fundus, non >£eris a acervus et 



b 



aun 



^Egroto c domini *deduxit ^corpore *febres, 
Nou animo curas. Id, 
JEgroto corpore domini. 

7. *Desinat elatis quisquam & confidere c rebus ; 
*Omnia mors *aequat. Claudian, 

8. Sensit Alexander, c testa cum "vidit d in iljd 
Magnum ^habitatorem, quanto felicior hie, qui 
*Nil *cuperet; quam qui totum ^sibi *posceret & or- 

bem. Jut. 
p. "Vivitur *exiguo melius ; natura beatis 

^Omnibus *esse c dedit, si quis *cognoverit *uti 

Claud. 
Vivitur, It is lived, namely, hy men, say, Men live 
melius, better, exiguo, on a little: — 
Natura dedit omnibus esse beatis, &c. 
10. Fallitur, egregio quisquis "sub ^principe credit 
Servitium: nunquam hbertas ^gratior "extat, 
Quam "sub *rege pio. Id. 



CHAP. XII. 

RULE 15. 

Of the Indicative Infinitive Mood. 

WHEN in a sentence there is no finite verb, but 
u only an infinitive, with a nominative case, expressed 
u or understood, construe such an infinitive like an 
" indicative, the nominative being construed in it? 
" proper place." 

Such Infinitives as this Fifteenth Rule, and the Six« 
teenth Rule, treat of, are properly called Verbs and 
Moods; Verbs, because they affirm or predicate; Moods, 
because they are modes or manners of predicating. 
These under the fifteenth Rule are of the Indicative 

kind, 



n CONSTRUCTION. chat. xii. 

Idnd, because they affirm, as the Indicatives (eminently 
so called ; for moods are all Indicatives) always do, 
primarily and simply ; primarily, as the first or pri?i- 
cipal verb in the sentence; simply, as implying nothing, 
no sort of power, wish, or other affection, nor any 
thing but what they directly affirm. Hence Indicative 
Infinitives have, and must have, a nominative case ex- 
pressed or understood before them ; because if these, 
being principal verbs, had no nominative case, the 
sentence would be incomplete, a nominative being no 
less essential to a sentence than a verb itself is. The 
Infinitives of the Sixteenth Rule, under the ellipsis of 
quod or ut, notwithstanding that they also predicate, and 
are therefore verbs and moods too, yet not being pri- 
mary, are consequently of the Subjunctive kind, and 
so do not require a nominative for the completion of 
the sentence (that number being already provided for 
with the principal verb) but have rather a pronomina- 
tive or accusative assigned to them, as a mark of the 
ellipsis, and because the sentence is thus more simple 
(or one as it were) and more compact. There is an 
Infinitive of the Imperative kind in Greek ; as there is 
in Italian, the immediate offspring of the Latin ; and 
yet, I believe, no instance of the Imperative Infinitive 
occurs in Latin. The Indicative Infinitive is com- 
monly said to depend on some verb of Inception, such 
as Ccepi, understood : but this can no more be said of 
the Indicative than of the Subjunctive Infinitive, in 
sound grammar, unless the action of which it predi- 
cates, be inceptive; which it generally is not, being 
sometimes an action of very long continuance, some- 
time a reiterated action, and for the most part just 
the same as other verbal actions are. ; as the examples 
of this rule in C. 12, 13., 14, will abundantly shew. 



EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The infinitive verb ? The nom. and adjuncts? Which 
by Rule 9 ? Have you observed the note ? The pas- 
sages 



qua?, six. CONSTRUCTION. 73 

sages con tabling the examples being henceforth more ex- 
tensive, the notes are so much more important, and the 
careful observance of them should be absolutely required,) 

The infinitives to be construed like finites, and their 
Hominative cases will appear in Italics. 

| t , — Ego illud sedulb 

Negare factum. Ter. Negare as if negabam. 
2 # ■ — Hinc semper Ulysses 

Criminibus terrere now'is : hinc spargere voces 
In vulgum ambiguas; et qucerere conscius arma. 
Terrebat. Spargebat. Quasrebat. [Virg. 

3. — Sic omnia fatis 
In pejus mere, et retro sublapsa referri. Id. 
In pejus, into a worse state. 

Ruunt. Referuntur. — Et sublapsa, and falling into 
decay, referri, are carried away, retro, &c. 

4. Ire prior Pallas. Id. 
It, from Eo* is, ivL 

5. __— Solam nam perfdus ille 

Te colere ; arcanos etiam tibi credere sensus. Id. 

Nam perfidus ille, For that perfidious Prince — 
colere iovcolit reveres — credere, for credit, com- 
mits, arcau. seru his secret thoughts. 

6. Solaque culminibus ferali carmine bubo 

Scepe queri ; etlongas in fletum ducere voces. Id. 

Here the nom. bubo has many adjuncts, all to be con- 
strued before the verb queri, and therefore set in Italics. 
Thus, " And alone in some turret's top the owl often- 
" times complained in ill-boding strains; &c/' Or, 
" And oftentimes in the tops of some high building the 
" solitary owl complained in ill-boding strains; and 
" drew out her lengthened voice into notes of lamenta- 
" tion." 

Querebatur. iDuesbat. 

7. Instant ardentes Tyrii. Pars ducere muros, 
Molirique arcem, -et manibus -subvolvtre saxa ; 
Pars aptare locum tecto, et conclude! esulco. Id. 

Pars, some of them dueere extend, &c. — moliri build 
— subvolvere, roll up — aptare, prepare — concludt-re, 
surround it. 

H S 



74 CONSTRUCTION. chap, xtti 

8. Turn pius Mneas humeris abscindere vestem, 
Auxilio^Me vocare Deos, et tendere palmas. Id* 

Abscindit. Vocal. Tendit* — Auxilio, to his help. 

p. .1 Omnes omnia 

Bona dicere, et laudare for tunas meas, 
Qui gnatum haberem tali ingenio praeditum. Ter, 

Dicebant. Laudabant. 

10. Facile omnes perferre ac pati, 

Cum quibus- erat -cunque una ; his se dedere, 
Eorurn obsequi studiis. Ter. 

Perferebat. Patiebatur. Dedebat. Obsequebatur. 
Una cum quibuscunque, together with whoso* 
ever — se dedere he gave himself up (Dedo, ere, to give 
up J obs. stud. eor. he complied with their wishes, 



RULE l6\ 

Of the Subjunctive Infinitive Mood* 

See Note after R. 15. 

" When there occur an accusative case and an 
u infinitive mood, quod or ut being left out, construe 
" the accusative first, with the word that before it, be- 
" cause it is there virtually a nom. and should there- 
" fore, with its adjuncts, be construed like a nom. be- 
" fore the verb." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The infinitive verb? The accusative and its adjuncts? 
Where to be construed; i. e. before or after the infini- 
tive ? The primary or principal clause ? Its nom. and 
adjuncts ? Rule 9 ? 

Such accusatives, as this Rule treats of, with their 
adjuncts, if any, and their infinitives, will be in Italics. 

1. In causa facili quemvis licet esse disertum. Ov. 

4 



chap. xii. CONSTRUCTION. 75 

It is lawful, say, It is easy, quemvis, that any o?ie f 
tsse, should be, &c. 

2. Quod non vetat lex, hoc vetat fieri pudor. Sen. 
Quod lex, &c. — Pudor, &c. — hoc that this, &c«. 

3. Ars prima regni est, posse te invidiam pati. Id. 
Prima, &c. — regni, as if regnandi, of ruling, &c. 

— te posse, that you be able, &c. 

4. Scire tuum nihil est, nisi te scire hoc sciat alter. 

Pers. 
" Scire tuum/' as if scientia tua, thy knowledge; " te 
scire/' as if ut tuscias, that thou knowest. Here is very 
manifest the necessity of that distinction insisted on in 
this book, and most fully elucidated in my Lat. 
Gram, between an Infinitive Noun and an Infinitive 
Verb or Mood; " Scire" with " tuum" being the 
same as scientia, knowledge, and therefore as much a 
noun, as " tuum v is an adjective; whilst " scire" with 
" te v in this same example is equivalent with Scias, 
and therefore as much a verb as Scias is. 



Errat, 



Quisquis ab eventu/acfa notanda putat. 0v 9 
Not an da esse. 

6. A Hum silere quod voles, primus sile. Sen. 
Primus sile, be first silent yourself of that, quod, of 
which, fyc. 

7. Si vis me filer e, dolendum est 

Primum ipsi tibi. Hor. 
Me, that I, SfC 
, Dolendum est primum tibi ipsi, you must first ueep 
yourself 

8. iEquum est, 

Peccatis reniam poscentem redder e rursus. Id. 
It is just, poscentem, that he who requires, veniam 
peccatis, &c. 

y. Nimid prasstat, impendiosum te q-uam ingratum 

dicier. Plant. 
Dicier for dici, the inf. of dicor. — Te dicier, that you 
sliould be called, fyc* 



U 2 RULE I?- 



76 CONSTRUCTION. chap, xiu 

RULE 17. 

" Words in apposition must be construed as near to 
u one another as possible." 

Note. — Two or more words are said to be in apposition 
when the same thing or person is intended by them 5, thus, 
Marcus Tullins Cicero ; here are three distinct words 5 but 
they are all names of the same person, and therefore said to 
be in apposition. Words of this description must be con- 
strued as near to one another as possible. 

EXAMPLES, 

Words in apposition are distinguished by Italics* 

Questions. 

The words in the apposition ? Are they to be con* 
strued before or after the verb? If after ; which words 
are the nom. and its adjuncts? — If the example lie in 
a subsequent clause; which is the primary clause? Its 
nom. and adjuncts? 

1. Effodiuntur opes irrit anient a malorum. Oi\ 

Opes, &c. 
8. Ignavumfucos pectis a prcesepibus arcent* ¥irg* 
They drive away the Drones,* fyc. 

3. Quoad vixit, credidit ingens 

Pauperium vitium. II or. 

Quoad, &x. — he believed poverty, fyc. 

4. Eheu ? fugaces, Posthume, Posthwne 9 
Labuntur anni ! Id. 

5. Quid terras alio calentes 

Sole mutamus ? Patriae quis exul 
Se quoque fugit? Id. 

Quis, what man, exul y iho 7 an exile, patrice > §c* 
<). Magnum pauperies opprobrium jubet 

Quidvis et facere et pati. Id* 

Pauperies, &c, 
7. „ Quid nos dura refugimus 

Mtas ? Quid intactum nefasti 

Liquimus. Id. 

Quid, what, comes first, by Rule 9, then nos dura crtas % 
have we an hardened age, &c. where the auxiliary have stands 
kefore the nom. ive, by Rule 10. 

Quid 



en at. xii. CONSTRUCTION'. 77 

Quid nefasti, elegantly for rpdd nefastum, or quid genus ne~ 
fasti, what wickedness : so above, hoc ami for avian, or, ho a- 
genus act, this life, this hind or way of life. 



RULE 18. 



H All correspondent words must be construed as 
" near to one another as possible." 

Note. — By correspondent words are meant such as these : 
Talis — cjualis : Tantus — quantus: Sic — ut: Ita — ui : Adeo— 
risque: Hue — usque: Ad — usque: Potius — quam : Phis — quam: 
Hingis— -quam : Prius — quam: Quam after the comparative 
degree, Quam connected with the superlative degree: Qnicmi- 
que (in whatever case) divided by the figure tmesis : Jam — 
inde : Secus — ac : Perinde — ac : Idem — ac : Idem — atqne : 
JEque — ac: Eb — qubd: Hue — illuc: Serym — ocyiis, fyc.kc. 

These and other such words may perhaps in position, he 
so separated each from his fellow, as to be in different clauses - % 
but in construing, the idiom of the English language re- 
quires that they be rendered as near to each other as the 
nature of the sentence will permit 5 and, in order to efFect 
this, the general way is, *iot to construe the former of two 
corresponding words till we can conveniently construe the 
latter/ 

EXAMPLES. 

Corresponding words will appear in Italics, 

Questions. 

The corresponding words? How to be construed ? 
f** As near, c?c."J The primary clause ? Its noniv 
and adjuncts ? What by R. 9. ? 

1. Usque adeone mori miserum est ? Virg+ 
Estne, is it ; usque adeo, so very, fyc. 

2. Praecipuum jam inde & teneris impende laborenru 

Id* 

Jam inde, immediately ; jam inde d 9 . immediately from T 

3-. Tale tuum carmen nobis, divine poeta, 
Quale sopor fagsis in gramme. Id- 

u 3 Ta 



n CONSTRUCTION. chap.xii. 

To render this example according to the rule, mind the di- 
rection above, not to construe the former word tale, till you 
may take the latter, quale : thus, tale — quale, such as, imme- 
diately before sopor in gram.fessis. 

4. At bona pars hominum, decepta cupidine falso, 
Nil satis est,inquit, quwtajiti,quantum\Ydbea$,sis.Hor. 
Quia-s'is tanti, because you are, for may be J of so much 
consequence, quantum habeas, as you have (money or 
estate) in possession. 

5.. Nimirum insanus paucis videatur, eo qubd 

Maxima pars hominum morbo jactatur eodem. 

Hor. 
Eb-qubd, for this reason, that, or in one word, be- 
cause. 

6. Continue culpam ferro compesce, prius quam 
Diraper incautum serpant coatagia vulgus. 

Virgo, 

Had prius and quam, or eb and qubd above, been in differ- 
ent clauses, with many words between, they must have united 
iri construction 3 as is the case in the next example. 

7 # , More hominum evenit, ut ? quod sim nac- 

tus mall, 
Prius rescisceres tu, quam ego, tibi o/iod evenit 
bonL Tcr. 
It hath happened after the mariner of men r that you 
should know, quod rnali (for quod malum or quod genus 
fnali) what misfortune, nactus sim r from Nanciscor — 
prius quam ego resciscerem quod boni, &c. 

8. Ego vitam Deorum propterea sempiternam esse 

arbitror, 
Qubd voiuptates eorum propriae s-inU Id. 
I think that the life of SfC* — propria? eorum, secured 
to them, their property, the property of them : '* Pro- 
prius" has a genitive after U sometimes, not in its own 
right, but by reason of the noun which it implies, as,. 
44 Quod voiuptates sint propria? w voiuptates eorum/'' 
because pleasures are their own (pleasures.) 

9. Carpe diem, quctm minimum credulapostero.i/or. 
Quam minimum, as little as possible. 

10, Onine* 



chap. xii. CONSTRUCTION. 79 

10, Omnes eodem cogimur ; omniuia 
Versatur urna serins ocyus 
Sors exitura. Id. 



QUESTIONS, 



Are the corresponding terms in the example one 
word or two? How divided t See the note here. 

1. Quid sit futurum eras, fuge qucerere ; 
Quern- sors dierum -cunque dabit, lucro 
Appone. Hor. 

Remember Rule 9> in quem-cunque, and that quern 
and cunque, quo and cunque, qua and cunque y &c. are, 
respectively, but one word divided by the figure tmesis, 
as in English, we say what day soever, to what place 
soever; uVjtff-soerer, thoughdivided, being hutone word* 

2. Quo- nos -cunque feret melior fortuna parente,. 

Ibitnus, O so'.ii. Id. 
Whither soever fortune better than my fat her } 8fC. 

3. O matre pulchrd filia pulchrior, 
Quern- criminosis -cunque voles modum 

Pones Iambis. Id. 
filia pulchrior, SfC. by Rule 5. — Thou shalt impose 
whatever terms thou shalt wish, fyc. 

4. Qw<2- se -cunque furens medio tulit agmine virgo ? 
Hdc Aruns subit. Vug. ' 

Tulit se, directed herself — subit follows her. 

Here not only qua- and -cunque are two correspond- 
ent parts of the same word to be re-united in construc- 
tion ; but moreover, quacunque and hac have relation to 
one another, standing, as we observed before oftantum 
-quantum (Chap. X. Rule 90 under like circumstances 
of government and construction ; and therefore, though 
these two corresponding words cannot be so immedi- 
ately 



80 CONSTRUCTION. chap, xir, 

ately united as serius-ocyus, non seats, to quod, &c* yet 
as the rule says, they must be brought as near to one 
another as possible, which is to be effected by constru- 
ing hac the first in its own clause, as quacunque must be 
construed first in its; thus the correspondence between 
them will be duly maintained, and that entirely by 
making hac the leading word in one clause, as quacunque 
by Rule 9, must be in the other. 

5. Nulla dies pacem banc Italis nee foedera rumpet? 

Quo- res -cunque cadent. Virg, 
No time shall break, hanc pacem nee foedera, with, 
SfC. — Quocunque, &c. which way soever affairs shall, #c; 
6\ Qui- te -cunque manent isto ecrtamine casus,. 

Et me, Turne, manent. Id. 
Whatever chances await thee y fyc. — they await me also, 
Turn us. 

7- Ergo age, care Pater ; cervici imponere nostrae : 
Ipse subibo humeris, nee me labor iste gravabit.. 
Quo- res -cunque cadunt, unum et commune pe- 

riclum. 
Una salus- ambobus erit. Virg. 
Come therefore, dear father ; be thou put (suffer thy. 
self to be put) on my, fyc. — I will bear thee on my, fyc+ 
— 7/0?* shall this labour, fyc. Quocunque, &c. — erit 
unum et com. per. &c. — ambobus, for both of us. — ► 
N. B. Unus here has the sense of idem, eadem, idem* 
8. Nascere ; prceqxxe diem veniens age, Lucifer, al- 
mum. Virg. 
Nascere, arise, Luc Lucifer, 

Free and veniens here, like qui and cunque above, are 
one compound word, thus divided by tmesis : Prceveni- 
ens, coming before* 



RULE 19. 



M Generally construe every word in any clause you 
u have entered on after the nom. case, before you pro. 

" ceed 



chap. xii. CONSTRUCTION, 81 

" ceed to another clause : beginning each clause, as 
" you pass from one to another, with the nom. case 
" and verb, if there be such in it, and finishing it ac- 
" cording to Rule 1." 

In other words, finish one clause generally before you 
go to another; and construe each clause in the order 
prescribed by Rule 1. 

Note — A clause is a part of a sentence, generally contained 
between two stops*— And it is inconceivable to the learner, what 
trouble he would avoid, how easy in general even the longest 
sentences would be to him, if he could be prevailed on to 
be guided by this one plain rule. It is his own inattention 
in this instance, which occasions him nearly all the difficulty* 
he meets with, in construing his lessons. — And yet how 
plain and intelligible is this Rule to the youngest child, wha 
knows a noun from a verb ? But, Nulla est tarn tarn facilis 
ru % &c» 

EXAMPLES. 

Here the words in Italics are they which must be 
construed first in the clause. The numerical figures, 
which may follow any example, shew in what c*der 
the several clauses in that example are to be construed. 
When no such figures are annexed, the clauses are to 
be taken as they lie. 

Questions. 

The primary clause? The nom. and adjuncts? What 
by R. 9. ? The clauseto be construed next? Its nom. 
and adjuncts I R. g. ? 

1. Verum Mud verbum est, vulgo quod dici solet, 
Omnes sibi malic melius esse, quam alteri. Ter* 

2. Omnia priiis verbis erxperiri, quam armis, sapieu- 

tern decet. Id. 
3. 1. 2. Prius-quam, by Rule 18. 

3. Nulla est tarn facilis res, quia difficilis siet r 
Quam invitus facias. Id. 

There is no thing, SfC. 

4. __ Labor omnia vincit 

Improbus, ct duris urgens in rebus egestas. Virg. 

5. Continua 



S2 CONSTRUCTION. chap. xii. 

5. Con tin uo culpam ferro compesce, priusquam 

Dirct per incautum serpant contagia vulgus. Id. 

(f. Forsan et hasc olim memm\$se juvabit ; 

Durate ; et vosmet rebus servate secundis. Id. 

— Durate, harden, et serv. vos. and keep yourselves. 
reb. sec/or, fyc. — N.B. The syllable met is often added 
to the cases of Ego and Tu for emphasis ; as te is some- 
times added to Tu; met to sui and sibi; se to se; te to 
sua, SfC; ce to the cases of hie ; and nam interrogatively 
to the cases of quis. 

7. Optima quceque dies miseris mortalibus avi 
Prima fugit; subeunt morbi, tristisque senectus, 
Et labor, et dura rapit inclementia mortis. Id* 

Every best day of their life flies first, or soonest from, 
JjfC. Subeo, ire ; To succeed. 

8. Stat sua cuique dies : breve et irreparabile tempus 
Omnibus est vitoe : sed famam extendere factis, 

Hoc virtutis opus. Id. 

p. . Spatio brevi 

Spem longam reseces; dum loquimur, fugerit invida 
Mtas, carpe diem, quam minimum credulapostero. 

Hor. 
10. Est modus in rebus ; sunt certi denique fines, 
Quos ultra citraque nequit consistere rectum. Id* 



rule 20. 



" An oblique case, unless it be an adjunct to the 
u nom, should be construed after the verb; and whea 
11 more obliques than one depend on the same word, 
" construe accusatives before datives, datives before 
" ablatives, and genitives immediately after the words, 
" which govern them/' 

Note — By an oblique case is meant any case, except the 

nominative, which being undeclined, grammarians call the 

right case ; as by oblique moods are meant all moods except 

° lite 



chap. xii. CONSTRUCTION. 83 

the indicative, which affirming absolutely or directly is there- 
fore termed the right mood; tlie nominative and the indica- 
tive being only so named by way of eminence ; for as all 
moods are indicatives, because they all affirm or indicate, so 
all cases of nouns are nominatives, because they all express 
the name or names of things. 

EXAMPLES. 

Oblique cases, unless adjuncts to the nominative, 
will appear in Italics. 

Questions. 

The word or words to follow the verb ? The verb ? 
The word or words before the verb ? R. 9. ? 

1 . — — Trahit sua quemque voluptas. Virg, 

2. Non omnia possumus omnes. Id. 

3. An qui amant, ipsi sibi somnia fingunt ? Id* 

An ipsi, qui, &c. 

" Accusatives before datives/' 

4. Omnia fert aetas, animum quoque. Id. 

5. Omnia vincit amor: et nos cedamus amori. Id. 
6. Labor omnia vincit 

Improbus. Id. 

7. Nee vero terrae ferre omnes omnia possunt. Id. 

8. PrcEcipuumjam inde a teneris impende labor em. Id. 
" Accusatives before Ablatives." 

g. Via??iq\ie insiste domandi, 

Dum faciles animi juvenum; dum mobilis setas. 

Id. 
" Genitive cases immediately after the words which 
' govern them/' 
10. Scevitque animis ignoble vulgus. Id. 



RULE21. 



When sum is put for habeo, the English nomina- 
tive is expressed in Latin by a dative, and the accu- 
sative by a nominative : in this case construe the 

" dative 



U CONSTRUCTION. chap. xn. 

u dative first like a nominative, then the verb, as if 
" declined from habeo, and then the nom. after the 
" verb, like an accusative." 



EXAMPLES. 

The verb used for habeo, and the words to be there-* 
fore construed by this rule, will be in Italics. 

Questions. 

The exemplifying words ? Which of these is the no- 
minative ? Where and how it must be construed ? 
(" After the verb, like an accus?') Which is the 
verb ? How must it be construed ? (" As if declined 
from u habeo.") Which is the dative? How and 
where must be construed ? (" Breors the terb/' 
like " a nominative.") 

1. Est mihi narnque domi pater; est injnsta noverca. 

Virg. 

Ego habeo patrem, <fyc* 
2 # Sunt nobis mitia poma 9 

Castanece mollcs et pressi copia lactis. Id, 

Nes habemusy fyc. 
3 # Qui nunc cognomen Iulo. Id* 

Qui nunc habet, -fyc. 

4. Est mihi disparibus septem compacta cicutis 
Fistula. Id* 

-Ego habeo fistulam compactam, fyc. 

5. Addam cerea prima ; et honos erit huic quoque pomo-o 
JZt hoc pom-urn quoque habebit honor ern. [Id. 

6. Talis amor teneat ; nee sit mihi cura mederL 

Virg. 
Let such loxe possess Daphnis; Nee ego habeam, nor 
may I have, cur am medendi. 

7. Sunt mihi bis septem prasstanti corpore nymphos. Id. 
Ego habeo bis septem nymphas, fyc. 

8. En Priamus! Sunt hie etiam sua prcemia laudi. Id, 
Hie etiam laus (virtus) habet sua prcemia. 

g. Dii ! quibus imperium est animarum- Id. 
O vos Dii ! qui habetis mporium, fyc. 

RULE 22. 



CMAT. xii. CONSTRUCTION, B5 

RULE 22. 

" By a very common ellipsis, the verb sum may be 
" understood in any mood or tense ; when it is so, it 
" must be supplied in construing, as the sense re- 
li quires." 

EXAMPLES. 

The verb to be supplied will sometimes follow the 
example; and the word, after which it is to be con- 
strued, will be in Italics. 

Questions. 

After what word is the verb, understood here, to be 
supplied? What is that verb? The primary clause? The 
nom. and adjuncts? 

1. Rari quippe boni. Juv. 
Sunt. 

2. Diis aliter visum. Id. 
Est. 

3. Nulla salus beilo. Id. 
Est nulla, fyc. 

4. ■ Varium et mutabile semper 

Fcemina. Id. 

Est. 

5. Omne solum forti patria est, ut piscibus eequor. 

Ov. 

g # Errat, 

Quisquis ab eventu facta notanda putat. Id. 
Esse. 

7. Amicus Plato: amicus Socrates; sed magis ami- 
cus Veritas. Adag. 

Est thrice implied. 

8. Pol quidem, meo animo, ingrato anirno nihil im- 
pensius. Ter. 

Pol quidem, I swear by Pollux, say, Upon my 
word f meo animo, mini est, &c. 

9. Tantas amejr laudum; tantae est victoria curae, 

Virg. 

10# Itya salus vlctis nullam sperare salutem. Id. 

I slvlz 23. 



85 CONSTRUCTION. chap. xii. 



RULE 23. 



t* 



u By a most elegant ellipsis any verb may be under- 
stood, and inferred by reflection from another verb 
of like import actually expressed within the period." 



EXAMPLES. 

The nom. and its adjuncts, after which the ellipsis is 
to be supplied, are in Italics : so is that verb expressed, 
from which the other understood is to be inferred. 

Questions. 

In which clause is the verb understood? From what 
verb (or word) must it be supplied? With what nom. 
case must it agree in number and person ? What must it 
be then? The primary clause? Its nom. and adjuncts? 
K. 9. ? 

I.- Impius haec tarn culia novalia miles habebit? 

Barbaras has segetes ? Virg. 
From habebit, expressed in the first question, it may 
be ascertained that habebit is implied in the next. 
2, Te nostra?, Vare, myricce; 

Te nemus omne canet. Id. 

The verb must necessarily be rendered twice in the con- 
struction, because of the repetition oftei and canet ex- 
pressed in the second member shews that a like verb is to be 
supplied in the first, viz. canent, in the plu. member, be- 
cause its nom. myricae, is so. 



• Cui non risere Parentes, 



Nee Dens hunc mensa, Dea nee dignata cubili est. 

Id. 

After Deus is implied dignatus est, to agree with it, as may 
be inferredfrom dignata est expressed in the last clause to agree 
with Dea. No God hath thought him worthy of his table, nor 
hath any Goddess thought him, £c. on whom his parents never 
smiled, with just admiration, 

4. 



chap. xn„ CONSTRUCTION. *7 

4 . Ip see te, T i t y re, pinus. 

Ipsi te f antes, ipsa base arbusta vocabant. Id. 

5. Ilunc socii morem sacrorum, hunc ipse tenet 'o. 

Id. 

From teneto agreeing with its nam. ipse in the last 

clause is inferred leneant to agree with the nam. socii in 

the clause preceding. Let thy people retain this manner 

of sacrifice, do thou, fyc. 

6. Hos tibi dant calamos (en accipe) Musae; 
Ascraso quos ante seni. Id. 

Here the verb is implied in the last memher of the sen* 

fence. Dant shews it may be derived from do, to give; 

and ante shews that it must he in the past £e/j<se,dederant. 

Lo, receive ; the Muse's, SfC 

— Ascrajo seni, to old Hesiod of Ascraea inGreece. 

7. Nymphae, ouster amor, Libeihrides, aat mihi 

carmen, 

Quale nieo Codro, concedite. Id. 

— Nymphae Libethrtdes, O ye Lihethrian Nymphs ; 
(the Muses so called from their fountain Libe- 
thra in Greece) , my Delight, either grant me 
such a song, quale concessistis meo Codro. 

8. Nee lupus insidias pecori; nee retia cervis 

Ulla dolum m edit ant ur. Id. 
From meditantur the learner must provide himself with 
another verb to agree with lupus. 

p. Hcec nos, ^ FormosumCorydon ardebat Alexin." 

Hrec, eadem docnit, i( Cujum pecus ? An Meli- 

baei r Id. 

II:ec, L e. h.£C cicuta, this shepherd's reed, docuit nos, 

Corydon ardebat (loved) formos, &c. — Haec ead cicuta 

docuit nos 9 Cujum, &c. — Is it JSlelibeus's? [Id, 

10. Carmina, quae vultis, cognoscite; Carmina vobis; 

Huic aiiud jnercedis erit* Id. 
Cognoscite, Learn ye, or Hear ye, Carm. &c. — Vobis 
erunt carmina (Here Sum is used for Habeo) you shall 
have. &c. — Hum erit &c. this (Egle shall have aliud 
mercedis for ali&m mercedem or aliud genus mercedis, 
another reward, another sort of recompense* 



x 2 KULS24. 



83 . CONSTRUCTION. chap. xit, 



RULE 24. / 

H Adjectives are often elegantly used as adverbs; 
" and are then joined with verbs in the construction, 
M and rendered adverbially/' 

.EXAMPLES. 

The adjective, to be construed adverbially, and the 
yerb, with which it is to be joined, are in Italics. 

Questions, 

The adjective to be construed adverbially ? With 
what verb ? The primary clause ? The nom, and ad- 
juncts? R. 9.? 

1, ■■■ — Ostroque insignis et auro 

Stat sonipes, ac frasna ferox spumantia mavdit. 

Virg. 
The regular English adverb is formed by adding the ter- 
mination lv to its -proper adjective-, thus, Fierce, Fiercely ; 
Brisk, Briskly. — And the hurst stands distinguished by, 
$c. 

2. Mnesthea, Sergestumque vocat, fortemq; Clean- 

thum ; 
Classem apt en t taciti, sociosque ad litora cogant. 

Id. 
Mnesthea the Greek accusative of Mnestheus. — Be- 
fore apt en t, supply the conj. ut that, which is often un- 
derstood before subjunctive verbs, when from the sense it 
may be strongly inferred, — He calls Mnestheus, fyc. SfC 
that they would silently get ready, fyc. 



Ocyus omnes 



Imperio Iceti parent, ac jussa facessunt. Id. 
Immediately all gladly obey, <Jfc. — and execute, fyc* 
4. Dissimulare etiam sperasti, perfide, tantum 

Posse nefas, tacitusque me& discedere tend ? Id. 
Didst thou hope, that thou couldst also dissim. tant. 
nef. — perfide, perfidious JEneas, and fyc. 



chap, xiii. CONSTRUCTION || 

5, . , Nullis ille movetur 

Fletibus; ant voces ullas traetabilis audit. Id, 

6, Tu secrtta pyram tecto interiore sub auras 
En'ge, Id. 

Tu seer, erige, &e. tect. inter, in the inner court, 
«ub aur. in the open air. 

7. Prcecipites vigitute, viri, et cansistite transtris: 
Solxrite vela c/f7. !/& 

Hastily awake, &c.-—and sit together vpon, SyC.—> 
quickly unfurl, S--c\ 

8. Ite: 

Ferte citi flam-mas: date vela: impeilite rernos. Id. 
Ite, ftom Eo, ire; &c. &c— date vela, hoist the saits r 

&c. 
3* Testor, cara, Deos, et te, germana, tuumque 
Dulce caput, magicas hrcitam accingier artes. Id. 
. J cfl// ^e Gods to witness, and thee, cara germ, dear 
sister, tuumq; dulce caput and thy sweet life, Invitam 
accingier, that I unwillingly have recourse to. Accin- 
gier, inf. m.for accingi. 
10. En quid agarn r Rursusne procos irrisa priores , 
Expermr ? Nomadumque _pefa/»connubia supplex? 

Id. 
En quid, &c. — Being mocked, shall I again try r 
&c, — Nomadum, of the Numidians? 



CHAP. XIII. 

RULE 15. 

Of the Indicative Infinitive Mood* 
See Note, C. 12, R. 15. 

YV II EN in a sentence there is no finite verb, but 
only an infinitive, &c." 

* 3 .EXAMPLES, 



09 CONSTRUCTION. chap, xxjx, 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The infinitive verb ? The nora. and adjuncts ? R. 9.? 
Have you observed the note ? 

J. Turn sic of art, et curas his demere dictis. Virg* 

Affatur or Affantur. Demit, or demunt ; the none* 

understood being either Creusa (Mn. 2, 77 5. ) or Deus 

Tyberinus (Mn. 8, 35. ) or Phrygii Penates, as in Mn* 

8. 158. 

2, Turn fumida lumine fulvo 

Ifivolvi* ac totis vulcanum spargere tectis. Id* 
Then she (Lavinia) wrapped in smoke, was involved, 
&c. Vulcanum h. e. ignem. Involute* est. Sparsit* 

3. Turn steriles exurere Sirius agros : . 

Arebant herbae; et vietum seges aegra negabat. 

Id. 

Sirius, the (pestilential) Dog-star. Exurebat &c— 

herb, &c. — et aggra seges, and the sickly crop, &e. Id* 

4. Tyrrhenusq ; tubce mugire per aethera clangor. Id* 

And the clangor of the Tuscan trumpet, quasi 

Tyrrhenes tubce. Mugiit. 

5 # Telorum effundert contra 

Omne genus Teucri, ac duris detrudere contis. Id^ 
On the other side, Teucri, The Trojans poured forth? 
&c. and pushed them doxen. &c. 

g # ? — — Troes contra defendere saxis, 

Perq; cavas densi tela inturqutire fenestras. Id* 
Per cavas fenestras, through the hollow loop-holes 
ef the besieged tozuer* — Densi by Rule 24, incessantly,, 
i.e. in thick voilies, intorquere they hurkd T &c. 
7. Turbati trepidare intus^ frustraque malorum 
Velle fugain. Id* 

Turb. &c. &c. frustraque &c. &c. — fugam ma~ 
loruni, flight \ front their calamities. 

$ a „_ Turnus palatini excedere pugna, 

Et fluvium petere, ac partem, quae cingit.ur amni. 

Id. 

] 9- J* 



chap. xin. CONSTRUCTION, £1 

9. At Rutulo regi ducibusq ; ea mira videri 
Ausoniis. Id. 

But these things seem wonderful to, fyc. 

10. Pascentes illce tanturn prodire volando, 
Quantum acie possent oculi servare sequentum. 

Id. 
Illce the dotes by flying proceed so far ', quant, oe. 
seq. &c. — acie in sight. 



RULE l6\ 

ci When there occur an * accusative case and an ia* 
u finitive mood, quod or ut being left out, &c. 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The infinitive verb? The accusative and its adjuncts? 
To be construed before or after the infinitive ? The 
primary clause ? Its nom. and adjuncts ? R, Q. ? 

1. Verum iliud verbum est, quod vulgd dici solet, 
Vmncs oibi malle melius esse, quam alteri. Ter, 

Omnes malte, ncgotium esse melius sibi, &c, 

2. Ita compared am esse naturam omnium > 
Aliena ut melius vrdeant et dijudicent, 
Quam sua ! Id* 

that the nature of all men should be so disposed, ut 
\id. et dijud- aliena, & c» 

In this and such like passages the principal verb and 
nom. case are understood, and may be supplied hyNe- 
fas est, Verum est, Res Cat, J lane esc ? For though the 
mind may be sufficiently implied by a half sentence, or 
by a single interjection^ it may at the same time be al- 
ways more fully, though not always more elegantly and 

* Of the subjunctive infinitive mood* See note, G. 12, R> 

passionately^ 



,92 CONSTRUCTION. chap. -xiii. 

passionatety, expressed by the suppletion of a prin- 
cipal verb and nom. case; and this may always be done 
by some part of the verb substantive or entitive (sum,. 
&c.) because that verb affirms of simple Being,, and 
of nothing more; and this, namely, its own Being, is 
what may be always actually, because it is always vir- 
tually, affirmed of every proposition, and of every thing, 
that is. See my Lat. Guam. Of the Moods. 

3. Nihilne esse proprium cuiquam ! Id. 

I Nihilne esse, fyc. Oh that nothing should be, 
proprium secured, &c» Or, Itane est, ut nihil sit, &c. 
Is it so, that nothing is } fye. 

4. Omnem crede diem tibi diluxisse supremam: 
Grata superveniet, qua? non sperabicur hora. Hor. 
Crede omn. diem, dilux. &c. — hora qua?, &c— 

superveniet will come over and above expectation, 
&c. 

5. Quis credat, t ant as over um sine Numine moles ; 
Et minimis caeccque crcatum loedere mundum 9 
Si fors ista dedit nobis, fois ipsa gubernet. Manil. 

Tantas moles operum existere sine, &c* et mundum 
crcatum esse 5 &x. — minimis from atoms, cere oque fed ere 
and their blind (uncertain, undesigned) concurrence. 

(J. . Cuncti se scire fatentur. 

Quid fortuna ferat populi ; sed dicere mussant. 

x Virg.. 

7 # . Cur tamen hos tu 

Evasisse putes, quos diri conscia facti 
Mens habet attonitos, et surdo verbere caedit ? 

Juv* 
8. Non facile invenies multis in miliibus uiium, 
Virtu/em pretii qui pulet esse sui. 
Ipse decor recti facti, si pnemia desint, 
Non QiovtJt, et gratis p'aenitet esse pro'oum. Ov. 
Tret it sui, of intrinsic value, valuable in itsJf, nor thy 
of its cost, even though it he gratis, for nothing, (hat is. 
attendedwitk no extrinsic applause.— Et pcemiet hommem 
se esse probum gratis. 

9» Asperius nihil est humili, cum surgit in ahum : 

Cuncta 



chap. xiii. CONSTRUCTION. #3 

Cuncta ferit,dumcuncta timet; desaevitin omnes, 
Ut se posse putent. Claudia??. 
Ilumili, than a mean-spirited person. Se posse, that 
lie is possessed of power. 

10. Id esse regni maximum pignus putant, 

Si quidquid aliis non licet, solis licet. Sen* 
Put. id esse max. &c. regni for regnandi. — Si quie- 
quid non licet, &c. — solis to themselves only. 



RULE 17* 



* Words in apposition must be construed as near t© 
M one another as possible." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The words in apposition ? Before or after the verb ? 
If after ; The nom. and adjuncts ? R. 9. ? 

1. Non decet superburn esse hominem servum. Plant* 
Non dec. hom. qui est servus, esse, &c. 

2. Enimvero Dii nos quasi pilas homines habent. Id* 
Truly the Gods treat us men, Spc. 

3. Sequitur superbos ultor a tergo Deus. Sen* 

4. — Nee me tua fervida terrent 

Dicta, ferox. Dii me terrent, et Jupiter hostis* 

Virg. 

5. Si non Euryalus Rutulos cecidasset in hostes, 

Hyrtacidce Nisi gloria nulla foret. Or. 
If Euryalus had not fallen int* the hands of the P^utuli 
his enemies, the glory of JSTisus, the son of Hyrtacus foret 
had been, SfC. 

6. Livor, iners vitium, mores non exit in altos; 

Utque latens ima vipera serpit humo. Id. 
Iners vitium, a gtoveling vice. Ron exit) does not 
rise up. 

7. Grave 



9* CONSTRUCTION. chap, xmi, 

7. Grave pond us ilium ?nagna nobililas prcmit. Sen. 
Mag. nob. grave, &c. 



rule 18. 



11 All correspondent words must be construed as near 
u to one another as possible." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The correspondent words ? How to be construed ? 
(" As near, 4 'C*"J The primary clause ? Its nom. and 
adjuncts ? R. 9. ? 

1. Pluris est oculatus testis unus, quam auriti decern. 
— pluris, of more value. [Plaut. 

2. Dum in dubio est animus, paulo momento hue 

illuc impellitur. 
— hue illuc this way and thai way — paul. mom. by 
the least impression. 

3. Omnia priite verbis experiri, qudm armis, sapien- 
tem decet. Id. 

4. Ita comj aratam esse naturam omnium, 
Aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent, 
Quam sua! IcL Ita-ut. Melius quam. 

5. Fertilis asbiduo si non renovetur arairo, 

NU nisi cun Spipis gramen habebit ager. Ov. 
Sifertilis ager non renovetur, SfC. 

6. Ita vita est hominum, quasi cum ludas tesseris. 

Ter. 
7* Nulla fides pietasque viris, qui castra sequunlur; 
Venalesque manus ; ibi fas, ubi maxima merces. 

Lucan. 
Est nulla fides, &c. — que manus sunt, &c. — fas 
est, &c. ubi max. mere. est. 
3» Discitenim citius, meminitque lib entius illud, 

Quod 



chap. xrn. CONSTRUCTION. y>> 

Quod 'quis deridet, qudm quod.*probat et venera* 
tur. Hor. 
ILnim discit citiiis, que meminit Mud, quod 'quis deridet 
libentius qudm quod, fyc* Thus, according to rule, U« 
bentiils comes immediately before qudm; and citiiis, by 
being construed last in its clause, comes as near to qudm 
its possible; the relative quod, and its antecedent illud y 
are thus likewise brought together. And this is a right 
order, notwithstanding an objection lies against it, or 
rather against one part of it, from the nineteenth rule, 
which directs us to finish one clause before we proceed 
to another; according to which, it will' be, Enim discit 
citius^que meminit libentius Mud, quod quis deridet, qudm f 

4-c. 

When two rules thus seem to counteract one another, 
prefer that by which the sense of the author will be 
made most evident : when they are equivalent in that 
respect, follow either, as you may here ; or else pay 
more regard to that by which the construction will be 
most simple, and most according to the order in which 
the words themselves lie. 

0. Hoc patrium est, potius consuefacere fllium 
Sua sponte recte facere, qudm alieno rnetu. Ter. 



RULE 19. 

a Generally construe every word in any clause, &c." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The primaryjclause ? Its nom. and adjuncts? R. 9-? 
The clause to be construed next ? Which word first ? 

See note in the preceding chapter, concerning the 
words in Italics, &c. 

Z, Nonni 



yQ CONSTRUCTION. chap. xm. 

1. Nonne id i&gitiutn est, te aliis consilium dare, 
Foris sapere, tibi non posse auxiiiarier ? Ter. 

S. Hoc patrium est, potivis consuefacere filium 

Sua sponte recte faeere, qudm alieno metu. Jtf* 

3. — . J\ T ec rae tuafervida terrent 

Dicta, ferox : Diirne terrent, et Jupiter hostis* 
Ulteriiis ne tcnde odiis. Virg. 

4. Tutatur/iiror Euryalum, lacrymzeque decora?, 
Gratior ac pulchro veniens de corpore virtus. 

Virg, 

5. Latiils regnes, avidum domando 
Spiritum, quam si Lybiam remotis 
G'ddibusjungas; et uterque Psenus 

Serviat uni. Hor* 
1. 2.3.4. or 2. 1. 3. 4. 

6. Crescit indulgens sibi dims hydrops. 
Nee sitim pellit, nisi causa morbi 
Fugerit venas, et aquosus albo 

Corpore languor. Id. 
•—albo corpore from the pale body, or in the pale 
body. 

7. Aurearn quisquis mediocritatem 
Diligit, tutus caret obsoleti 
Sordibus tecti, caret invidenda 

Sobrius aula. Id. 
Quisquis, &c. — tutus being safe caret he is without 
sord, &c— -sobrius being sober, car. aul.invid. — 
invidenda that would be envied to him, 

#. Saepius ventis agitatur ingens 
Pinus ; at celsce gi aviore casu 
Decidunt turres ; feriunt^we summos 
Fulmina monies. Id. 

9. ^quam memento rebus in arduis 
Servare men tern, non secus in bonis 
Ab insolenti temper at am 

LaHitia, moriture Deli. Hor. . 

3. 1. & 

JO, At que 



cha*. xni. CONSTRUCTION 97 

10. Atque hcec perinde sunt, ut illius animus qui ea 
possidet: 
Qui uti scit, ei bonaj. illi, qui non utitur recte, 
mala. Tcr. 
In this example are eight clauses, to be construed in 
the following order ; viz. 1. 2. 3, 5. 4. 8. 6\ 7. 

^/zi f'tase gifts of fortune are perinde ut just as is the 
mind of fyc. — bona sunt ei ; qui scit, &c— mala suitti 
illi, qui non, &c. 



rule 20. 



<l An oblique case, unless it be an adjunct to tbb 
u nominative, &c, 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The word or words to follow the verb ? The verb ? 
The nom. and adjuncts? R. 9- - ? 

1. Con tin uo culpam ferro compesce, priusquam 
Dira per incautum serpant coniagia vulgus. Virg* 

2. Ingentes amnios angusto in pectore versant. Id* 
Versa nt they move ingen. anim. &c» 

g # Dabit Deus his quoquefinem. Id. 

" Accusatives befor-e datives/' 

4. , Forsan et hccc olim meminisse juvabit t 

D urate, et vosmct rebus servate secundis. Id. 

5. Non ignara mali miseris succurr-ere disco. Id* 
(i. ■ FonunXQiieferoeia Paeni 

Cor da, volente Deo. Virg. 

Y, Timeo Danao-s, ei donaferentes. Ia\ 

Et, ex en. 

8. Diis aliter visum. Id. 

9. Degentres animos timor arguit. Id. 

iQ, — — . Quis fallere possit amantem t Id. 



Si CONSTRUCTION. chap. xiii. 

RULE 21. - 

1 (C When sum is put for habco 9 Sec. construe the 
" dative first, &c. 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The exemplifying words ? The nom. ? Where and how 
to be construed ? (See C. 12. R. 21. ) The verb ? How 
to be construed ? (See C. 12. R. 21. J Which is the 
dative ? How and where to be construed ? (See C. 12. 
R. 21.J 



Et me facere poetam 



Pierides. Sunt et mihi carmina. Virg. Ego habeo t 

Sec. 
Pierides, the. Mi/ses (so called from their moun- 
tain Pierius in Greece) fecere have made, me&c. 
"2. Carmina, quae vultis, cognoscite. Carmina vo bis : 

Huic aliud mercedis erit. Id. 
2. Sunt et sua dona parentis Id. 

Et parens metis habet sua dona. 

4. Unde /nee, or Palinure, iibi tarn dira cupido? 

Firg 9 
Unde est tibi, SfC. for Unde habes tu lianc tarn dirani 
evpidinem. 

5. Nulli certa domus : lucis habitamus opacis ; 
Riparumque toros, et prata recentia rivis 
Incolimus. Id. 

Nulli est, SfC. as if it were, Null us habet certain do- 
vivm, &c. No one lias, fyc. — We dwell in shady groves 
(Lucus, ci) — que incol. toros, &e. et prata. rec. &c. — 
recentia, renewed. 

6. Fitius huic, fato Biv&m, prolesque virilis 
Nulla fait. Id. 

Huic, fato Dii'om, fait nulla Jilius prolesque virilis ; 
i. e. Hie, fato Divorum, habuit nullum jilium prolemque 
virile?n. 

Note*—- Films and proles are of different genders j the ad- 
jective nulla belongs to both j and should, according to the 

rule 



chap. xni. CONSTRUCTION. $9 

rule on such occasions, be expressed in the masculine, nullus. 
But this rule is not always regarded : in Cicero we find this 
exception to it, Non oninis error stidtiiia dicekda est. 
Whence it may seem, that, if two nouns, with which one ad- 
jective agrees, though they may be of different genders, do yet 
mean the same thing, or have respect either to other, the ad- 
jective may in gender agree with either ; which perhaps may 
be accounting for such expressions sufficiently, and as well as 
if, with some grammarians, we were to say, that from nulla, 
which agrees with proles, is implied by reflection nullus to 
agree with filius ; though this latter is no bad method of re~ 
eonciling such phrases to the severity of grammar. 

7. O'mnes, Unde amor iste rogant tihi ? Virg, 
Unde est tihi, fyc. i. e. Unde habes in istnm amor em f 

8. Praeterea duo nee tula mini valle reperti 
Cap real i. Virg. 

Prceterea sunt mihi, §c. i. e. Prceterea ego habeo 
duos capreotus repertos in perkulosd valle. 

9. Nunc ego (namque super Ubi eruut, qui dicere 

laucles, 
Vare, tuas cupiant, et tristiacondere bella) 
Agrestem tenui rneclitabor arundine musam.Fzrg. 
Super here is an adverb used nominally, and means 
en abundance, or many, or more than enough. 

Nunc ego (namque tu habebis plurimos, qui cupiant 
dicere tuas laudes, Vare, et condere tristia bella) medi- 
tator, Src. — Condere, to compile or drav vp an account 
of, to describe. 



RULE 22. 



" By a very common ellipsis the verb sum may be 
u understood, &c." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

After what word is the verb understood here, to 
be supplied ? What is that verb ? The primary clause ? 
The nom, and adjuncts ? K. 9. r when applicable. 

K2 I.Stat 



100 CONSTRUCTION. chap. xm. 

2. Stat suacuique dies, breve et irreparabile tempus 
Omnibus est vitse: sed famam extendere factis, 
Hoc virtutis opus, Virg. 
His appointed day is fixed for fyc. the time of life is 
short $fe.'-~htit to extend one's reputation by good deeds 7 
ioc est, &e. 

2. Nescia mens hominum fati, sortisque futurce, 

Et servare modum, rebus sublata secundis. Id. 
Est. 

3. Jd arbitror 

i\pprime in vitd esse utile, ut ne 'quid nimis. Ter+ 
JVe aliquid sit, Let not any thing be^ $$c. or, That 
nothing should be, fyc. 

4. Bene ubi 'quid discimus consilium accedisse^ 

hommem cautum eum 
Esse d« claramus : stultum autem ilium, eui vortit 
male. Plant. 
When ue learn that any design hath fallen out, fyc* 
tee declare thai he is, fyc. — autem ilium esse, &c. — Vor- 
to, the same as Verto. 

o. Durum : sed levius fit patientid, 

Quicquid corrigere est nefas. Hor. 
Est durum, 

6* Qirisnam igitur liber ? Sapiens, sibique imperiosus; 
Quem neque pauperies, neque mors, neque \iru 
cula terrent. Id. 
Est. 

7. Virtus est vitium fugere ; et sapientia prima 
Stultitia carui se. Id. 

Est. — caruisse to be without. 

8. Quis credat tantas operum sine Numine moles $ 
Et minimis caecoque cieatum fcedere mundum ? 
Si fors ista dedit nobis, fors ipsagubernet. Manih 

Tantas ?nolcs operum esse v. existere 9 
Mundum creatum esse. 

9. Quid ?nirum, noscere mundum 

Si possunt homines, quibusestet mundus in ipsis* 
Exemplumque Dei quisque est in imagine paiva? 

Id. 
10. Nulla 



chap. xiir. CONSTRUCTION.. 101 

10. Nulla fides pietasque viris, qui castra sequuntur ! 
Yenalesque manus ; \h\fas, ubi maxima merces* 

[Luc. 



RULE 23. 

" By a most elegant ellipsis any verb may be under- 
4 ' stood, and inferred, &c." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

In which clause is the verb understood ? From what 
verb (or word) to be supplied ? With what nom, case 
is it to agree in number and person ? What must it be 
then ? The primary clause ? Its nom. and adjuncts ? 
K. 9. ? 

1. Dum juga montis aper, fluvios dum piscis amabit, 
Dumq; thymo pascentur apes, dum rore cicada: ; 
Semper honos, nomenq; tuuna laudesque mane- 
bunt. Virg» 

Z O mihi sola mei super Astyanactis imago ! 
Sic ocuios, sic Me manus, sic or& ferebat. Id. 

O Sola imago mei Astyanactis super, (i. e. quae nunc su- 
per est) mihi. Andromache says Ascanius is now the mdy re- 
semblance left of her dear murdered child Astyanax. — Ferefaat 
must necessarily he construed after sic in the first clause of the 
second line, and necessarily after Hie in the second clause : it 
may or may not be construed in the third clause : the translation 
will do liitho^t it, though the rides of const ruction rather re- 
quire it. " Thus he directed his eyes : thus he presented his 
hands ; thus (or, thus he carried) his countenance. " The 
Tepetitcn wf ferebat we see is so indispensable, that it stems to 
requite a different construction, as it comes before the different 
Miqws, oculos, manus, and oraj because the same hind of 
action can not be ascribed io the eyes, handstand countenance. ■ 
k 3 ' 3. Hie 



102 CONSTRUCTION. chap, xmi 

3, Hie tantum Boreas curamus frigora, quantum 
Aut numerum lupus ; aut t or rentia flumina ripas. 

The 'verb to be supplied for lupus must agree with it in 
number and person; so that for torrentia flumina,-—* 
Numerum, the number of the flock. 

4. Hos Cory don, illos referebat in ordine Thyrsis. 

Id. 
Refero to relate; to sing, to rejoin. Cory don sung 
those, Tkyrsis rejoined these (versus lines) in ordine. 

5. Pastorum musam Damonis et Alphesibaei, 
(Imrnemor herbarum quos est mirata juvenca 
Certantes ; quorum stupefactae carmine lynces ; 
Et muiata x suos requierunt flumina cursus) 
Darnoms musam dicemuset Alphesibsei. Id. 

The verb to be supplied is the first ward to be construed 
in the first line, immediately before musam. — Quos cer«> 
t antes Juvenca mirata est imrnemor herbarum : quo- 
rum carmine lynces stupefacta3 sunt ; et flumina mu- 
tata suos cursus (and the rivers having their courses 
changed) requierunt. Requiesco* 

6, l\'ic magnos potius triumphos, 

Hie antes dici pater atque Princeps. Hot. 

j m ~ Me pascunt olivae, 

]\le cichorea, levesq ; malva?. Id. 

§ # . Non, si male nunc,, et olun 

Sic crit. Id* 
Si sit male nunc, non erit, &:c. 
5. Quo bruta tellus et taga flumina * 
Quo Styx, et invisi horrida Tamari. 
Sedes, Atkmteusque finis 
Concutitur. Id. 

By uhkh the brutal earth and wandering, fyc. con- 
cutiuntur. (Now let the learner consider and answer 
it to himself, why from concutitur in the singular num- 
ber is deduced concuthmtur in the plural. In the same 
manner he saw in C. 12 R* 23. cantnt from cantt ; 
iignatus in tie M&ec. from dignata in the Fern, gender; 
imemU from teuetoi dedcrant in the past tense from 

dant 



chap. xiii. CONSTRUCTION. 103 

dant in the Present, and so conccssistis from concedite ; 
and meditatur from meditantur.) 

10. Te pauper amfo'£ sollicita prece 

Ruris colonus ; te dominam ajquoris, 
Quicunque Bithynd lacessit 

Carpathian pelagus carind. Id* 



rule 24. 



" Adjectives are often elegantly used as adverbs; 
and are then joined with verbs in the construction 
&c. 



EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The adjective to be construed adverbially ? With 
what verb ? The primary clause ? Nom. and adjuncts ? 
R. 9. ? 

1. I, soror; atq hostem supplex off are superbum. Virg. 
Affare, the imp. m. of Affor. I, the imp. m. of E&. 

2. Ipse amens animi, et rumore accensus amaro. 
Dicitur ante aras, media inter numina Divum, 
Multa Jovern manibus supplex orasse supinis. Id, 

Amens animi, enraged in his Mind. — Media inter 
numina Divum, amidst the shrines of the Gods. 

3. Improbe Amor, quid non mortalia pectora cogis? 
Ire iterum m iacrymas, iterum tentare precando 
Cogitur, et, supplex animos submitter e ainori ; 
Nequid inexpertuiii frustra moritura relinquat. 

Id. 

— Cogitur she (Dido) is compelled ire iterum, &c. &c. 

— Lest she should leave any thing untried, being about to 

die (that is, and so die J without any reason, or occasion 

for it. 

4. Id quidem ago ; et tacitus } Lycida, roaecum ipse 

vo/uto, 
Si Vateam rneminisse* 

Id 



104 CONSTRUCTION. chap. xnr. 

Id quidem ago, that I am about; et ipse, a?id J, tac* 
vol. am silently considering. 

5. Gratatur reduces, et gaza Itftus agresti 

Excipii. Id. 
He welcomes them, fyc. et laet exc.&c. and gladly 
entertains them with the riches of the country. 

Q 9 Sapiens tine re memento 

Tristitiam vitaaque labores, Hor* 
7« Te minor, latum reget cequus orbem. Id, 

8. Vos lene consilium et datis, et dato 
Gaudetis almce. Id 

You both give fyc. and kindly rejoice in it when, fyc. 
(spoken to the Muses.) 

9. Serus in caelum redeas, diuque 
Lee t us intends populo Quirini. Id* 

Serus redeas, may it thou late return, fyc. Here 
u redeas'' being an optative mood is therefore sub- 
junctive ; and the principal verb and nom. case may 
be thus supplied, valo or precor ut u redeas/' or, it a 
est, me velle, ut " redeas,'* or, ita est ut " redeas/' 
The principal verb being seldom premised in such sen- 
tences, some have considered the optative to be no 
subjunctive, but a primary mood, in order to avoid 
the necessity of supposing an ellipsis: and it is a good 
rule in Grammar, never to suppose an ellipsis, with- 
out necessity; but not to suppose it here will destroy 
the admirable simplicity of the usual distribution of 
the Greek and Latin moods, by giving to the verb two 
primary moods, when otherwise one will answer every 
purpose, and by making the same verb for the same 
purpose to be both primary and subjunctive too; pri- 
mary, when the ellipsis is not supposed; subjunctive, 
when in this manner it is actually supplied, as it often 
is. Moreover, it is the character of the primary or 
principal mood to affirm not only primarily, but sim- 
ply and directly, fiejver intimating or implying what it 
does not a (firm ; whereas the optative, besides what it 
affirms or predicates, implies a wish too, and so being 
ko primary mood, it is consequently subjunctive; and 

if 



chap. xiii. CONSTRUCTION. 105 

l f this be a suhjunctive or subsequent moody there must 
toe a primary or principal mood somewhere expressed or 
understood in the same sentence ; which shews the ne- 
cessity of supposing the ellipsis in the optative sen- 
tences, where it is not supplied ; and it will shew this 
farther, that the optative mood is always a potential, 
implying some sort of power as well as a wish, gene- 
rally that of duty ; as here, mayst thou return, that is, 
I wish that thou mayst, xvouldst, couldst return; or, so 
it is, that thou shouldst return, every wish being sup- 
posed to rest on the ground or virtue of some duty, 
propriety, or convenience. — By this time, the learner, 
seeing that subjunctive moods are properly so called, 
merely because .they are not the first, principal, or 
primary verbs in full construction, may feel himself 
rescued from that inveterate and perplexing errorof 
supposing the cause of the subjunctive to lie in some 
indefinite word or conjunction, whereas its cause or 
government arises from its place only, and indefinite 
words and conjunctions come as well before indicatives 
as subjunctives, yea, and subjunctives, when they im- 
ply neither wish nor power of any kind, predicate ex- 
actly as indicatives, that is, directly and simply, but 
still are rightly called subjunctives aud expressed in 
the subjunctive form, because they are not first but 
subsequent verbs in their sentences. See my Lat. 
Gram Of the Moods. 

XO. Peccare docentes 

Fall ax historias ?novet. Id. 
Fall ax mo vet, he treacherously recounts, &c, — Do* 
centes, inducing, &c,. 



CHAP. 



106 CONSTRUCTION, chap. xiv. 

CHAP. XIV. 

RULE 15. 

u WHEN in a sentence there is no finite verb, but 
u only an infinitive, &c." 

Of the Indicative Infinitive Mood. 
See Note, C. 12. R. 15. 

EXAMPLES, 

Questions. 

The infinitive verb ? The nom. and its adjuncts? 
R, 9 ?,Have you availed yourself of the Note? 

1. Hinc exaudiri gemitus ; et sceva sonar e 
Verberu: turn stridor ferri, tractaeq; catenae. 

Virg. 
—Turn stridor ferri, and the clanking of iron* 

2. Hinc ex audiri gemitus, irceq; leonum 

Vincla recusantum, et sera sab nocte rudentum: 
Setigeriq; sues, atque in prcesepibus ursi 
Scevire ; acformce magnorum ululare luporum. Id. 
Hence were heard groans and the rage of lions, &c. 

—Hinc, hence, namely, from Circe s palace, where by 
enchantment she confined men metamorphosed into beasts, 
lions, bristly boars, bears, wolves. 

Sera sub nocte at the approach of the late night : so 
sub lutnine at the approach of the light : and sub monte 
sometimes means, not directly under, but near to or at 
the foot of the mountain. 

3. At matres primb ancipites, o cutis q ; ?nalignis 
Ambiguce, spectare rates. Id. 

4. Ecce autem, primi sub lumine solis et Ortus, 
Sub pedjbus mugirt solum. Id. 

Primi solis of the rising Sun, et ortus and of the 
morning. 

5. Discessa mugire boves ; atq ; omne querelis. 
Implcri nemus ; et colles clamore relinqui. Id. 

6. Ill* 



chap. xiv. CONSTRUCTION. 107 

6. Hie inter ccedes, Rutulorum elapsus in agros 
Confugere, et Turni defendier hospitis annis. Id. 
Ille Mezentius, the cruel and impious king of Agilla. 

7. Ut videre virum fulgentiaq; arma per umbras, 
Ingenti trepidare metu : pars vertere terga, 

Ceu quondam petiere rates : pars tollere vocem 
Exiguam. Id. 
When they (Grecian Ghosts in Hell) saw the hero 
(JEneas,who, the poets feigned ', went doxvn thither alive J 
and his arms glittering, &c. 

S. Nos pavidi trepidare metu, crinemq; flagrant^m 
Excutcre, et sanctos restinguere fontibus ignes. Id* 
Foniibus, with water. 
0. Nos procul inde fugam trcpidi celerare, recepto 
Supplice, sic merito, tacitiq; incidere funem. Id. 
Procul inde, far from thence, the abode of the Cy- 
clops in Sicily. — Sic merito (agreeing with Supplice) so 
he well deserved. 

10. Sequitur (nefas) iEgyptia conjux. 

Una omnes rucre: ac tot urn spumare reductis 

Convulsum remis, rotrisq; tridentibus cequor. Id. 

^Egyptia conjux, Cleopatra, Anthony's Egyptian 

spouse, attends him to the sea fight off Actium. — Ro-* 

strisque tridentibus, and with trident beaks; beaks of 

thins in some way resembling Neptune's trident. See the 

figure of an ancient galley in Pine's Horace, Od. 1. 14* 

and another in Potters Antiquities of Greece, where the 

trident is represented as composed of three pieces of brass 

or iron in the form of swords. Its use was to annoy the 

enemy's ships in battle, and its place just between wind 

and water, there to do more mischief. 



rule lo\ 

Of the Subjunctive Infinitive Mood. 

See Note. C. 12. R. 15. 

*" When there occur an accusative case and an in- 
4 * iinitive mood, quod or ut being left out, &c." 

1 £XAMFLES> 



10S CONSTRUCTION. ctiAP.xiy* 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The infinitive verb ? The accusative and its adjuncts ? 
Where to be construed, that is, before or after the in- 
finitive ? The primary clause? Its nom. and adjuncts ? 



Unum hoc scito, nimio celerius 



Venb e, quod molestum est, quam id, quod cu- 
pide petas. Plant* 
Know this one thing, id that that quod molest. &c. 
ven. nim. eel. quam id, quod &c. 

2. Bene ubi 'quid discimus consilium accedisse, ho. 

minem cauVum earn 
Esse declaramus; stultum autem eum, cui vortit 
.male. Plaut. 

3. Et errat longe mea quidem sententia, 

Qui imperivm credat gravius esse aut stabilius, 
Vi quod fit, quam illud, quod amicitid adjungi- 
tur. Te?\ 

4 # _ , Laudas 

Fortunam et mores antiquae plebis ; et idem, 
Si 'quis ad ilia deus subito te agat, usque recuses^ 
Aut quia non sentis, quod clamas, rtctius esse, 
Aut qui non firmus rectum defendis. Hor. 
Id, quod clamas esse recti us, aut, Spc. 
5. Ut desint vires, tamen est laudanda voluntas : 

II ac ego contentos auguror esse deos* Ov. 
Ut although. 

6\ Hoc patrium est, potius consuefacere filium 
Sua sponte recte facere quam alieno metu. 
TIoc pater ac dominus interest; hoc qui nequit, 
Fateatur, se ne scire imperare liberis. Ter, 
— qui nequit hoc, he who cannot do this, fateatur 
should, SfC* 

7, Omnes, quibus res sunt minus secunda?, magis 
sunt (nescio quomodo) 
Suspiciosi ; ad contumeliam omnia accipiunt 
magis; 

Propter 



chap. xrv. CONSTRUCTION. tog 

Propter su&m impotentiam se semper credunt 
negligi. Id. 
, — Magis suspiciosi more suspicious than others— ma« 
§is more than others* 



RULE 17. 

w Words in apposition must be construed aa near t» 
one another as possible." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The words in apposition? Before or after the verb ? 
If after; The nom. and its adjuncts? If the example 
lie in a subsequent clause; The primary clause. ? Its 
nom. and adjuncts? R. 9. r 

1. Hie mihi mahrum maximum fructum abstulit, 
Nil timer e. Sen. 

He hath taken from me, fyc, — abstulit from Auferv,—* 
Malorum of my misfortunes. 

2. Ceitc populi, quos despicit Arctos, 

Felices errore suo, quos ille timorum 
Maximus hand urget, lethi met us. Lucan. 

3. — Cur tamen hos tu 

Evasisse putes, quos diri conscia facti 

Mens habet attonitos, et surdo verbere caedit ; 

Occultum quatiente animo tor tore flagellum i Juv. 

4. Justum et tenacem propositi virum 
Non civium ardor prava jubentium, 

Non vultus instantis tyranni 

Mente quatit solida; neque /luster 
Dux inquieti turbidus Adrian, 
Nee fulminantis magna Jovis man us. Hor. 
—Dux turbid us the turbid ruler, inquieti Adriae 

of the restless Adriatic sea. 

L RULE 18. 



110 CONSTRUCTION. chap. xiv. 



RULE 18. 

" All correspondent words must be construed as 
u near to one another as possible." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The correspondent words ? How to be construed ? 
(" As near, 8fC."J The primary clause ? Nom. and 
adjuncts ? R. 9. ? 

1. Unum hoc scito, nimio celerius 

Venire, quod molestum est, quam id, quod eu. 

pide petas. Plaut. 

2. Atque haec perinde sunt, ut illius animus, qui 

ea possidet ; 
Qui uti scit, ei bona ; illi, qui non utitur recte, 
mala. Ter. 

3. Et errat longe mea quidem sententid, 

Qui imperium credat gravida esse aut stabilius, 
Vi cmod fit, quam lllud, quod amicitia adjungitur. 

Id. 

If quod Jit vi be construed immediately after the antece- 
dent imperium, as Rule 8. requires, then stabilhis and quam 
will properly come together, according to the rule before us, 

4. Nil agimus nisi sponte Dei. Lucan. 

5 # Hoc vituim affert senectus hominibus;, 

Attentiores sumus omnes ad rem, quam par est. 
Attentiores ad rem quam, fyc. Ter. 

6. Pauper enim non est, cui rerum suppelit usus. 
Si ventri bene, si lateri est, pedibusque tuis, nil 
Divitias poterunt regales addere nwjus. Hor. 

— Si est bene ventri, if it be well with your stomach, 
si est bene lateri, &c. — reg. divitice pot. &o. — niajus 
greater. 

7. Omne animi vitium tanto conspectius in se 
Crimen habet, quant o major, qui peccat, habetnr. 

Jitv. 
Omne 



chap. xiv. CONSTRUCTION. 1H 

Omne vit.an.hab. crim.&c. — habetur he is accoun ted. 

8. Nam veluti pueri trepidant, atque omnia caecis 

In tenebris metuunt ; sic nos in luce timemus 

luterdum, nihilo quae sunt metuenda mugis, quam 

Quae pueri in tenebris pavitantmetuuntquefutura. 

Lucret. 
For as children tremhle, and fear, fyc. so we. some- 
times fear, in &c. qua? things xihich sunt met. &c— - 
pavitant dread metuuntque and fear 9 futura as if about 
to happen in Sec. 

o, # — — Componitur orbis 

Regis ad exemplum : nee sic inflectere sensus 
Humanos edicta valent, qu&m vita regentis. Claud. 
The nor Id is regulated after, the, Spc. of the Rider; nor 
tire edicts able to bend the human mind* sic, &c. 
10. Faliitur, egregio quisquis sub principe credit 
Servitium, Nunquam libertas gratior ex tat, 
Quam sub rege pio. Id. 



RULE 19. 

" Generally construe every word in any clause, &c 6 

examples. 

See note in Chap. XII. concerning the words in 
Italics, &c. under this rule. 

Questions. 

The primary clause ? Its nom. and adjuncts? R. 9.? 
The clause to be construed next ? Its nom. and ad- 
juncts ? R, 9.? 

1. Neutiquam ofificium liberi esse hominis pato, 

Cum is nihil promereat, postulare id gratiae ap- 
poni sibi. Ter. 
—Id apponi that that should be imputed, sibi to him, 
as a favour. 

i* 2 g. Sic 



112 CONSTRUCTION. chap. xir< 

2. Sic vita erat, facili omnes perferre ac pati, 
Cum quibus erat cunque una ; his se clcdere ; 
Eorum obsequi studiis ; adversus nemini ; 
Nunquam proponent se aliis. Itafacillime 

Sine invidia laudem invenias, et atnicos pares. I»L 

3. Justum et tenacem propositi virmn. 
Non civium ardor prava jubentium, 

Non vultus instantis tyranni 

Mente quatit solidd ; neque Auster, 
Dux inquieti turbidus Adrias, 
Nee fulniinantis magna Jovis manus. 
Si fr actus illabatur orbis, 

Impavidum ferient ruinoe, Hor. 
2. 3. 1. 4. 5. 6, 7. 8. — ilJabatur should fall upon him— 

4. Qvam temere in nosmet legem sancimtis iniquam ! 
Nam vitiis nemo sine nascitur. Optimus ille est, 
Qui minimis urgetur. Amicus dulcis y ut aequum est, 
Cum mea compenset vitiis bona, pluribus hisce 
(Si modb plura mihi bona sunt) inclinet, amari 
Si volet : Hdc lege, in t rutin a ponetur eadem. Id. 

1. 2. 3. 4. 5, 6. 7. 10. 8. 9- 11. 12. 13. 

Note. — The first clause is inclinet. 

— Amic. dulc. &c. A good natured friend? as isjust f 
when he compares or weighs my good qualities, with my 
vices, should incline to the former, being more in number 
(if indeed I hare (R. 21) plura bona) if he would de~ 
sire, SfC Hac lege, &c. on this condition, fyc. 

5. Porro puer (ut sasvis projectus ab undis 

Navita) nudus hum'ijacet, irfans indigus omni 
Vital auxilio ; cum primitm in lu minis oras 
Nixibus ex alvo matris Natura profudit : • 
Vagku^we locum lugubri complevit ; ut aequum est ? 
Qui tantum in vita restet transire malorum. 

At varias crescunt pecudes, armenta, ferxque ; 
Nee crepiracillis opus est ; nee cuiquam adhi- 

benda est 
Almas nutricis blanda atqve infracto loqucla: 
Nee varias quaerunt vestes pro tempore caeli. 

Pen i que 



chap. xiv. CONSTRUCTION. 113 

Denique non armis opus est, non maenibus altis, 
Quels sua tutentur; quando omnibus omnia large 
Tellus ipsa parit, natura^we daedala rerum. 

Lucret. 

— cum prim. nat. prof, when first natures hath thrust 
him forth, nix. with great struggles, in. or. lum. ex. &€• 
— ut aequum est, as it veil becomes him, eui rest, for 
whom it remains, &c. non opus est, they have no need 
— dasciala rerun), -Me wise contriver of things, as Nature, 
i. e. the provident, ever active, ever present, all de- 
signing, all directing GOD of uature, is; though the 
poet here did not mean so. 

6. Quid tarn solhcitis vitam consumimus annis? 
Torquemurque metu, ccecaque cupidine rerum ; 
Alternis^wc senes cuiis, dum quaerimus aevum, 
Perdimus ; et nullo votorum tine beati, 
Victuros agimus semper, nee vivimus unquam. 
Fauperior que bonis quisque est, qui plura requirit; 
Nee quod habet numerat, tantilm quod non habet 

op tat. 
Cumque sibi parvos usus natura reposcat, 
Materiam struimus magna? per vota ruinae ; 
Luxuriance lucris emimus ; \uxuque rapinas : 
Et sum mum census pi etium est,effundere censum; 

Manit* 
Alternis curis, by successive cares. — -ZEvum, life. — 
Nullo fine, by no accomplishment . — Semper agimus, we 
always hold forth, victuros, that we shall, fyc. — Nee 
unquam, and yet we never. — Bonis, for the goods he 
possesses. — Parvos usus, small accommodations. — Ra- 
pinas ruin. — Pretium, value. — Census, a fortune. 



RULE 20. 



" An oblique case, unless it be an adjunct to the 
u nominative, &c." 

L 3 EXAMPLES, 



114 CONSTRUCTION. chap. xiv. 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The word or words to follow the verb ? The verb ! 
The nom. and its adjuncts ? R. 9. ? 

1. Experto credite. Virg. 

— Experto, one that has experience. 

2. ■ Deus ipse faces animumque ministrat. Virg. 

3. Tu ne cede malts ; sed contra audentior ito. Id. 

4. Parcere subjectis, et debellare superbos. Id. 
5 # , Vocat labor ultimus omnes. Id. 

6« . ■ Pulchramque petunt per vulnera mortem. 

Id. 
y» Forsan missros meliora sequentur. Id. 

8. Non vires alias conversaque Numina sentis ? 
Cede Deo. Id. 

9. Stat sua cuique dies: breve et irreparabile tempus 
Omnibus est vitas ; sed famam extendevefactis, 
Hoc virtutis opus. Id. 

10. Aude, hospes, contemnere opes, et te quoque dignum 
Finge Deo. Id. 

The vocative is properly an absolute case, and therefore 
not always cor/fined to any one part of a sentence in the 
construction. Here hospes seems to come better after the 
verb ; Dare, stranger: and for this reason ; because it 
mil be thus nearest to the pronoun of the second person. 
Dare thou, O stranger. Nearest to that pronoun, whe- 
ther primitive or possessive, in a right or oblique case 9 
the vocative will be best expressed ; and in most sentences 
where the vocative occurs, that pronoun will occur also. 
Both occurring, they stand in a kind of apposition or at- 
traction to one another', and they both become more em- 
phatic by being united in construction, according to R, If* 



rule, 21. 
" When sum is put for habeo, &c." 

• EXAMPLES. 



chap. xit. CONSTRUCTION. 115 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The exemplifying words ? which the nominative ? 
Where and how to be construed ? (See C. 12. R. 12. ) 
Which the verb ? how to be construed ? (See C. 12. 
R. 21. J Which the dative? How and where to be 
construed ? (See C. 12. JR. 21. J 

1. Omnia adsunt bona, quern penes est virtus. Plaui. 

Illi adsunt, fyc. for Hie habet, fyc. — penes, in a pre- 
position, in the power or possession of ; quern penes, in 
whose possession, 

2. Tecum habita, et noris quam sit tibi curtasupellex* 

Pers* 
Tecum habita, dwell with yourself, say, look into 
yourself, or, as Horace, Te ipsum eoncute, examine 
yourself, — noris, for noveris, from nosco, you t>hail know, 
quam curt. sup. what little furniture, what a small 
stock (of virtue, the only true wealth) tibi sit, you have> 
This is addressed to Nero, a vicious prince, who there- 
fore had no power to make himself happy, though he 
co«!d make others miserable. 

3. Quid mirum ncscere mundumr 

Si possunt homines, quibus est et mundus in ipsis ; 

Exemplumque Dei quisque est in imagine parva I 

Qui habent et mundum, fyc. Manil. 

4. Sunt mild Semidei: sunt rustica Numina,Nympha? 9 
Faunique, Satyrique, et mmticolce Sylvani. Ov. 

5» Pictonbus at que poetis 

Quidhbet audendi semper fuit azqua potestas. 

Hor. 
Pictores atque poefa semper habuerunt cequam potest a~ 
tern, fyc. — audendi, not from audio to hear. 

6. Non, mihi si lingua centum suit, oraque centum, 
Ferrea vox, omr.es scelerum comprendere formas, 
Omnia psenarum. percurrere nomina possum- 

Virg. 
Si ego habeam, or haberem centum lingua*, fyc*— non 

puss. 



116 CONSTRUCTION. chap, xiv, 

poss. com, om. form, I could not comprise all the shapes^ 
fyc. 

J. Velle suum cuique est, nee voto vivitur uno. Pers. 
Quisque habct suum velle, i. e. suam volimtattm. 

g. Cerre populi, quos despicit Arctos, 

Felices errore suo ; quos llle timorum 
Maxinius haud urget, lethi metus; inde ruendi 
In ferrum mens prona viris, animaque capaces 
Mortis. Lucan. 
Viris sunt, fyc. lor virihabent pronam mentem ruendi t 
fyc. 

Sometimes contingo and suppeto are thus used for 
habeo; and then this same rule applies ; as, 

9. Quod satis est, cui coniingit, nil amplius optet, 
Qui nabet, quod est, fyc. [Hor* 

10, Pauper enim non est, cui rerum suppetit usus. 

Id. 
Qui habet usum rerum. 



rule 22. 

" By a very common ellipsis the verb sum may be 
4i understood, &c." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

After what word is the verb, here understood, to b* 
supplied ? What is that verb ? The primary clause ? 
Nom. and adjuncts? Rule 9, ? 

1. Regium hoc ipsum reor. 
Ad versa capere. Sen. 

Hoc ipsum esse, fyc. 

2. Fronti nulla fides. Juv. 
Est nulla fides, fyc. 

3. Udum et molle lutum es; nunc, nunc properan- 

dus, et acri 
Fingendus sine fine rota, Pers. < 

Nunc, 



cm ap. xiv. CONSTRUCTION. 117 

Nunc, nunc es, Spc 

4 # Sed quid violentius aure tyraimi ? Jiu\ 

5. Rarus enim ferme sensus communis in ilia 

Fort una-. Id* 
Enim communis sensus est, SfC 

g, Nam lingua mali pars pessima servi. 

Id. 

7. Semper inops, quicunque cupit. Claud. 
I lie est semper, <$ c. 

8. Ipsa quidem virtus pretium sibi. Id. 
Pretium sibi, h. e. sui pretii, explained above, 

Chap. xiii. R. l6\ 

$♦ Sensit Alexander, testa cam vidit in ilia 

Magnum habitatorem, quanto felicior hie, qui 
Nil cuperet, quam, qui totum sibi posceret orbem. 

Juv* 
Hicfuerit, qui cuperet nil, qudrn illefuerit, qui, Src* 



RULE 23t 

u By a most elegant ellipsis any verb may be under* 

* stood aud inferred, &c." 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

In which clause is the verb understood ? From what 
verb (or word) to be supplied? With what nom. case 
must it agree in number and person? What must it be 
then ? The primary clause ? Nom. and adjuncts ? 
R. 9- ? 

1. Sic te Diva pot ens Cypri ; 

Sic fr at res Helena?, lucida sidera, 
Ventorumq ; re gat pater. Hor. 
So may Venus, the powerful Goddess of Cyprus regat 
te; — so may Castor and Pollux, the brothers of Helen , 

now 



118 CONSTRUCTION, chap. xit. 

now bright stars, regant te; and may iEolus, the father, 

2, Quern mortis timuit gradum, 

Qui siccis oculis monstra natantia ; 
Qui vidit mare turbidum, et 

Infames scopulos Acroceraunia? Id. 
What kind of death did he fear, who with dry eyes, fyc* 

3, Quid latet, ut marinoe 

Filium dicunt Thctidis sub lacrymosa Troj* 
Funera ; ne virilis 
Cultus in csedem et Lycias proriperet catervas. 

id* 

Ut dicunt filium marina? Thetidis latuisse. Sub, a 
little before; so sub nocttm, a little before night ; $uh 
monteniyjust before or near to the mountain* 

4, . Ecce, furit te reperire atrox 

Tydides melior patre : 
Quem tu (cervus uti vallis in altera 
Visum parte lupum graminis immemor) 
Sublimi/«g?es mollis anhelitu. Id, 

The present rule will at once untiet his knotty passage, 
as to young beginners I believe it always is ; and, it s< ems, 
well may, a learned translator of Horace (Dr, Patrick) 
having laboured at it not a little, though to little purpose, 
in his construction of the three last lines, which he renders 
thus ; " Whom you effeminate, like a hart unmindful (fits 
" pasture, and quite out of breath, will fly from the wolf, 
" seen in the other part of the valley." Monstrum — cui 
lumen ademptum ! Now apply this rule. Lo, brave Dio- 
medes, son of Tydeus, superior to bis father (because 
equal to the gods, as Horace says, Tydiden mperis par em, 
O. 16.) rages to find thee : whom thou effeminate with 
panting breath shalt fly from ; as a hart unmindful of 
its pasture (fugit here obviously inferred from fugies) flies 
from a wolf seen in the oiher part of a valley. 

5# Navita Bosphorura 

Paenus perhorrescit, neque ultra 
Caeca timet aliunde fata ; 

Miles 



chap. xir. CONSTRUCTION. iig 

Miles sagittas et celerem fugam 

Parthi; catenas Par thus et Italum 
Robur. Id. 

Paenusnavita the Phenician seaman. — Bosphorum, 
the Bosphorus, probably the Straits of Gibraltar, 
in bis way to Britain or theCassiterides, where 
thePhenicians traded for tin. — neq. tim. &c— • 
ultra beyond the Bosph. aYiundefrom any other 
quarter. — Miles perhorrescit sag. &c. — t lie swift 
flight of the Parthian; (the Parthians fought 
flying from the enemy.) Parthus perhor, &c* 

6. Otium Divos rogai in patenti 
Prensus JE n ddo, simul atra nubes 
Condidit Lunam, neque certa fulgent 

Sidera nautis : 
Otium hello furiosa Thrace; 
Otium Medi pharetra decori, 
Grosphe, non gemmis,iieque purpura venale, nee 
auio. Id. 

The mariner detained in the wide Egaean sea, prays 
for a quiet life, when the black cloud, &c— neq. sid. 
ful. and the stars do not shine certa so as to be certainly 

known nautis, &c ven. to be bought non. gem. neq, 

purp. &c. 

7. Mentemq ; lymphatam Mareotioe 

Redegit in veros timo T es 
Csesar, ab Italia volantem 
Remis adurgens ; aecipiter velut 
Molles columbas; ant ieporem citus 
Venator, in campis nivalis 
jEmoniae. Id. 

Cassar brought down her (Cleopatras) mind intoxi- 
cated with Mareotic wine to real fears, with his gallies 
pursuing her, &c. — Here the verbis twice inferred from 
the participle adurgens. 

8. Maecenas atavis edite regibus, 

O et prar-idium et dulce decus meum: 
Sunt, quos curriculo pulvcrem Olympieum 

Collesissfi 



120 CONSTRUCTION. chap, xir. 

Co\\eg\ssejuvat, metaq ; fervidis 

Evitata rotis, palmaq ; nobilis 

Terrarum dominos evehere ad Deos : 

Hunc, si mobilinm turba Quiritium 

Certat tergeminis tollere honoribus : 

Ilium, si proprio condidit horreo 

Quicquid de Libycis verritur areis. Id. 0d. 1. 1* 

So the elder Bentley ( andfromhim the younger likewise) 
reads and points this passage, and hath so done mostjus* 
tice to the intent of the author. 

Maecenas, descended from royal ancestors, O both 
my patron and my sweet glory : There are some, whom 
to gather Olympic dust in the race-ground delights, and 
the goal nicely pased by the glowing wheels, and the 
palm (nobilis evehere) renowned for exalting men to 
the gods the masters of the world: Huncjuvat, This 
man it delights (this man is most happy) if the multi- 
tude, &c. 

The common reading evehit in the sixth line rather than 
evehere entirely disjoints the context by leaving Hunc and 
Ilium without any government. They are not governed of 
evehit, it is acknowledged; nor of dimoveas in I. 13- for 
Horace need not tell us surely, that one who ivas endued 
with all public honour, or who had all the wealth of A- 
frica at his command, would not change his condition for 
that of a seaman : nor, while evehit intervenes, can hunc 
and ilium depend on the verbyw&t, unless, indeed, evehit 
and its appendices are in a parenthesis, which the copula 
que connecting meta with the preceding nominative to ja~ 
vat, shews, is not the case. It remains therefore that Ho- 
race wrote, not, evehit but evehere; and that evehere de- 
pends on nobilis. Like expressions occur in 0. 1. 37. for- 
tis tractare ; 4. 6. celerum yolvere; 4. 12. donare lar- 
gus; eluere efficax ; 4. 14. impiger vexare, et mittere ; 
and in many other places, of this and other authors; which 
makes it strange, that Mr. Baxter* a most useful editor 
of Horace, should risk that censure of his, " Certe nobi. 
u lis evehere nullius autoritate commendatum, dunus- 
46 cuhmi nobis videtur." The Belphin and most editions 



chap. xir. CONSTRUCTION. 121 

of Horace used in schools having adopted the common 
reading, evebit, it teas thought this note might serve to 
remove a difficulty in hunc and ilium, which to a consider- 
ate boy that word is well qualified to create. — Nor let it 
he objected, that according to Bentley's reading, which 
makes hunc and ilium to be governed c/'juvat rather than 
of dimoveas, juvat is in one instance a personal, and m 
another an impersonal verb. It is one and the same sort 
of verb in every consideration, the pres. ind. 3. sing of 
juvo, as, uvi. And though juvat here, and decet, licet 3 
attinet, fyo. elsewhere, may be occasionally designated by 
different terms, this is only for the temporary assistance 
of young scholars. The philosophy of grammar admits 
of ns such distinction in the verb itself It is merely in 
the occasion. Every verb, that has no rational or intelli- 
gent agent, may, to denote that circumstance, be stiled 
impersonal, and so may every such clause or sentence ; but 
giammatically, the verb itself is and ever must be per- 
gonal, even though its theme be obsolete. Who will say 
that oportet is not of the third person, regularly declined 
for oporteo ; and that hoc, illud, &c. tec. this, that, 
it, &c. are not, in the language of grammar, pronouns 
of the third person, though they may not mean rational 
or intelligent persons. We apply the word person only to 
intelligent beings ; but this is only by way of eminence. 
In poetry it is applied to irrational and senseless beings, 
and to mere fictions, as if intelligent. In grammatical 
resolutions, the word person is as extensive in its compre- 
nension as noun or pronoun is, and must designate verbs 
accordingly ; so that all verbs arc personal, and what we 
have been taught to call impersonal verbs, are sufficiently 
distinguished by the name of defective. See my Lat. 
Gram. 

?, Xlle et nefasto te fosuit die, 

Quicunque primum ; et sacrilega manu 
Produxit, arbos, in nepotum 

Perniciem, opprobnumq; pagi. Id* 

So the old Scholiast, and Cruquius, and Dl. Hcinsius 

Baxter ; und others, read this ; nor can I detect that bar- 

^* barism 



122 CONSTRUCTION. chap. xiv. 

barism in it, which R. Bent ley is so greatly shocked at, when 
he says," Quid obsecro erit, quo referatur Quicunque?" 
The rule before us will unravel the difficulty; and all its 
elegant examples will justify the rule. He, whoever first 
planted thee, both planted thee on an unlucky day, and 
reared thee up, O Tree, with sacrilegious hand, for the 
ruin of his posterity, &c. It must be owned however that 
Bentley has chosen a better reading, as being more express 
sive of the poet's resentment at the fall of his tree. The 
same was approved of before him by JV. Heinsius and Fa- 
ber, and after him by his nephew Thomas Bentley ; and 
here it follows to exemplify the rule* 

10. Ilium o, nefasto te posuit die 

Quicunque primum, et sacrilega manu 
Produxit, arbos, in nepotum 

Perniciem, opprobriumque pagi ; 
Ilium et parentis crediderim sui 
Fregisse cervicem, et penetralia 
Sparsisse nocturno cruore 
Hospitis. 0. 2. 13. 

O, I could believe that he, whoever first planted thee 
on unlucky day, and reared thee up, O Tree, with sa- 
crilegious hand, for the ruin, &c. &c. Penetralia, his 
house, as sacred as a temple for the safety of his guest 
when lodged in it. 



rule 24. 



" Adjectives are often elegantly used as adverbs ; and 
" are then joined with verbs in the construction, &c." 



EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 



The adjective to be construed adverbially ? With 
what verb ? The primary clause ? The nom. and ad- 
juncts? R. 9. ? 



1. At 



chap. xiv. CONSTRUCTION. 123 

1. At tu, nauta, vagas ntc parce malignus arenas 

Ossibus et capiti inhumato 
Particulam dare. Hpr„ 
At tu, nauta, ne malig. parce dare partic. vag. ar^ 

&c. 

2. Non hoc jocosa3 conveniet lyrae : 
Quo, Musa, tendis ? Deshie pervicax 

Refcrre sermones Deorum. Id. 
This will not suit ?ny, $fc. 

3. Mercuri, facunde nepos Atlantis, 
Qui feros cultus hominnm recentura 
Voce formasti catus, et decora? 

More palaestrae. Id. 
Merc. fac. nep. &c. — qui. voc. et mor. dec. pal* 
who, with thy voice and the exercises of the graceful Pn~ 
testra (where champions raced and combated) cat.' 
form, didst wisely form — the ferocious manners of men in 
early ages. 

4. Regulum et Scauros, animaeq ; magnag 
Prodigum ; Paeno superante, Paullum 
Gratus insigni rcferam Camasna, 

Fabrici unique. Id* 
I will gratefully sing in lofty -trains of Regulus, and 
the Scauri, and Paullus prodigal of his great (say use- 
ful) life, the Carthaginian Hannibal conquering him at 
the battle of Cannae, and Frabricius. 

5. Quid, quod usque proximos 

Reveliis agri termmos, et ultra 
Li mites clientiurn 

Salis avarus ? Id. 
Quid, what will you say ; quod usque reveliis, that, 
you are ever plucking up, &c. 

6. Utcunque me cum vos eritis, libens 
Insanieutem navita Bosphorum 

Tonal o, et arenas arenas 

Lit tor is Assyrii viator. Id. 

Whenever you (the Muses) will be with me, I will' 

willingly try the raging Bospborus, as a seaman, and 

the burning sands of the Assyrian shore, as a traveller. 

Thus ike force of Libens extends even to viator; which 

m 2 i* 



124. CONSTRUCTION. chap. xi*. 

it would not, were it joined in construction with navita, 
as Dr. Patrick would have it. 

7. Fertur pudicae conjugis osculum, 
Parvosque natos, ut capitis minor, 
A se removisse, et virilem 
Tortus humi posuisse vuitum. . Id. 

Fertur, he (Regulus) is said, removisse a se osculum 
&€. — Caput here is a term of law , and means the honour- 
able condition of a Pieman Citizen : hence slates were said 
non habere caput, because they were not in that cond : tion 9 
and therefore were not polled in the census or assessment j 
<o that ut capitis minor here means, as though he were 
no longer a Roman Citizen, but a mere slave* 

S. Rectius vives, Licini, neque altum 
Semper urgendo; neque dum procellas 
Cautns horrescis, nirnium premendo 
Littus iniquum. Id. 
Neque altum semper urgendo, by neither urging al* 
ways towards the deep. — Nimium premendo littus ini- 
quum, by pressing too close upon the dangerous shore, 
9. X, pucr: atque meo citvs base subscribe YihtMo. Id 9 

10^ ^ . Vivas in amore jocisque : 

Vive, vale. Si quid novisii rectius istis, 
Candidas imperii: si non, his utere mecum. Id* 



Here ends the First Part of the LATIN PRIMER. 

The execution of which has required full as much 
management, and experience of the necessary wants 
and heedlessness of children, as its design and object 
are both useful and important. Its design is to untie 
those manyknots and difficulties of Construction, which 
the discordant idioms of the Latin language and our 
own, in point of position chiefly, have necessarily rais- 
ed up in the way of every learner ; its object to fami- 
liarize the learner at once with the obstacles themselves, 

and 



chap. xiv. CONSTRUCTION. 12* 

and with the right way of getting over them ; and that 
without burdening his own application, or dispensing 
with the whole of his endeavours to help himself on : 
which seems (I humbly submit it to the sentence of 
better judges) the most natural and effectual mode of 
leaching; as it certainly is a shorter and more direct 
way of learning the Latin tongue, than has been hither- 
to every where practised in our country; for I will offer 
it as my belief, that when once the learner is deeply 
and thoroughly acquainted with the whole of the First 
Part, he may proceed without delay to Virgil's Eclogues, 
and (one or two of them being read) to the Odes of 
Horace: and why should he not; the nature of the 
difficulties to be coped with there being already made 
familiar to his mind, and no less familiar to him the 
manner of overcoming them ? 



APPENDIX. 

rule 25.. 

The Accusative of the. Part, after a verb or partici- 
ple passive, is governed by secundum, quoad, or some 
suitable preposition understood. But the phrase is best 
rendered by taking both the accusative and verb or 
participle together^and construing the accusative first, 
with the English verb have or participle having before it. 

The accus. of the part, its adjunct, and the word 
it depends on, are in Italics.. 

EXAMPLES. 

Questions. 

The accus, of the part I Its adjunct ? The word it 
depends on ? To be construed before or after that word?: 
With the word have or participle having? The primary 
clause? The leading word ? 

US 1. — 



126 CONSTRUCTION. chap. xit. 

j t w Tres prsemia primi 

Accipient, flavaque caput nectentur oliva. Virg. 
The three first shall, &c— and shall have their head 
bound, 3fC. 

2. Et muiata suos requierunt flumina cursus* Id. 
And the rivers hazing their courses turned, SfC* 
3 # . Torta ridimitus tempora quercu. Id* 

Having his temples bound with wreathed, &c. 

4. Vitlis et sacra redimitus tempora lauro. Id. 

5. Puniceis ibant evincti tempora taeniis. Id* 
6*. Unum exuta pedem. Id. 

Having one foot bare, 

7. Infiatvm hestemo venas ut semper, Iaccho. Id. 
Having his veins puffed up, fyc. 

8. \\\t latus niveum molti/nltus hyacinth o. Id. 
He having, fye* 

9- Dic-quihus in terris inscripti nomina regum 
Nascantur flores. Id. 

Say in what lands there grows flowers having the 
names of kings inscribed on them. 

10. Hinc tibi quae semper \icino ab limite sepes 

Ilyblans apibus)forefH depasta salictj, 

Sa?pe levi somnum suadebit mire susurro. Id. 

Hinc(sepes)abvicirio limite, qua? sepes sem perform 
saluti depasta est H)blaeis apibus, snepe suadebit tibi 
le-Vri susurro inire somnum — On one side the hedge upon 
the neighbouring border, which hedge always has its 
willow Jloxcas fed on by Hyblaean bees, shall oftentimes 
lull thee by their gentle hamming to sleep. 



END OF THE FIRST PART, 



TBSi 



THE 

LATIN PRIMER. 



PART II. 



€KF THE POSITION" OP W0UDS IN" LATIN COMPO* 
SITIOH. 



MIHI compasitione velut amentis quihusdatn nervisque in- 
tendi et concitari sententice videntur. Ideo eruditissimo citique 
persuasum est, valere earn quamplurimu?7i,nG?i ad delect aiionetn 
modo, sed ad motum quoque animorum: primum, quia nihil in- 
t rare potest in affectum, quod in aure, velut quodam vestibulo, 
stat im offendit : deinde quod natur a ducimur ad modes. Q u i N c t . 

1HE grand secret, the great mystery of the position 
of words in the Latin tongue, lies principally in these 
two points, viz. 

1 . That the word governed be placed before the word 
which governs it. 

2. That the word agreeing be placed after the word 
with which it agrees. 

These two may be termed the maxim.s of position; 
and from them result various rules, which may be con* 
veniently divided into two classes; viz. 

1. Rules resulting from the government of words. 

2. Rules resulting from the agreement of words* 
To which add a third class, viz. 

3. Miscellaneous rules, not reducible to either of 
the two classes foregoing. 

All these rules, as well as those of Construction, must 
he learnt by heart. 

RULSS 



128- 
RULES OF POSITION. 

CLASS L 

RULES RESULTING FROM THE GOVERNMENT 
OF WORDS. 

RULE 1. 

AN Infinitive Noun (if it be governed) is usually 
placed somewhere before the word which governs it. 

RULE 2. 

A noun in an oblique case is commonly placed be* 
fore the word which governs it; whether that word be 
a verb, or another noun y an adjective, or participle.. 

RULE 3. 

Dependent clauses, as well as single words, are placed- 
before the principal verb, on which such clauses do 
mainly depend, 

RULE 4. 
The \erb is commonly placed last in its own clause,. 

rule 5. 

Prepositions usually precede the cases governed by 
them. 



CLASS II. 



BULES RESULTING FROM THE AGREEMENT OF 
WORDS. 

rule 6. First Concord* 

The verb is usually placed after its nominative case> 
sometimes at the distance of. many words. 

rule T* 



POSITION. 199 

R¥LE /. Second Concord* 

The adjective or participle is commonly placed after 
the noun or pronoun, with which it agrees. 

rule 8. Third Concord* 

The relative is commonly placed after the antecedent, 
with which it agrees. 

rule 9. Third Concord* 

The relative is placed as near to the antecedent as 
puesible. 

CLASS HI. 

MISCELLANEOUS RULES. 

rule 10. Adverbs* 

Adverbs are phced before rather than after the words 
to which they belong. 

RULE 11. Adverbs* 

Adverbs are in general placed immediately before 
the words to which they belong; no extraneous words 
coming between them. 

rule 12. 

Igitur, autem, enim, etiam, are very seldom placed 
first in a clause or sentence. The enclitics, que, ne P 
ve, are never placed first. 

rule 13. 

Tamen is very often and elegantly placed after the 
first, second, or third word of the clause in which it 
stands. 

rule 14. 

Connected words should go together; that is,' tfeey 
may not be separated from one another by words that 
are extraneous, and have no relation to them. 

rule 15 c 



130 POSITION. 

rule 15. Cadence. 

The Cadence or concluding part of a clause or sen- 
tence should very seldom consist of monosyllables* 

rule 16. 

So far as other rules and perspicuity will allow, in 
the arrangement and choice of words, when the fore- 
going ends with a vowel, let the next begin with a 
consonant ; and lice vcrsd. 

RULE 37. 

la general a redundancy of short words must be 
avoided. 

RULE 18. 

In general, a redundancy of long words must be 
avoided. 

rule ig. 

In general, there must be no redundancy of long 
measures, 

rule 20. 

In general, there must be no redundancy of short 
measures. 

rule 21. 

The last syllables of the foregoing word must not be 
the same as the first syllables of the word following. 

rule 22. 

Many words, which bear the same quantity, which 
begin alike or end alike, or which have the same cha- 
racters ic letter in declension or conjugation, (many 
such words) may not come together. 



THE 



131 



THE RULES OF POSITION, WITH THEIR 
EXEMPTIONS EXEMPLIFIED. 



RULE 1. 

:i An Infinitive Noun (if it be governed) is usually 
11 placed somewhere before the word which governs 
" it." 

EXAMPLES. 

1. Amicum Icedcre ne joco quidem licet* 

2. Amor misceri cum timore non potest. 

3. Dari bonum quod potuit, avferri potest, 
4» Eripere telum, non dare irato decet. 

EXCEPTIONS. 

1. When the ear informs that the infinitive noun 
would sound better after the word which governs it, to 
gratify the ear, place it after, as Cicero has done in 
the following instance : 

" Nolo eiiim cujusquam fortis atque illustris viri ne 
minimum quidem erratum cvtm maxima laude cqtvjuti- 
gere.'* 

H Nolo had been set after conjungere, according to 
the present and fourth Rules, the cadence would have 
been spoiled byadactyl and spondee being there formed, 
where in prose such a measure must never be admitted ; 
what is the proper cadence of an Heroic verse may well 
begin, but must never conclude a sentence in prose, 
the solemn harmony of prose requiring cadences of 
another sort; and by rules may be learned, what is 
proper to the one as well as to the other. 

2. To avoid a concurrence of vowels, the infinitive 
may sometimes follow the word that governs it ; as, 
" Bonus puer amat intelligere" rather than intelligere 

amat 



132 POSITION. rule 2. 

amat. The reason of which is, that a concurrence of 
vowels is apt sometimes to impede the voice by causing 
a very unpleasant hiatus or opening of the mouth, and 
suspending for a while the organs of speech, so as to 
make them labour in their office, as any one may sen- 
sibly perceive by reading aloud this line of Ovid, 

i£ Omne solum forti pafria est, ut piscibus sequor.'* 

The difficulty of uttering patria est is absolutely felt ; 
the movements of the tongue in getting through the ia-e 
are so very awkward ; and therefore this concurrence of 
vowels is thus condemned by Quinctilian (whose opi- 
nion, to support my own, for the learner's assurance, I 
shall quote on many occasions) Turn vocalium concursus; 
qui cum accidit, Mat et intersistit, et quasi laborat oraiio* 



rule 2. 



" A Noun in an oblique case is commonly placed 
" before the word which governs it, whether that 
" word be a verb or another noun, an adjective or 
" participle/' 

EXAMPLES. 

1. Beneficia dare qui nescit, injuste petit. 

2. Amicus res optima? pariunt, adversae probant. 

3. Fortwiam citius, rapias, qu&m rctineas. 

4. Iiwpi lencficivm bis da£, qui celeriter dat. 

5. Datcefclei reminiscitur. Vehementer ird excanduit, 
6\ Mens futuri prcescia. Patri timilis. 

7. Amor et melle elfelle est Jcecundissimvs* 

EXCEPTION. I 

The exception to this rule is as that to the foregoing. 
To facilitate the utterance, or to gratify the ear, the 
word governed may be set after that which governs it; 
and the ear is thus oftentimes gratified, when the word 
governed being longer than that which governs it, is 
therefore set after it ; as we shall see hereafter. 

RULE 



rulec>. POSITION. 133 

RULE 3. 

" Dependent clauses, as well as single words, arc 
ci placed before the principal verb, on which such 
u clauses do mainly depend." 

Note. — Not only single words, but by a kind of link or 
chain connecting several words together, whole clauses may 
be dependent on one word, and come under the general maxim 
of being placed before it* 

EXAMPLES. 

1. Caesar says, that of all the Gauls the Belgae were 
the bravest, because merchants least of all conversed 
with, and brought them those things, which effeminate the 
mind; Atque ea, quoc ad effceminandos animos pertinent , 
important. 

v Here the pronoun ea, being governed of the verb mm- 
portant, is therefore put before it. But why should the 
intermediate clause qua: ad e. a. p. come also before 
important ? Because, for perspicuity, the relative qux 
should not be separated from its antecedent ea ; and if 
quoe cannot be separated from ea, much less can ad 
effctminandos animos pertinent be separated from quoc by 
the intervention oii7nportant, which would be giving to 
qua; a new verb, and spoil the sense; so that important 
is necessarily placed last here, not only ea its immediate 
dependent being to come before it, but likewise that 
whole intermediate clause, which through the medium 
of ea depends on it also. 

2. Caesar was desirous of doing a kindness to his friend' 's 
son, xcho was then uith the army in Spain, — Ccesar amid 

Jilio, qui turn in Hispanid militabat, benejicium agere cu- 
piebat. 

Cupiebat is here the principal verb, and is properly 
placed last in the sentence. The infinitive agere comes 
before it by Rule 1, being governed of it in the accusa- 
tive case ; for the like reason, by Rule 2, benejidum the 
accusative, and filio the dative, are set before agere, 
they being both governed by that infinitive or verbal 
noun ; nor can amid by any means be separated from 
N Jih9 



^34 POSITION. rule 3. 

filio, with which it is even naturally connected ; and 
Ccesar stands foremost here, as being the nominative 
case ; while that entire clause qui turn in Hispanid mill- 
tabat comes before cupiebat % and before freneficium agere 
too, that the relative qui and its adjuncts may follow 
the antecedent filio as soon as possible, according to 
Rule 9. Thus is the position of every word in this 
sentence, regularly accounted for, (as by some rule or 
other, there is not a word in all the volumes of Cicero , but 
its right position, (if it be right) may be accounted for ) ; 
and thus it appears that the principal finite verb cupie- 
hat, being placed last, is placed where it ought to be. 

3, Suppose more words under thissame government: 
the principal verb cupiebat will still retain its position. 
Thus, 

Casar wished to do a kindness to his friend's son, who 
was then with the army in Spain, and who had before, in 
the late wars, with great zeal, commanded some horse.-— 
C&sar amici filio, qui turn in Hispanid militabat, atque 
idem jam antca bellis prior ibus equitatui sedule prafuerat f 
beneficium agere cupiebat. 

Here every word from qui turn, fyc. to prafuerat, 
having relation to filio the antecedent, must by Rule 9, 
be immediately annexed to it; and consequently, be- 
cause by Rule 2,filio comes before benefcium agere cu- 
piebat, all those fourteen words, from qui to pi'afuerat, 
must precede likewise. 

4. If it had been the father, Caesar's friend (whose 
name, we will say, was Lentulus) that had commanded 
some horsein Caesar's wars ; and Caesar therefore wished 
to serve his son; still all relative terms, having relation 
tofilio, must, as well asfiliu, be set before the princi- 
pal verb cupiebat. Thus, 

Ccesar amici filio , qui turn in Hispanid militabat, et 
cujus paler Lentulus (nam hoc erat nomen amico) jam 
ttntea bellis prioribus equitatui prafuerat, benefcium agere 
cupiebat. 



EXCEPTION* 



"auLE 3. POSITION, U5 

EXCEPTION* 

The exception to this third rule i?, when the sen- 
tence is very long and complicated ; when it is made 
up of so many kindred and dependent clauses, that 
were they all to come between the principal verb and 
nominative case, the relation between that verb and its 
nominative might be obscured or lost. 

When this happens, to avoid prolixity, the principal 
verb and nominative case must be brought together, 
either at the beginning of the sentence, or at the end, 
rather at the beginning; though sometimes the whole 
period may receive a peculiar force and energy from 
the principal verb and nominative case being set last. 
However, in general, the principal verb and nomina- 
tive case of a long sentence should be in the fore-front ; 
and remember, lhat if the chief verb have any words 
immediately depending on \t,a?cnpiebat above has agere 
bcneficium, it will attract them, and they must all go to- 
gether. Thus, it' in the foregoing example the sen. 
teuce had been somewhat more extensive, the principal 
verb, its nominative case, and immediate dependents, 
would appear better in the beginning. As, 

Ccesar wished to do a kindness to his friend's son, who- 
was then with the army in Spain, and whose fat her Lent ulus 
(for so his friend was named J had in former wars with 
great zeal commanded the cavalry, and at length wvrnout 
with war and wounds rather than old age, had died at 
Adrumetum in Africa. — Cucsar benejicium agere cupiebat 
amicifiiio, qui turn in Hispanid militabat, et ejusdem pa- 
ter Lentulus (nam hoc erat nomen amico) bellis prioribus 
equitat ui sedate prcefuerat ; et tandem militia potius et vul- 
neribus quam crtate confeclus, in Africa apud Adrumetum 
xitd funct u> fuerat . 

Note. — It being said above, that a sentence may sometimes 
acquire an increased energy from the principal verb and its 
nominative being placed last 5 it may be useful here to exhibit 
an instance of it. There is a striking one in Seneca, De 
Bene/, I. 6. c. 31. where that author speaks of the proud ex- 
pedition of Xerxes, and the shameful route he met with from 
a few Greeks. 

» 2 Bivma 



13& POSITION. rule 3. 

Divina atque liumana impellent em, et mutant em quic- 
quid obstitcrat, trecenti stare jusserunt. Stratusque per 
tot am passim Grccciam Xerxes intellexit, quantum ab ex- 
ercitu turba distaret. 

This position of the nominative case and verb, is 
then most proper, when any particular emphasis be- 
longs to them, or something whatever it be, that is ex- 
traordinary, and demands attention, Xerxes invaded 
Europe with fleets and armies so immense as to be al- 
most innumerable. Yet ibus omnipotent, as he fancied 
himself, he met with an unexpected obstacle at Ther- 
mopylae, where his march was stopped, not by num- 
bers equal to his own, but by a little troop of three 
hundred Spartans, under their brave king Leonidas; 
which is a circumstance most remarkable : and there- 
fore in the passage above, this little troop, trecenti, and 
what they achieved, stare jusserunt, are judiciously set 
in that part of the sentence, namely, at the cadence, 
which is ever apt to strike more forcibly on the mind, 
and to be retained longest, rebounding as it were, on 
the ears of the audience. 

Again, that this same Xerxes, the proudest, vainest 
mortal that ever lived, should be so brought to a right 
way of thinking, as to perceive the difference between 
a multitude and an army, is what in such a man one 
would hardly expect ; and therefore in the same pas- 
sage we find the second cadence to consist of Xerxes 
intellexit. 

Farther, because it is truly so, that a multitude, an 
undisciplined mass of men, whether they be armed 
with Persian sabres or Gallic pikes, do not constitute, 
but are very inferior to an army ; and because this re- 
flection may lead to prudent counsels, it is a circum- 
stance that demands attention; and therefore the sub- 
ject or nominative case and verb being in this pro- 
position the words of most import, are there placed 
where they will be most noticed, i. e. at the close ; thus, 
Quantum ab exercitu turba distaret. The futility and in- 
feriority of the rabble, by being propounded last, are 
likely to make the last impression, and the reflection 
therefore to be most attended to ; for both in hearing 

and 



rule 4. POSITION. 137 

and in reading, those ideas strike most which strike 
last, and those impressions are most sensibly felt, and 
the longest retained, which are last made. This is as 
natural in the human mind, as it is for most echoes to 
repeat not the rise but the fall of sounds, even that 
with which the air is last affected, and with whicb 
only the ear is twice saluted, because it is that which is 
last and most strongly reverberated. 



rule 4. 



" Tbe verb is commonly placed lastin its own clause, 
Verba sensum cludere (saysQuinctilian) multo, si com- 

positio patiatur, optimum est : in verbU euitn sermonis vis 

inest. Inst. 9- 4. 



EXAMPLES. 

1. Negandi causa avaro nunquam deficit. 
.. 2. Nimium altereando Veritas amittitur. 

3. Nil proprium ducas, quod mutarier potest. 

4. Necesse est, multos timeat, quern multi timent. 

EXCEPTIONS* 

I. To avoid an improper concurrence of vowels, or 
on any other account to gratify the ear, the verb may 
have another position, than that to which this rule 
assigns it. So the mind be duly informed, we may al- 
ways sooth the ear ; as, " Ex quibus neminem mini 
ne esse est nominare," Cic* where, put est last of all, 
and presently three ill effects will appear ; in a mono- 
syllabic cadence ; in a concurrence of vowels there; 
and in an unpleasant predominance. of the letter n in 
iieeesse nominare, and that before the ne of neminem is 
well out of the ear. Therefore, when Quinctilian says 
that the verb should be last, if possible, he immedi- 
ately adds, At si id asperum erit, ctdat hcec ratio nume* 
ri$t ut Jit ujpud summos Grcecos Latinosque oratoresfre* 
» \ quejUusimcx 



138 . POSITION. rule 5. 

qucntissime*. And again, Ex loco transferuntur in locum 
(verba) ut jungantur, quo congruunt maxime. 

2. When the verb is a monosyllable, then it should 
not take the last place in a clause or sentence : for such 
words spoil the cadence, making it sudden and abrupt; 
which, unless occasion requires it to be so, should be 
carefully avoided. Whether the cadence should be soft 
and harmonious, or grave and serious, it must not be 
abrupt. Cicero was extremely nice and exact in form- 
ing the latter part of his periods, so choosing and plants 
ing his words, that his sentences might easily and gra- 
dually come to their close. For, as Quinctihan ob- 
serves, though there should be harmony in the whole, 
vet that harmony is most needed, and the effect of it 
most evident, in the close: Magis tamen ct dcsideratur 
in clausulis et apparet (numerus). 



RULE 3. 



H Prepositions usually precede the cases governed 
41 by them." 



EXAMPLES. 



Eo in vrhern. Subjudice lis est. Post fata quiesciU 

Numquam libertas gratior extat, 
Quam sub rege pio. 

EXCEPTIONS. 

This rule is contrary to the general maxim of plac- 
ing the word governed before the word which governs 
it ; yet the case itself is so far congruous to the general 
position, that there is no rule which has more excep- 
tions than the present. 

1. Versus, towards, is set after its case ; as Londi~ 
num versus, toxoards London. 

2. Tenus, as far as, is set after its case, whether that 
case be an ablative or genitive \ as Fortd tenus: aurium 
ten us* 

& 3. *?enes 7 



rul*6. POSITION. 139 

3. Penes, in the power of, may follow its case ; as 
Omnia adsunt bona, quern penes est virtus. Plaut. 

4. Usque, even to, or, as far as, whether with or 
without a concomitant participle, is elegantly set after 
its case; as Romam usque; ad Romam usque; trans Alpes 
usque ; ab Athensis usque, 

5. Ctfjw, with, is commonly set after these words, me, 
te, se, quo, qud, qui, qmbus, nobis, and vobis ; as mccum, 
tecum, SfC 

In short, there is hardly any preposition which may 
not be sometimes found after its case. Here follow a 
few instances more rare than the foregoing. 

Tempora circum. Virg. Pocula circum. Lucret. 

Quern contra. Cic. Populo coram. Suet. 

Specula de montis. Virg. Montibus in nostris. Id. 

Studia in contraria. Virg. Quercus inter et ilices. Hor. 

Corpore pro Nympha*. Ov. Me sine. Virg. 

Vitiis nemo sine nascitur. Hor. Massdldtaerc sub 
ips&. Ov. 

Fluctus subter labere Sicanos. Virg. Membra super. 

Luc. 

Seopulum super. Phatd. Hcec super imposuit. Or. 
Quos ultra citra que. Hor* Mortem aliquid ultra est ? 

Sen* 

These liberties, used both by prose writers and poets, 
the learner may adopt, to assist metre in verse, and 
at all times for euphony, or emphasis. 



hulk 6. First Concord. 



#i The verb is usually placed after its nominative 
fi case, sometimes at the distance of many words." 

Though we have seen this very fully exemplified ia 
former rules; yet this position of the verb with respect 
to its nominative case, or rather the position of the 
nominative case itself, has not been yet distinctly at- 
tended to : and they who instruct children, know the 
danger of leaving any thing to be gathered by infer- 
ence, however obvious* It is necessary moreover to 

propose 



ua position. rules. 

propose this rule, as it affords an opportunity of look- 
ing into its exceptions, which are important. 

This rule, in other words, is, The nominative case is 
commonly set before its verb. 

EXAMPLES. 

1. Mors omnibus est communis. Cic. 

2. Sylla omnes suos divitiis explevit. 

3. Amor misceri cum ttmoie non potest^ 

4. Perfidus ille te colere. 

5. Ego illud sedulo negare factum. 

EXCEPTIONS. 

Un very short sentences the nominative case is fre- 
quently set after the verb; as, " Quare, patres con. 
44 seripti, secedant improbi." Cic. " Occiws est cum 
" libeiis Marcus Fulvius, consularis" Id. " Crescit 
if in dies singulos kostium numerus. Id. At sectaban- 
tur multi." Id. 

2. And in longer sentences, to improve the cadence, 
the nominative may follow the verb; obliques, if there 
be any, being still placed foremost, according to Rules 
1. 2. as, 

" Quousque tandem abutere, Catilina, patientia no- 
u stra? Quam diu etiam furor iste tuus nos eludet ? 
u Quern ad finem sese effraenatajac/ato audaciaf Cic. 

Read the nominative audacia here before jactabit, the 
cadence will be ruined, and the ear will immediately 
determine, that it is very propeVly placed after; where- 
as, if you read Juror, the other nominative after eludet, 
the ear will be no less offended there. This shews* 
that on such occasions the ear is to be consulted, and 
that the proper place of the nominative is before the 
verb, unless harmony require it to be after, perspicuity 
at the same time allowing it to be so. 

3. Because the cadence is that part of the period 
which makes most impression on the mind ; and be- 
cause .sentences, as well as discourses, if well con- 
structedj will ever grow more emphatic, as they ad-> 

Tance 3 



rule6\ POSITION/ 141 

vance, according to that of Quinctilian, Augeri cnim 
utbe/U sent entice et i?isurgere : for these reasons, if in 
the nominative case there be any thing that should 
strike most, and draw much attention, the cadence 
of course is the place for that word to appear in ; 
as, 

" Aderat janitor careens, carnifex pra?toris, mors 
" terrorque socioram et civium Romauorum, lie tor 
# * Scstius.'' Cic. in Ver. 

Whoever, says Mons. Rollin, in his Belles Lett res-, 
speaking of this passage, whoever should put Lictor 
Sestius in the beginnings would spoil the period. The 
dreadful apparatus of this executioner, this carnifex, as 
Cicero repeatedly stiles him in his pleadings against 
Verres, should go before him. 

" Quid putem? Contempum neme? Non video, nee 
'? in vita, nee in gratia, nee in rebus gestis, nee in hac 
H mea mediocritate ingenii, quid despicere possit An* 
" ton i us, Cic. Philip 2. 

Cicero meaned, that of all the people in the world, 
the last was Antony, to whom, on any score of merit, 
he should expect to be an object of contempt. He has 
clearly shown his meaning, by placing Antonius in the 
cadence ; and by the same positron of that word, he 
has fully expressed his own contempt of Antony. 

" Hasta posita pro aede Jovis Statoris bona Cnoei Pom* 
u pcii: (miserurn me ! consumptis enim lacrymis, tamer* 
" in fix us animo hceret dolor!) bona inquarn, Cnaei 
" Pompeii Magni vocis acerbissimae subjecta prseco- 
" nis." Civ. Philip 2. 

Cicero upbraids Antony with the cruel and shame- 
ful manner, in which he had insulted Pompey the 
Great, the champion of Roman liberty, and more than 
once the saviour of the state. Antony had confiscated 
the goods of that illustrious Roman, and had even ex- 
posed them to sale at public auction. Now it was not 
the auction (hastd posita) nor the place where the 
auction was h olden (pro cede Jovis St at oris) but the bona 
Cncei Pompeii, it being Pompey's goods, that were so 
dishonoured ; this was the circumstance, by which 
Cicero would inflama the senate with indignation 

against 



142 POSITION. ruleS. 

against his adversary; and therefore, with great judg- 
ment, this nominative and its adjuncts, bona C?i. Pom- 
peii, conclude the first sentence. 

In that charming parenthesis again, how admirably 
does the nominative dolor strike the last blow, that it 
might thereby be infixus, enstamped and rooted, as in 
the speaker's own mind, so also in the breast of his 
audience ! And surely, if there be any thing in the po- 
sition of words, dolor is most critically planted here ; 
whether the orator had in view to kindle the like pas* 
sion in the bosoms of the conscript fathers, or to tes- 
tify his own fixed resentment at such indign usage of 
Pompey ; and that, though he did not weep indeed, 
his tears being all- exhausted, there still remained in 
his mind that which was inextricable, and which would 
gore him to the last, indignant grief. 

But in the cadence, at the close of the whole pas* 
sage, we find prceconis, not bona Cnmi, &c. and that 
with peculiar propriety. The dignity of the personage 
here spoken of had been already sufficiently attended 
to. Pompey once critically named, and every thing be* 
ing gained, that could be, from the respect which the 
senate entertained for that character (here, however, 
and not before, most seasonably amplified by the stile 
and epithet of Magni) it was the artful management of 
Cicero to give most force now to that aggravating term 
prweonis, the common crycr, the instrument of Antony 
in profaning Pompey ? s honour. 



" Stat sua cuique dies" Virg, 

Wore than the measure of the verse, the natural im- 
portance of tins nominative dies here, that fatal day, is 
happily accorded to by its being there placed, where it 
must needs make the last and most sensible impression 
on the reflecting mind. Trauspose these words, thus, 

" Cuique dies sua stat." 

Here is no false quantity, but the verse much de, 
formed ; because dies is spoiled of its dignity by that 
too speedy transition' which must now be made to the 

words 



RULED. POSITION. Ii3 

words that follow. So much in writing may be lost or 
won by the position of a single wot<1; and so much may 
be effected by a well-judged cadence. Scepe tamcn est 
lehemens atiquis sens us in verbo : quod si in media parte 
sententice latet, transiri intentione, et obscurari circum* 
jacentibus sold : in claused posit um assignatvr auditoH 
et infigitur. Quinct. 

4. The nominative case is properly set after its verb, 
when it (the nom.) is the antecedent to a relative, 
that cannot well come before that verb, nor yet by the 
intervention of other words be separated from its an- 
tecedent. As, in Cicero. 

" Lucius Rubrius Cassinus fecil haeredem. Et qui- 
" dem vide, quam te amavit is, qui albus aterve fueris 
u ignorans, fratris filium praeterit I" 

This is a sarcasm of Cicero against Antony, who 
had boasted of his having been named as heir in more 
wills than Cicero ever was. Cicero allows this ; but 
accounts for it. He insinuates, that Antony had forged 
many of the wills, in which he had been so greatly 
favoured. Lucius Rubrius of Cassinum, says he, made 
you his heir, in preference to his own nephew ; a 
strange instance of affection this in one, who knew no- 
thing of you ! In this passage is, the nominative to 
amavit, is the antecedent, and qui the relative : Is is the 
pretended testator, qui, albus aterve, fyc* the circum- 
stance, by which it shouW seem, that he was only a 
pretended testator, that is, the antecedent Is, to whom 
Antony became heir, and the relative qui, to whom 
Antony was never known, denote the same man. Of 
course, the inconsistency, which Cicero alludes to, is 
strengthened and made more flagrant by those two 
members of the period, is, qui, being thus united ; but 
united they could not be, if the nominative is were 
placed before amavit ; for if it were so placed, the re- 
lative qui could not accompany it, without entirely 
mutilating and dismembering the whole texture of 
the sentence. 

From all that has been said under this rule, there 
are three inferences to be drawn. 

J, That a judicious position of words mightily con- 
duces 



144 POSITION, kuleF. 

duces to the strength and beauty of a discourse: hence 
the importance of these rules. 

2. That special care should be had to form an easy, 
flowing and harmonious cadence. V. infra. 11. 15. 

3. That into the cadence should be thrown (so it be 
done with perspicuity and order) not only a nominative 
case, but any other word, which being of extraordinary 
import, may by that position be set off to advantage, 
and obtain its due weight. Thus Cicero, in the exam- 
ple above, gave great strength to prceconis by setting it 
in the cadence, whereas in its natural place before voci 
acerbissi7?ice that word would have been lost almost in in- 
significance. And thus, when Qninctilian in his chap- 
ter de compositione, speaking of the cadence, would 
give an instance of a very fine one, he chose one from 
Cicero's second Philippic, consisting of the adverb pos- 
tridic. " Quale est iilud Ciceronis; Ut tibinecessecsset 
" in con spcctuPopuli Rom ani Tomer e postridic. Transfer 
" hoc ultimum, minus valebit. Nam totius ductus hie 
u est quasi mucro: ut per se faedse vomendi necessiteti 
" (jam nihil ultra expectantibus) hanc quoque adjice- 
" ret deformitatem, ut cibus teneri non posset postri- 
a die." To vomit after wine betrays intemperance: but 
to retch and disgorge postridie, the day after, shews the 
excess of the day preceding to have been indecent 
indeed : hence the importance of postridie so this pas- 
sage; and the reason of its appearance in the cadence, 
there nicely planted to badge Antony with the de- 
formed and bestial character of a drunkard. 



RULE 7. 



" The adjective or participle is commonly placed 
after the noun or pronoun with which it agrees." 



EXAMPLES. 



1. " Ab eo ordiri volui maxime, quod et cetati tuct 
" tf&set aptissimum, ct auctoritati me&> Cic. 

2. " Rebus 



rule 7. POSITION. 145 

2. " Rebus prcesentibus adjungit atque annectit fu- 
u turas." Id. 

3. " Vitas cursum videt, ad eamque degendam pras- 
" parat res necessarias" Id. 

4. u Generi animantium omni est a natura tributum, 
u ut se, vitam, corptisque tueatur." Jc?. 

4. " Ambitio major : rota tristior" Id* 

EXCEPTIONS, 

1. To avoid a disagreeable concurrence of vowels, 
there may be frequent occasions to set the adjective 
before its noun : as, " Innuba puclla ; — hoe disciplines " 
See other instances under the following exception- 
s' In Cicero the adjective often precedes the noua 
when the latter consists of more syllables than the 
former, especially if the adjective be a very short 
word, and the noun a long one; as, " Hce disciplines 
u igitur; hoc animal; magna: dissimUitudines : ulla offi- 
" cii pr accept a ; propria est ea pr&ceptio btoicorum : 
sequemur hoc quidem tempore , et hac in quuestionc 
poiissimum Stoicos; in co studio astatem consumpsi.*' 

ClCm 

Unless there are manifest reasons for the^contrary, 
longer words should generally be placed afrer those 
that are shorter; for when polysyllables are succeeded 
by short words, especially by monosyllables, the lan- 
guage is deformed and trunkless. The basis of a pefiod 
is its cadence; clausula est sedts orationis, says Quinc- 
tilian ; and as a wise builder will be careful to give 
much strength to the ground work, so good composi- 
tion requires that long words do in general, as by their 
own weight, incline towards the cadence, which is 
then made more gradual; the period throughout is 
strengthened; and by such periods the whole discourse 
becomes nervous and sedate. 

3. When the noun, with which the adjective agrees, 
lias a genitive case depending on it, the adjective is 
better placed first, and the genitive next, the noun, 
on which the genitive depends, being set last of the 
three; as, " His ergo saagtissimk reipublicce vocibus 
JJ pauca, rtspondebo."— Cic. " JSulla emm vita pars." 
O m —Id. 



145 POSITION. rule. 

—Id. u Illud forense dicendi, hoc quietum disputandi 
genus J' Id. " Vila officii prcecepta." Id. 

4. When the noun with which the adjective agrees, 
is itself a genitive case governed of another noun; 
then also the adjective may be first of the three, and 
the genitive according to Rule 2, before the noun 
which governs it; as, " Omnium Gallorum copies." " Ut 
par sis in utriusque orationis facultate.'* Cic. 

5. Sometimes the adjective is set before the noun 
for no other reason than only to gratify the ear: Bonus 
puer. Celer equus. Magnum studium, Summum bonum. 

We must not think scorn of the ear's judgment, to 
which our master, Quinctilian, makes great concessi- 
ons. Optime autem deilla [com\>os\tione~]j udica?it aures ; 
qucB et plena sentiunt, et parum expleta desiderant, et 
fragosis offenduntur, et lenibus mulcentur, et contortis 
excitantur et stabilia probant, clauda deprc/undunt, re- 
dundantia et nimia fustidiunt \ Instit. 9. 4. So Cicero ; 
Murium judicium est super bis simum. Nay, the ear, 
Quinctilian farther observes, is so general, so nice a 
judge, that even illiterate persons thereby are charmed 
with a good composition, though they cannot, like the 
scholar, account for the pleasure they receive, nor 
give the Reason why. Ideoque docti rationem compo- 
nendi intelligunt, etiam indocti voluptatem. — Id. By all 
means therefore let the learner consult his ear, repeat- 
ing to himself again and again the same words in divers 
positions, always however within the prescript of rules ; 
and by degrees use will enable him to ascertain the 
jight position, quoad numerum. 



rule 8. 



" The relative is commonly placed after the ante- 
" cedent with which it agrees." 



EXAMPLES. 



1. " Cognosces ex lis hteris } quas liberto tuo dedi." 

Cic. 

2. Male 



kule 8. POSITION, 147 

2. Male secum agit ceger, medicum qui haeredem 
facit. 

EXCEPTIONS. 

1. Mons. Lancelot, in his New Method, fyc. well 
observes that the relative qui, fyc. should generally be 
considered as between two cases of the same noun ; 
and then by the third concord it agrees with the fore- 
going noun, as the true antecedent, in gender, number, 
and person; by the second concord with the following, 
noun, in case, gender, and number. These two nouns 
are sometimes actually expressed, both the one and 
the other; as, " Bellum tantum, quo hello omnes pre- 
rnebantur, Pompeius confe^a.*' — Cic. " Ultra eum 
locum quo in loco Germani consederant."—- Ces. " Diem 
instare, quo die frumentum mihtibus metiri oporteret." 
Id, Cassar, a most exact writer, was fond of this 
phrase; and it should always be adopted, when, with- 
out it, there may be any danger of ambiguity, as the 
following instances will shew ; Leodamantem, Cleophili 
discipulum, qui Chophilus, §c. Apul. If Cleophilus had 
Jiot been repeated, qui might erroneously be referred 
to Leodamantem instead of the true antecedent Cleo- 
phili. Thus much it was necessary to premise for a 
right understanding of what follows. 

Of these two cases, between which the relative is 
said to stand, that which follows the relative is usuaby 
omitted, the other, the true antecedent, is more com- 
monly expressed, and from hence arises the present 
rule. 

But it happens sometimes, and elegantly, that the 
true antecedent is omitted, and the following case ex- 
pressed, which, though in fact no exception to the 
rule, yet to some appears to be so, and must be at- 
tended to accordingly. Here are instances of this 
apparent, though no real exception. 

1. " Nemini credo, qui dives blanditur pauperi." 
The full expression would be, Nemini diviti credo, 

qui dives, fyc. 

2. " Populo ut placerent, quas fecisset fa bul 'as. Tcr. 
Populout Wee fabulcz placerent, quas fecisset fabidas. 

o 2 3, «.« llli, 



348 POSITION. rule 8, 

3. " Till 5 scripta quibus comcedia prisca viris est" 
llli viriy scripta quibus comoedia prisca viris est. [Hor. 

4. H 'Atque alii, quorum comcedia prisca xirorum est* 
'At que alii viri, quorum, fyc. virorum est. [Id. 

5. Cujus odorein oei nequcas perferre - - - 

Ccrnu ipse bilibri 
Caulibus instillat. Id. 

Ipse corn-it bilibri instillat caulibus oleum 9 cujus olci, 
SfC, 

The learner now perceives in what manner the ante- 
cedent may seem to be placed after the relative; the 
antecedent in truth, being understood, and the other 
case, which is commonly omitted, being in such 
phrases expiessed. 

But this other case, the second noun, which usually 
follows the relative, may be placed, as by the poets it 
often h, before the relative, the true antecedent being 
ftjtiij understood ; as, 

1 . Urban quam statuo, vestra est. Virg. 

Here urkem is evidently the subjunctive noun, else it 
v culd not be in the accusative case, the full sentence 
being, Mac urhs, quam urhem statuo, vestra, est. 

2. Eunuckum quern dedisii nobis, quas turbas dedit ? 
Jste eunvchum, qucm eanuchum, §c. [Ttr. 

3. Naucreatem qucm convenire vdluij in navi non 

erat; Plant '. 

Naucreates, quern Naucreatem, Sec. 

Thus explained, many passages in the Latin authors 
Will be as easy as they are elegant; while, for want of 
this obvious resolution, they have been thought xery 
difficult, as particularly that of Plautus above has per- 
plexed many commentators. 

2. A real' exception. The relative may be placed 
before its antecedent, when for any sufficient reason it 
cannot be set immediately after it, and then no where 
after it, much less at a great distance after it, without 
ambiguity. See this illustrated, under the next rule, j 
in the example, " Here cjui Jauat, $c" 



RULE 9 



rule 9. POSITION. 349 

RULE 9. 

" The relative is placed as near to the antecedent 
" as possible." 

EXAMPLES. 

1. The reason of this rule is, that the connection be- 
tween the relative and antecedent (the clue many times 
of the whole period) may be kept as clear and as free 
from obscurity as possible. According to this rule, 
many words must not stand betwixt the relative and 
antecedent; for by such a separation the ligature or tie 
of these two important members of the period may be 
weakened, perhaps destroyed ; nor may we place be- 
tween them any word at all, which from such a po- 
sition may be mistaken for the antecedent. 

" Non ego eum cum summis viris comparo, sed si- 
f,e millimum Deo judico, bsec qui facial." 

Here eum is the antecedent to qui, but that does not 
appear so distinctly as it ought, not only because there 
are very improperly two verbs, two whole sentences, 
between this relative and its antecedent; but also, be- 
cause as qui now stands, Deo may be erroneously 
taken for the antecedent, and no unmeaning sentence be 
made of it. Therefore Cicero, whose words these are, 
did not so arrange them. But, unwilling by the inter- 
position of hctc qui faciat, where the relative lies, to se- 
parate eum, which is the antecedent, from those terms 
of honour, cum summis liris comparo sed simillimum Deo 
judico, with which Julius Caesar, the person meant by 
eum, was to be complimented, and at the same time 
cautious to avoid that ambiguity, with which the above 
condemned position of qui would be attended, he mar- 
shalled his words after this manner: 

" Usee qui faciat, non ego eum, cum summis viris 
16 compare, sed simillimum Deo judico/' 

The natural position of the relative is after the 
antecedent. But here a political reason excluding qui 
from the place next after eum, there remained but 
this alternative, viz. To place qui still after its an- 
tecedent, but at such a distance as to create an ambi- 
3 guityf* 



150 POSITION. UTTLE $. 

guity; or else to set it before its antecedent, bringing 
it as near as possible that way, contrary to the usual 
form indeed, but without risking the sense. Cicero 
preferred the lattery teaching us, that perspicuity in 
language is of so much importance, that fafliion, even 
rules themselves, however elegant and useful on general 
eccasions, must yield, when a too scrupulous observ- 
ance of them would counteract or obscure the meaning 
o^ a discourse. 

2. " Mea quidem sententia, paci semper est consu- 
" lendum." 

This sentence has in it no relative, and might, for 
what the present rule has to do with it, be indifferently 
expressed as it is, or 

Paci mea quidem sententia semper est consulen- 
dum. Or, 

Mea quidem sententia semper est consulendum paci. 
Or, 

Semper est consulendum paci mea quidem sententia. 

Here for paci you have the choice of tour positions : 
it may be either the first word or the last; or it may 
be set between sententid and semper, or between consu* 
lendum and med* But should paci be an antecedent to 
a relative, the position will be no longer arbitrary ; but 
after paci, wherever it be placed, and as soon after as 
possible, must come the relative and its adjuncts* 
Accordingly, Cicero wrote thus, 

" Mea quidem sententia, paci, qua: nihil hakitura sit 
44 insidiarum, semper est consulendum." 

Now paci the antecedent, and quce the relative, are 
hand in hand, as they ought to be ; and the relation 
between them is evident. But suppose it had been 
thus, 

" Paci, mea quidem sententia, quae nihil habitura 
" sit insidiarum, semper est consulendum." Or, 

" Paci semper est consulendum, mea quidem sen- 
" tentia, quae nihil habitura sit insidiarum." Or, 

" Me& quidem sentential, qiwe nihil habitura sit in- 
*' sidiarum, paci semper est eousulendum." 

In each of these three positions, sententid assumes the 
apnearance of, and may be taken for, the antecedent, 

as 



Bitle 10, POSITION. 151 

as well as pad. Hence the necessity of the rule; and 
the impropriety of placing between the antecedent and 
the relative many words, or even a single word, that 
may bear the appearance of the former. 

To this rule there is no exception. For as it is not 
said, that the relative shall always follow the antece- 
dent, but that it should be as near to it as possible, and 
this with a view to perspicuity; I know not on what 
occasion the contrary may be requisite, other than to 
perplex one's language, and the mind of him to whom 
the discourse is made : but this, whether it be adopted 
in the pulpit, by the historian, in the senate-house, or 
at the bar, is the trick of folly, the subterfuge of & 
knave in a bad cause. 



MISCELLANEOUS RULES. 

rule. 10. Adverbs. 

" ADVERBS are placed before rather than after the 
H words to which they belong*" 

EXAMPLES. 

" Hoc tantum bellum, tarn turpe, iamxetus, tamlatl 
4i dixisum atque dispersum, quis unquam arbitraretur, 
<c aut ab omnibus imperatoribus uno anno, aut omni- 
** bus annis uno impsratore confici posse ? v Cic. 

Observe in this example, how tarn is placed not af- 
ter, but before turpe, and then again before vet us, and' 
again tarn before late, and also tarn late before divisum, 
and unquam before arbitraretur ; each before the word 
it modifies. 

EXCEPTION. 

When a particular emphasis lies on the adverb, and 
the idea which it is designed to raise, is very impoi tanf , 
it may then possibly be placed rather after than before 
the word, to which it is attached, according to what 

has 



152 POSITION. rule II, 

has been beforeinculcated, under the exceptions to the 
sixth rule, of placing those words last, or near to the 
cadence, by which words it is intended that the person 
addressed shall be most affected. There also we meet 
with that admirable instance of this exception, taken 
from Cicero, and so much commended by Quinctiiian, 
viz. 

u Ut tibi necesse esset in conspectu Populi Romani 
".vomer *e postridie. f> 

The great importance of this adverb postridie has 
been already explained ; it is therefore sufficient to re- 
peat here, that because of its importance it is placed 
after vomer e. 

u Libertasque recurrentes accepta per annos 
" Lusit amabiliter : donee jam ssevus, &c. Hor 9 
The position of amabiliter after lusit is fortunately 
contrived to set of! the innocent and pleasant raillery of 
the old rustic hards in their convivial amusements, and 
greatly strengthens the antithesis between that harmless 
festivity and the insolent affectation of wit, of which 
Horace complains, and which in time was carried to 
such an indecent height of licentiousness and raucour, 
that A. U. C. 302. it was made a capital offence to sing 
or compose any defamatory verses. 



rule 1L Adverbs* 

A.DVERB3 are in general placed immediately be- 
" fore the words to which they belong; no extrane- 
M ous words coming between." 

EXAMPLES. 

" Hoc tantum helium, tarn turpe, tarn vetus, tarn late 
11 divisum atque dispersum, quis unquam arbitraretur, 
" fyc." Cic. 

The adverbs tarn, tain, tarn late, and unquam, come 
not only before, but immediately before the woids mo- 
dified by there 

EX- 



rule 11. POSITION. 153 

EXCEPTION. 

When the word, to which the advrrb belongs, has 
another word or words depending on it, such other 
words are not extraneou?, and ought to come next be- 
fore the word which governs them, the adverb being 
placed first of all. 

" Qua? chitas antea unquam fuit, non dico Athe- 
" niensium,quae satis late quondam mare tenuisse die i L ur; 
" non Cart) aginiensium, qui permultum classe mariti- 
" misqup rebus vatuerunt ; non Pthodiorum, quorum 
il usque ad nostram memoriam disciplina navalis et 
" gloria remansit: qua? civitas antea unquam tarn tenuis^ 
ft qua? Urn parva insula fait, quae nun portus snos et 
" agroe, et aliquam partem region b atque ora3 marui- 
" mas per sc ipsa defenderet t" Cic. 

Here both the rule and exception are exemplified 
several times. Let us observe how. 

Antea and unquam belong to fail, and are set imme- 
diately before it, there being no words depending on 
fait to intervene. On the like account non is set ha* 
mediately before dico. 

The adverbs satis, lat>, quondam, are all attached to 
tenuisse, and come before it, but not immediately be- 
fore, because of ware, which being governed of tenuisse, 
must therefore come between. So permultum is set 
before valuerunt, but not immediately before it, be- 
cause of classe maritimisque rebus; which words being 
governed by voluerunt must themselves have the imme- 
diate precedence. Antea unquam, farther on, belong to 
fait, and are placed before it, but not immediately be- 
fore, because that position belongs to tarn tenuis, fyc* 
which words depend oufait, and therefore claim the 
immediate precedence. 

Tarn comes immediately beforetenuis, to which it be- 
longs, and again tarn immediately before parva, because 
there are no words depending on tenuis and parva to 
intervene. 

In the latter part of this example (quoe non portus, 
fyc.J the adverb won belongs to the verb defenderet, and 
is accordingly placed before it, but not immediately 

before 



154 POSITION. jitjls 12. 

before it; there are fourteen words between; which 
words being all governed of, or strictly connected with 
defenderet, must come nearer to it than a less important 
particle; and therefore, according to the exception, 
that particle, the adverb non, must stand at a greater 
distance. 

From this position of non with defendere, see the im- 
portance of the tenth rule, which requires that adverbs 
be placed before the words they modify, rather than 
after. Rather than unnecessarily violate that rule, by 
putting an adverb after the word, to which it belongs : 
and at the same time to abide by what the exception to 
this eleventh rule directs, Cicero would put non before 
dcfetideret, though at the distance of fourteen words. 
So delicate, so scrupulous, is the genius, of the Latin 



RULE 12. 

U JgITUR, autem, enim, etiam, are very seldom placed 
" first in the clause or sentence. The enclitics que, 
•' 7ie 7 vc, are never placed first/' 

EXAMPLES. 

Igitur. 

1. "Quod igitur m causa quaerendum est, &c. ,; Cic* 

2. " Nee promissa igitur servanda sunt ea, quae sunt 
u iis, quibus promisens, inutilia. ,, Id. 

Saliust frequently sets igitur first in a sentence, as, 
" igitur confirmato ammo, fyc." But in this he is not 
to be imitated, igitur being very seldom so placed by 
other writers. Pareus, in his Lexicon Criiicvm, says of 
this particle, Eleganter in media oratione collocatur. 

A utem* 

The same Parens says of autcm, Venusti collocatur in 
media sententia; and cites this instance from Terence, 
Quid tu autem } asine, hie auscultasT' 

Enim. 



rvlz 13. POSITION. 155 

Enim. 
" Neqne enim eos solos, &c." Cic. 
Enim post duas dictiones sctpe collocatur, says Parens, 
and produces these examples from Cicero; " Mihi ante 
" enim.'* i€ Drusia cupit enim vendere* " Inani* 
u mum est enim, &c." 

Etiam. 

1. " Nondum etiam dixi, quae volui.'' Ter. 

2. (m Atjuvenis nihil c^i«wsequiussuspicatus. Apui. 

Que. 
H Alcandrumgz/e, Halium£we,Noemona£we, Pritanin- 
que" Ov. 

Ne. 
This is not ?ie the negative for non, neu, neudum, 8?c. 
but the enclitic for nonne? annon? utrum,fyc. an inter- 
rogative, and generally an affirmative. 

3. Ddturnc ilia Pamphilo hodie nuptum? Ter. 

2. Adeon me ignavura putas ? Id. Adeon* for adeone. 

3. Justitisewe prius miror, bellifle laborum? Virg. 

Ve. 

Si quis in adversum rapiat casusre, Deusre. Id. 

Thus que, ne, re, are always attached to a preceding 
word, as if a part of the same, and are even uttered as 
such; as De&sze, not Deus ve. 



rule 13. 

±AMEN is very often and elegantly placed after 
if the first, second or third word of the clause in 
" whicn it stands.*' 

Tamen eleganter in fine sent entice collocatur. Pareus* 

EXAMPLES. 

1. Incipiam tamen. Tibull. 

2. Tu tnoriere tamen* Propert. 

3. Tu, si tuis blanditiis tamen. Cic. 

EXCEPTION". 

Tamen more frequently occurs first in a sentence 
than igitur, autem, enim, and eiiam do* And ? indeed, 

though 



156 POSITION* ivtn 14. 

though its usual position is as the rule says, yet, when 
the clause, of which tamen is a member, is preceded 
by some weighty circumstance, and does its eh also 
advance something as weighty, something, which, by 
being equally true, equally important, may counter- 
Vail the other; in short, when tamen is used to aver 
any thing very strongly, cum asseveret valdc, then it ac- 
quires a peculiar force by being set first, so exciting 
and arresting the attention to what follows. Of this 
here are three examples from Cicero. 

1. " Tamesti mihi nihil fuit optatius, quam ut pri- 
(i mum abs te ipso, deinde a caeteris omnibus, quam 
i( gratissimus r : rga te esseeognoscerer; tamen afficior 
" summo dolore, ejusmodi tempora,post tu<iin profec- 
" tionem qonsecuta esse, ut tu meam, et caeterorum 
(i erga te fidem et benevolentiam absens experiare." 
Ck. Ep. ad. j amil. 1. 5. 

2. 4t Nam etsi minore in re violatur tua dignitas, 
(i quam mea salus afflicta sit; tamen est tanta simili- 
" tudo, ut sperem te mihi ignoscere, si ea non timue- 
" rim, quae ne tu quidem uuquam timenda duxisti." 
Ep. ad. f amil. 1, 6. 

3. " Quod me quodammodo molli braclrio de Pom- 
" peii familiaritate objurgas; nolim ita existimes, me 
M mei prsesidii causa cum illo conjunctum esse, &c. — 
*' sed ut illee5setmelior,et aliquid de populari levitate 
" deponeret; quem, &c> — Quid, si etiam Caesarem, 
" cujus nunc venti valde sunt secundi, reddo meiiorem? 
" Quine.-iam, si mihi nemo invideret; si omnes, ut 
*' erat aequum, faverent; tamen non minus esset pro- 
" bandamedicina, quae sanarat vitiosas partes reipub- 
4 * licce, quam qua) exsecaret/' Ep. ad. Ati. 2. 1. 



rule 14. 



it 



CONNECTED words should go together; that is, 
they may not be separated from each oiher by 
words that are extraneous, and have no relation to 
them. 

There 



&uls 14. POSITION. 1ST 

There is nothing in this rule contrary to what has 
been advanced in foregoing ones; where, especially 
under the third, fourth, and sixth, it appeared that 
words immediately connected, as the verb and nomi- 
native case, the word governed, and that which go- 
verns it, &c. may be separated from each other so 
far as to admit whole clauses between them ; for 
these words thus interposed are every one of them 
connected with one another, and with those between 
which they lie; so that if we examine the longest well- 
written period, it will be found that, in the express 
terms of this rule, connected words go together, hav- 
ing not one extraneous word between them. 

The intent of this rule is to set a guard against that 
inartificial mixture and rude jumble of words, which 
boys are apt to fall into from a laudable ambition of 
writing freely. They find, that in the. Latin tongue 
words are seldom confined to the natural order ; and 
therefore they set about a new one; but unacquainted 
with the laws of composition, they have no method ; 
and having no method, tiiey have recourse to con- 
jecture, their prune counsellor, or to chance, the ge» 
neral one, for the manner in which they are to write. 
J-Ience, what is thus written, is like a mass of any other 
things, which chance might throw together, fragosa ct 
interrupt a oratio, as Quinctilian would call it, composed 
of words gathered well enough from the Dictionary, 
and in which there may not be what is commonly called 
false Latin, but in the contexture so confused and 
desultory, that the natural order would be better. 

But for all this, the learner is still to quit the na- 
tural order, in which the beauties of the Roman 
tongue can seldom be displayed. Only let him know 
the bounds which he may not pass. Let him al- 
ways bear in mind this general caution, that though 
words, which are connected, may not be always con- 
tiguous, yet neither does good composition allow them 
to be separated from each other by words, which among 
them have neither relation nor significant-) 7 , and there- 
fore ought to have no place. 

P EXAMPLES 



t?$ POSITION* ivii 14* 

EXAMPLE 

The position of scribam is unfortunate and faulty 
in this expression of Horace ; 

" Quisquis erit vitae, scribam color." Sat. 2. I. 

Scribam forms no parenthesis here ; nor has it any 
■"connection either by government or concord with either 
of the words between which k stands: between them 
therefore it shouldhave no place any more than between 
quisquis and erit* In the accuracy of good language its 
place is after color; or, if the whole context would 
admit of it, before quisquis. Thus again, in the same 
satire, judice is out of its place in 

" Sed bona si quis 

M Judice condklerit, laudator Caesare." 

It should stand in the clause with laudatur, no doubt.-— 
And delude is not justly placed in tliis of Virgil, ( be- 
longing to vina dividit, it should therefore be cither 
before bonus, ov after heras,) 

*' Vina bonus qua? delude cadis onerarat Acestes 
u Litore Trinacrio, dederatque abeuntibus heros, 
* Dividit." Mn> 1. 199* 

Ninus tnlarg*d his Empire as far as the borders of 
Li'hia. 

" Ninus Lybia* protulit imperium usque ad termi- 
" nos." 

! !-ere the Latin is improperly expressed. Lybice has 
ro sort of connection with either of the words between 
which it stands, nor with any otber word to them re- 
lated ; so that Lybice there is perfectly extraneous, and 
demands another position. To know its proper place, 
consider where its affinity lies. It is a genitive case, go- 
verned of tcrminos; therefore near terminos it must 
•land, at least so near as to shew the conuection; thus, 
Ninus protulit imp4rium usque ad terminos Ljjbice. Or 
Ninus usque ad terminos Lybice imperium protulit. Or 
Usque ad terminos Lybw Ninus 'mperium protulit. Or 
$Jinu$ ad Ly bits usque termwoiyrotulit imperium* 

■S Now 



autE 14. POSITION. 159 

Now what has been said of Lybice between Ninus and 
protulit, would be true of usque, and of ad, and of ter- 
minus in that position^ but not of imperium, because 
imperium would not be extraneous there, being con- 
nected with one of those words,. namely, protulit : nor 
even against Lybice in that position would this objection 
lie, if Lyb;as had been governed of imperium instead of 
terminus; for then it would be, Hiatus enlarged the empire 
cf Lybia-, and the circumstances of position would 
change with the sense. 

But these irregularities are less likely to happen in 
short sentences than in those of two or more clauses ; 
where, from a neglect of punctuation, boys frequently 
set in one clause, words which ought to be in another. 
By one word thus misplaced, two clauses at least are 
spoiled, one overcharged, the other mutilated. Let us 
see this exemplified. 

Of all connections none is more excellent, none mere- 
strong, than when good men y alike in mannas, ore 
attached to each other. 

Omnium societal urn nulla prcestdntior est nulla 
firmior cum viri monbiu boni similes sunt familiant ate 
conjunct. 

Suppose a school- boy,.unacquain ted with the p resent 
rule, to produce this as an evening exercise, without 
any punctuation,. and the order of words so broken as 
to be almost unintelligible. 

In this exercise there is a great perplexity, and it 
arises entirely from the false position of only two words, 
quam and boni: quam is put in the second clause, where- 
as it ought to be in the third ; and boni, which belongs- 
likewise to the third clause, is set in the fourth. We 
will reduce this instauce ioto pi oper order. 

Omnium societal um nulla prcestantior est, nulla firmior, 
quam cum viri boni, moribus similes, sunt famiharitate 
conjuncti. 

If we enquire into the use of quim and bom, we shall 
know, that they are now in their right position* 

Quam, than, is a comparative conjunction, and car* 

be of no use, but where it serves to couple the two 

members of a sentence, between which a comparison is 

£ 2 made, 



160 POSITION. itrLE 15. 

made. The comparison here is between the friendship 
of good men and that of otbeis, that is, between om- 
nium s. n. p. e. n Jirmior on one hand, and cvtn viri 
ioni, SfC on th<-' other; here therefore between /* rmior 
and cum, and here only, is quam to do its orifice 

In like manner the adjective boni can have no place 
in the fourth clause, where it has no connection. It 
agrees with the noun viri in the third clause, and there 
it must be. 

Quinctilian, in his chapter de Compositione, frequent- 
ly complains of this incondite language. He says, of 
all orders, the natural is the best, when the words will so 
follow one another, and run into a good cadence; and 
greatly condemns those breaches and improper trans- 
positions, by which the discourse is mutilated, and the 
tense lost; and against which this present rule is de- 

^m to be a bar, as it effectually will be, if the learner 
will be mind-fill of, it, and pay due attention to the dif 
ferelmt points of punctuation, especially those within 
the period. 



rule 15. 



" The cadence or concluding part of a clause or 
u sentence should very seldom consist of mono* 
* syllables/' 

EXAMPLES. 

Cicero, which is as much as to say, the whole school 
©f Roman eloquence, removed monosyllables as far 
back as could be from the cadence; in general I mean, 
as far back as the use and import of such words 
would allow. To see this rule exemplified it might 
be enough to inspect any classic page ; yet here are a 
few instances of the manner in which Cicero used to 
repel monosyllables from the cadence, merely as being 
words of that description. 

- 1. *« Sed si vis manifests audaciae, si impendens, 
&c " 



xulbIS. POSITION. 161 

Sed and si naturally come foremost here, and are 
therefore no examples of the rule. But vis stands 
before manifesto, as being, a w&rd of one syllable; else 
by Rule 2, it would probably have had its place after 
audaciee* 

" 2. " His lacrymis non moveturMilo; esfquodam 
11 incredibili robore animi: exilium ibi esse putat, ubi- 
i( virtuti non sit locus v—sii hie e& mente, &c. 

We have already seen with what propriety oblique 
cases come foremost, and finite verbs last in a sentence ; 
but here the position is quite contrary, because lh% 
verbs chance to be monosyllables, 

3. " Nee tarn sum demens/' 

4* l< Non est humano consiiio/' 

5. " Stet hcec urbs prseclara." 

6. Centesima lux est hcec ab interitu Publii Clodii." 
How studious in the sixth example are the threat 

monosyllables lux est hcec, like small fragments of a 
rock not fit for corner stones, immured, as it were, in 
the midst of the period ! 

7. " Nuliiustantum est flivmen iugenii." 

8. u Quorum facinuses/commune^cur nmsit^orum 
4< prseda communis Y* 

9. M Quibus ego ducibus in hanc spem sententiam* 
" que sum ingrtssus." 

10. c * At vero hujus gloria?, C. Csesar, quam rs.paulo 
N ante adeptus." 

11. " Et quidquid tst prospere gestum." 

12. u O praeclarem illam eloquentiam tuam, cum 
4i es nuclus concionatus !" 

In forming verbs of passive terminations in Latin, the 
auxiliary, when used, is commonly placed after the 
participle, -to which it isattached, as amatus essem ; aui 
did erant : but here, in the four last examples, Cicero 
would have the auxiliary come first, that the polysylla- 
ble might incline, as much as might be,, to the ca- 
dence, and the monosyllable recede. In this manner 
must we generally dispose of other auxiliaries cf thii 
sort, sunt, sim, sis, fyc. setting them before their corre- 
spondent participles, perhaps at the distance oi two or 
three words, as " es paulo ante adept us " in Ciceio. 
P 3 But 



Ife POSITION. rule 15. 

But why should this be ? 

The cadence, we have often observed, is the most im- 
portant part of all the- period, and to give it due weight, 
care must be taken to make it soft, gradual and easy, 
so that the person addressed may have time to con it 
over, even while he hears it. But this can never be, 
when the sense is pent up, or rather rapt away, in 
terms, that may be uttered in an instant, by a single 
effort of the voice, as monosyllables are. The grada- 
tory, and gently expiring sounds of the organ are much 
more affecting and delightful to be heard than explo- 
sions of gun-powder ; which latter one may hear, but 
cannot listen to ; which do not charm but shock, 
more even than the solemn majesty of thunder; and 
which will scorch indeed those that are near, but dif- 
fuse no glowing, kindly heat. Such in language is the 
.difference between a flowing cadence, and that which is 
violent and hasty. To the former one may listen, as 
well as hear it: by courting the ear it captivates the 
mind: the sense is nourished up by a due supply of 
fuel; and the ideas, thus converted, kindling as they 
go, do more easily insinuate themselves into the under- 
standing. But by the laUer, something more being 
looked for, the expectation is mocked, whereasitought 
to be gratified : with an affectation of vehemence, it 
possesses no energy; because the sense is compressed 
and mutilated, by being forced into too narrow a com* 
pass, by being bound up and shackled in that part of 
the period, in which, beyond every other part, it ought 
to have least restriction, and to come forth in fullness 
*>f expression. 

Words, beautifully stiledbyliomer," winged words," 
are the vehicles of thought : if they are weak, if they 
are not well fledged, the sense is either lost in carriage, 
or but partially conveyed. Hence, when the cadence, 
composed of short words is too precipitate; when the 
period breaks suddenly away, and snaps as it were, in 
a moment, then the sense is not brought thoroughly 
home, but falls, in vestibulo, at the threshold, and hav- 
ing swooned there, it has no strength to reach the in- 
tenor apartments, the jecesses of the mind. 

Lon&inus 



rvle 15. POSITION. 16$ 

Longinus, sect. 41. says, that short and precipitate 
measures do more than anything debase the sublime; 
that their cadtTice is for ever the same, and therefore ex- 
tremely disagreeable ; and that when periods are 
patched and studded up with words of short and few 
syllables, they are always destitute of grandeur. 

Blemishes of this kind are to be found even in Cicero: 
for even in Cicero blemishes they are. " Consulatum 
" peteres, &c. — per municipia, coloniasque Gallia?, a 
" quo nos turn, cvm, &c" Philip 2. And again, " A- 
" Marco Antonio quodfasnon est, rex Iloma? constitu- 
i( eretur." Id. The cadence here is excellent ; but 
that whole clause, quod fas non est , made up of monosyl- 
lables, has none of that deliberate gravity, which be- 
came him, who was pleading before the Conscript Fa- 
thers. But, operi km go fas est obrepere somuum: (Hor.J 
and it is more profitable, as well as pleasing, to admire 
the excellencies of a good man, than to carp at his 
failings. 

EXCEPTIONS. 

Though monosyllables are in general to be excluded 
from the cadence, yet there are occasions on which the 
period may end abruptly, and then mouesyliables in 
the cadence are to be preferred. 

1. When the subject is any thing that happens sud* 
denly, or very speedily. 

2. When indignation is expressed. 

3. When the subject is any thing futile or contempt- 
ible. ;. 

All this, Taubmann, in his excellent commentary on 
Virgil, has thus exemplified from that divine poet, and 
from Horace, in JEn. 5. v. 481. 

Excep. 1.) " Siernitur, exanhnisque tremens pro- 
cumbit humi bos. 
, u Incomparabilis hie versus est : quern Servius inco* 
u gitatissime (modo Servii id est scholion) pessimum 
" vocat, quod terminatur monosyllabo. Utrum enira 
f 1 malis r Huncce, ao, 

" Stermtur, cxanimisque tremens bos corruit ictu. 

V Ita. Mn, 1. 

$XC§f. 



164 POSITION. kulst 15,- 

Excep. 1.) " Dat latus: insequitur cumulo pra&ruptus 
aquae hum*. 
Potuisset sic, 
Dat latus : insequitur tumidis mons incitus undis. 
" Ver&m, ut corruit taurus: ut confluxit in unum 
u montem mare ;,ita corruit versus in monosyllabum, 

u copikmultarumsyllabarumiivunamsyllabamcoactaV 
f< Sicut et in illo, Mn. 2. 

Excep. 1.) " Ruit oeeano nox. 

Item, JEn. 4- 

Excep. 2.)- " En ! haec promissa fides est?" 

Concerning this instance of Excep. 2. the commen- 
tator says,." Quid illo acrius ?" and here, i. e« JEn. 5. 
481. 

" Nihil enim aptius indignationi, quarn oratio desi- 
Si nens in monosyllabum. Vel evolve Demosthenisora- 
" tiones. Horatius quoque, quum e magnis casptis 
" futile poema exiturum stomacharetur, ex prolixis 
w vocibus eduxit monosyllabum;: 

Excep* 3.) " Parturient montes nascetur ridiculus 
?nus. 
11 Videatur Scalig. 1.4. c. 48. et J. Douza praecidan.. 
" in Tibull. c. 9. item Erytbrseus et Corn. Valerius, 
" Lipsii doctor/' 

4* Fear, while it agitates the mind, convulses also 
the body, throws it into a universal tremor, and robs 
one of his breath, so that he even pants for vrant of it. 
Fear, I say, thus arTecting the speaker, is naturally ex- 
pressed in short and broken t-erms. When the enraged 
father in the play exclaims, " Age, Pampkile; exi, Pam- 
" phile ; ecquid te pudet? the son, alarmed by that 
angry summons, -.hastily enquires, " Qvis me volt?" and 
then, abashed by the unexpected appearance and the 
frowns of his dread parent, he fearfully exclaims, "Pe- 
•* rii : pater est." Ter. Andr.- 

On such occasions next to monosyllables, which do 
not always occur, words of few syllables may be pre- 
ferred, and likewise brachysyllables, i. e. words of syl- 
lables short in quantity. After this sort, the poet, from 
whose works maybe instanced every thing that is beau- 
tiful, 



rule 15. POSITION- 165 

tiful, represents Jupiter dispatching Mercury in all 
kastt- to Carthage. 

u Fade age, nate, vocet Zepkyros et labei e pennis" 

And thus Queen Dido in a frenzy; when, she bids 
her people to pursue the treacherous lover, and de- 
stroy his fleet, 

u Ferte citi flamrnas ; data vela ; impellite remQ3." 

And immediately the distracted Princess seems all at 
once to recollect and correct herself; 

c< Quid loauor ; aut ubi sum ?" 

.And thus in the 9th /En. v. 37> Caicus exclaims io'ihe 
Trojans in Italy from the rampart of their beleaguie'(f 
-town, when he sees the enemy approaching. 

" Ferte citifcrrum, date tela, scandite muros, 
ft Hostti adest, eja." 

Anger, as we have seen, though it swells itself, is 
notwithstanding well expressed in short and hasty 
terms." t 

"Nonferam, nan patiar, nan sinam" says the Roman 
Consul (Cic.) to the traitorous Catiline. And else* 
where to the object of his resentment. * c Tu vero qui? 
" es V* As Horace says, u Ira juror brew est," anger 
is madness while it lasts > and madness vents itself i» 
hasty mood. 

5. When in Cicero, without any regard to the im- 
port of words, a clause or sentence ends with a mono- 
syllable, there is thtn generally respect paid to the 
measure of the cadence: for that monosyllable,, much 
oftener than otherwise, forms with the preceding syl* 
lable either a synalepha, or an ecthlipsis, or the foot 
iambus. The same may be remarked in other polite 
writers, but I quote Cicero, the sum of all. 



Syna- 



3S6 POSITION* suiE 15. 

I. 

Synalepha. 

u Quae nota domestics turpitudinis non innsta vita* 
u tucB est f 

n Quoties jum tibi extorta est sica ista de manibus? 
** Quoties vero excidit casu aliquo* et elapsa est? 

" Jacet Ule nunc, prostratus^/e est?" 

m Quae caedes per hosce annos sine ill of act* est?" 

2. 

EcTHLIPSIS* 

fi Intus inclusum periculum £st " 

u Intus esthostis; cum iuxuria nobis, cum amentia^ 
u cum seelere certandum est." 

" Totum hoc quantumcunque est* quod eerie zwcri* 
u mum esi f totum est, inquam, iuurnV 

3. 

Iambus* 

¥ Jacet ilk nunc" 

** Quoties consulem interficerc conatus es t" 

•* Adventu tuo ista subsellia vaeua/flcta sunt." 

" Nullum flagitum -sine te.' y 

<c Repente praeter opinionem omnium confessus est" 

In this iambic cadence the long and full sound of the 
last syllable in a manner absorbs and swallows up that 
of the syllable preceding, which being passed very 
lightly over, dies upon the ear;, the last syllable then, 
'becomes so closely attached even to the pen ultima of 
the word preceding, as in utterance almost to coalesce 
with it, and so eludes that objection, which from the 
present rule would otherwise he against it. 

In like manner, and much moie, is a monosyllable 
in the cadence soitened, when attracted to the fore-* 
going word by synalepha or ecthlipsis; that is, if we 
might speak now, as it is reasonable to suppose the La- 
tins did occasionally, uttering the latter word as if it 

wcrft i 



*T7le 15. POSITION. 167 

were really a part of the former ; just as in English we 
occasionally say, when at the same time we might or 
might not write, shan't for snail 7iot, he's, for he i$ 9 
you re tor you are, $-c. I say occasionally, not always, 
but merely to avoid any extraordinary harshness; as, 
* 4 Quae ca^des per ho&ce annos sine illo fact* est, or 
"facta 'st?" <c Cum scelero certand'est, or cert an* 
u dum 'st." For so we frequently find it actually writ- 
ten* " Scelus, inquam, factum 'st." Plaut. MostelL 
*t alibi passim. Nay, the final s and the vowel before 
It, used very commonly to undergo the same elision; as, 
4i Doctu, fidelis, suavis homo, facundu', suoque 
u Content* atque beatus, scitu^, facunda loquens ia 
"* Tempore, commod', et verborum vir paucorum." 

Emu 
44 Limina tectorum, et medi* in penetralibus hostem." 

Virg* 
4i Inter se coisse vir 9 et decernere ferro." Id. 

The common reading of thes« two lines in Virgil 
differs indeed from this, having medium in the first, not 
medi', and in the second viros, not *£r\ cernere, not 
decernere. But Pienus, Servius, J. Louis de la Cerda, 
and Taubmann, though they do not absolutely re* 
ject the common reading, yet all agree that many 
ancient copies justify the other, n^.y, almost all the 
ancient copies; and that Pris-cian, Aldus, Pimpontius, 
Scahg^r, and others approve of the other reading. 
Thus formerly was written omnibu, for omnibus^ eju 
for ejus, quisqui' for quisquis. And thus, which is 
more in pont, Lucre tius, who yields to none in ele- 
gance of expression, frequently drops the letter #i; as, 
" Equoru duellica proles," and plamly shews that 
elision might be occasionally used o* not; as in this 
"verse of his, 

*'Corj)orum qffiiciu est quoniam premere omniadeorsurn." 



Probably, the u also in qffiiciu' should be dropped. 

Than this I know of no other way to account for the 
frequent use, which Cicero and other polite men made 



K>S POSITION. nuLE is. 

Qf such cadences as are here spoken of; and which, un- 
less read, as I suppose they sometimes were, may be as 
harsh and inelegant as any ill-formed cadence can be* 
The very terms, Synalepha and Ecthlipsis favour the 
supposition, th- former mr-aning counctio, i. e. a lard*' 
ing or cementing together, the laiter elisio, a cutting of 
striking off; because by these figures a vowel, or aeon- 
sonant, or both at once, may be cut off, that two syl- 
lables may coalesce and become one. This is what 
Quinctihan has expressly taught us more than once. 
" Nam Synalsepha faeit, ut ultimae syllabae pro una 
" sonent," which he said to shew, that the cadence of 
14 this period, Nam abi libido dominatur, innocent ice leve 

m o w -to o - 

j&rcestdum est, is a double anapest, Iwc prcesidi' est. The 
word sonent here shews how the rhetorician himself 
read. Elsewhere he says, Nam et coeuntes luerae, 
if quae SynaJsephe dicitur, etiam leniorem faciunt ora- 
u tionem, quani si omnia verba suo fine cludantur.'* 
On which Turnebius thus comments, u Apparet ex 
•• hoc loco, oliio Latinos, more Grcecorum, admisisse 
" ap strophen, ut cum vucalis a vocali exciperetur. 
6i Id autem cum fit, dictio non clauditur suo fine : sed 
u terminatur initio sequentis." Again says Quinctuian, 
u At qui eadem ilia litera m, quoties ultima est, et vp- 
■; calern verbi tequentis ita contingit, ut in earn trans- 
" ire possit etiam si seribitur, tamen oarum exprimi- 
*\ tur, &c." To which Ascensius adds, in his com- 
ment, "■ Antiqui codires, Plautiui praesertim, m ne 
li scriptum quidem babent; sed pro multum est> mult* 
4i at, aut multu est. 

The young scholar will not be offended at (his 
long account of the nature of Synalepha or Ecthlip- 
sis (the same thing). It all tends to shew the im- 
portance of the fifteenth rule, and of this fifth ex- 
ception to it. 



Postscript 



CADENCE. 169 



Postscript to Rule 15. 



IN this rule we have considered the cadence, 85 tf 
confined to the last syllable only. We will now take 
it in a larger view, as comprising several, even so 
many as the last six syllables of a period. 

Measuring the full cadence, we may include the last 
three feet, if they be dissyllables; the last two, if tri- 
syllables, or a trisyllable and a dissyllable ; or we may 
regard the last foot only, if it be a trisyllable ; or if t, 
mixed and compound foot. According to which, thit 
Postscript will exhibit, in various scales, composed of 
many different measures, a large number of cadences, 
which on the authority chiefly of Cicero and Quinc- 
tilian, the learner is exhorted to imitate occasionally 
in his own writings. Not that he is to think himself 
confined solely to these cadences, as if these were the 
only good ones, and comprised of all the harmony of 
the Latin tongue. These are but a specimen (such how* 
ever as the greatest masters have recommended); nor 
is it meant, that he who writes must be for ever weigh- 
ing and measuring his syllables, in doing which who» 
ever is wholly occupied, he cannot attend to what is 
still more important, good sense. A good writer will 
observe the conduct of a skilful horseman, who al- 
ways keeps the reins in his hand, and is always on his 
guard ; but he does not hold his horse for ever on the 
menage; nor is he continually checking, directing, and 
over-ruling him, which would infallibly break hi* 
<ourse v . and probably bring him down* 



^ A SPE* 



179 CADENCE. 



A SPECIMEN OF CADENCES 

For Latin Composition, approved of and recommended M 
Cicero and Quinctilian* 

I. 

CADENCES OF THREE SYLLABLES. 

1. A Bacchic «-- 

?• A Cretic or AmpMmactr,-»* 

Of this foot Quinctilian says, Creticus <est initiis opti- 
mus et dausulis. In a cadence he thus exemplifies it 
from Cicero. "In conspectu Populi Romani vomere 
postridie." Postridie here is a trisyllable. 

3. A Palimbacchic or Antibacchic ? « 

The last syllable being common, this may, if we 
please, be stiled a Molossus, three long.; and may also 
be preceded by another Molossus, as we shall see. 

.4* A Dactyl -u ? 

Cludet et Dactylus, says Quinctilian, nisi eum obser? 
rati* ultima? Creticuyi facit ; which is as much as to say, 
that a Cretic or Amphimacer forms a belter cadence 
than a Dactyl ; because in general the iinal syllable 
should be reajly long, not merely pro longa. There is 
a vast difference, says he, whether the concluding syk 
j *.jle be really long, or only reckoned so ; Aures tamen 
ionsnlens meas, intclligo, mxdtum veferrc, utrumne longa 
git, fuce cludit, an pro longa. 

Quinctiliaa admits of a Cretic or Iambus before a 
Dacty? but no Spondee, and still less a Choree. 

5. An 



CADENCE, 171 

$, An Amphibrac *> - u 

Quinctilian allows of this, still intimating however, 
that it were better to have the last syllable k>ng. He 
givey fuisse as an instance ; but immediately adds, Si- 
maluimus esse Bacchiwn, 



2. 

CADENCES FOR FOUR iYLLABLEc': 

6. Paeon Quart us 



O U 4J - 



Neither Quinctilian nor Cicero approve of this ca-- 
dence : but Aristotle, and his scholars Theodectes and 
Theophrastus commend it much: and indeed Quinc- 
tilian allows it to be not without its respectable admi- 
rers, when he expresses his own disapprobation ; Non 
me capita ut a magnis viris disstntlam ) Pi£on f qui est ex 
i rib us brevibus et conga. 

7. Epitritus Primus « - - - 

We have here a Spondee preceded by an Iambus, or 
a Molossus preceded by a short syllable, a cadence, of 
-which Quinctilian thus expresses his good opinion ; 
Apparet, Molosson quoque clausula conxienire^ dum habeat 
ex quocunque pede ante sc brevenu 

8. Epitritus Tertius — u - 

This is a Spondee before an Iambus. Sed et Spon- 
deus Iambo recte prceponitur. Quinct. And it may be 
observed that this cadence is the reverse of the on* 
preceding. 

9. A Choriambus -•«- 
10. A Di spondee 

A cadence of two Spondees should consist of three 
| words or members ; for otherwise it would constitute in 

q 2 sound 



m CADENCE. 

sound as well as metre, the latter part of a Spondaic 
Hexameter: but what sounds well in verse is no more 
than jargon in prose, the genuine music of which is far 
superior to that of verse. Jn prose every kind of verse 
should be avoided; the jingle even of a hernistic should 
be excluded; and therefore the condition above is im- 
posed by Quinctilian on this cadence ; Duo Spondei twn 
fere coryungi patiuntur ; qua in versa quoque notabdis 
clausula est ; nisi cum id fieri potest ex tribus quasi mem- 
bris. Then, from an oration of Crassus, he cites this 
example. " Cur de perfugis nostris copias comparat 
'f is contra nos" 

11. Epitritus Quartus ---» 

We have here a Spondee followed by a Choree, aca- 
dence commended, and thus exemplified by Quincti- 
lian, Non possemus : et, Romauits sum* 

15. DicAoreus rel Ditrochceas - o , - » 

This Dichoree, or Double Trochee, notwithstanding 
the general position, that the last syllable should be 
long, forms that cadence which seems to have been 
more admired formerly than any other. Nothing, says 
Turnebius, can be more musical. Quinctilian informs 
us, that it was much used in Asia, a sufficient proof of 
its being very soft and delicate. Cicero gives this in- 
stance of it from Crassus, ** Patris dictum sapiens te- 
u meritas filii comprobaxit ;" and says that the people 
were so much pleased with the close of this period, 
as even to shout aloud with admiration ; an instance 
of republican gravity, and of what momentous objects 
ftiay engage the attention of popular assemblies ! 

13* Paon Tcrtius wo- w 

14. Pceon Primus - « u o 

Instances of this are given by Quinctilian; " Si po- 
41 terv: Dixit hoc Cicero." But such measures, he is 
#areful to inform us are better adapted to the begin- 
ning of a period, than the cadence, where (in the ca- 
dence} 



CADENCE. 173 

dence) short measures do not well predominate, unle s s 
it be when the utterance ought to be quick and rapid, 
with but short rests or pauses between oae period and 
another* 



3. 

CADENCES OF FIVE SYLLABLES^ 

15. A Bacchic and Iambm « -- « -- 

Or an Iambus before a Cretic. This, both by Cicero 
and Quinctilian, is much celebrated, under the appel- 
lation of Dochimus. The latter says it is stabilis in clau- 
mliset severus : of course well adapted to subjects of a 
grave and serious nature, when the cadence ought to be 
sedate and solemn. But Cicero says, the Dochimus is 
of so notable a measure, that it would be affectation to 
repeat it often* 

16. A Cretic and a Spondee - u --- 

As, " De quo nihil dicam, pisi depellendi crimiuis 
u causa" Cicero pro Calio, This cadence is softer 
when comprised in one word, as " Arckipiratce ; but 
more forcible when composed of several members, as 
11 Criminis causa :? — " Quo nihil ' dicam*" The Spondee 
is vastly well suited to an utterance grave and slow. It 
was much used by Demosthenes, that solemn orator ; 
and answers in its general use to Adagio, in music ; 
while theMolossus,or rather the Dispondee, may cor-- 
resp.ond 'with Adagio, Adagio. 

171 A Tribrac and Spondee ««u-- 

Quinctilian commends this much for its softness, and ■ 
exemplifies it in "facilitates^— temeritates." 

18. An Anapest and Spondee 00 

Quinctilian allows this, without giving it much com- 
mendation. Speaking of the final Spondee, he says 
Potest, etiam si minus bene, proeponi Anapa? stus. Hig 
instance is from Cicero pro CzL ^ Mulier non solum ; 

Q^ "liGbliiyj 



174 CADENCE. 

P nobiKjVerum etiam nota? In our editions of Cicero, 
it is sed etiam nota : the cadence, however, is still the 
same, etiam not a. 

19* A Spondee and an Anapest --« o- 

This is the former reversed ; and Quinctilian com- 
mends it for its softness. Anapcestus — mdior Jiet 9 pre- 
cedent e Spondeo vel Bacchio. 

20. A Spondee and a Bacchic --« -- 

*' Bacchius et cludit, et sibi jungitur, l Venenum ti- 
** meres/ Vitat Chorevm ; Spondeum avtem am at ; «i 
* 8 non * Venena timeres ;' sed, 'Virus timeres/ "' A 
Choree should not precede a Bacchic in the close of a 
period ; because such a juncture? would form the ca- 

dence of anlieroic Terse; Venena timeres. But a Spon- 
dee preceding gives to the Bacchic more weight ; Virus 
Ximeres* Here Quinctilian teaches, that when any ob- 
jection from quantity lies against a word, the measure 
may be improved by the choice of some synonymous 
term, and the sense reihain entire, nay more forcibly 
expressed, as in his example of this cadence ; because 
venena before timeres would not do, he took the sy- 
aonyma virus. For this purpose the novice in the 
Latin tongue may have recourse to his Gradusad Par- 
fiassum, which book 1 advise him to consult when he is 
writing prose, as much, or more, than when he is wri- 
ting verse. The Gradus will aid him much in modu- 
lating his cadences, in selecting synonyms, and now 
and then a convenient sober-suited periphrasis ; I say, 
sober-suited, like our own nightingale, tuneful, not 
gawdy- 

21- A Spondee and a Cretic « - 

Quinctilian condemns a Choree before a Cretic ; be* 
«sause such a juncture forms the cadence of an Iambis 
Pure. But he says lengthen the last syllable of the 
Choree, and you give it great weight }Jit pknum aucto- 

-22. An 



CADENCE. tfr 

22. An Anapest and Iambus « o - o - 

23. ^ft Iambus and a Dactyl * --.« o 

Cludet et Dactylus — ; Habebit ante bene Creticum et 
lambum, Spondeum male, pejus Choreum.. Quinct. 



4,- 

CADENCES OT SIX SYLLABXE3T. 

24. Two Cretics -o --■*» - 

Creticus est initiis optimu$^-*-et cIausuJis>——Sed & 
se ipse sequitur, i Servare quam plurimos/ Sic meliu& ? 
-fuam Choreo preecedente. Quinct\ 

25. An Anapest and a Critic « *>--«- 

In the passage alluded to*under the cadence nextfoe- 
fo?e this, Quinctilian speaking of the Cretic in the 
close of a sentence, says, Apparet verb; quam bene eum 
pr&cedanti vel Anapczstus, %tl ille, qui videturjini aptior^ 
Tieon. The difference^between the Paeon here sp&ken 
of, viz. the Fourth, and an Anapest, before a Cretic, 
is, that the Pseon has one short time more than th* 

Anapest; thus, u « « «■- » - 

26. Two Molossi - - 

Here are three Spondees fo r a cadence, notwithstancfc. 
jing an objection has been made to two, unless com- 
prised in three .members; for though two Spondees 
form the close of an heroic verse, it cannot be said 
properly, that three Spondees do.; because in good he- 
roics, whenever the fifth foot is a Spondee, the fourth 
is a Dactyl; otherwise there is such a sloth in the verse, 
as to give it much the appearance of prose (a circum- 
stance, which at once shews this cadence to be natural 
in prose) as in this of Virgil, JEn. 7. v. 634. 

Aut leves oereas lento ducunt argento* 

li> which verse no£ only the three indeed, but the four 

f 



176 CADENCE. 

last feet are Spondees, a metre by much too sullen for | 
poetry. There is one more such verse in Virgil, 

Saxa per,et scopulos,et depressas convalles. Geo.3.v.276, 1 
and this is a most unfortunate line ; for though there 
is in it what affects the mind with pleasure, yet that 
arises from the romantic scenery of the verse, not from 
the sound, which ill expresses the wild discursions of | 
hippo maniac Mares. 

27. Two Anapests o o - « o - 
Et quidem optime est sibi junctus Anapcestus, says 

Quinctilian, and gives this instance of it, '■' Nanvubi 
41 libido dominatur, innocentiae leve presidium est." 

28. A Bacchic and an Anapest » — « v - 

The Rhetorician having said as above of the Ana- 
pest, adds, that it acquires more softness by having a 
Spondee or Bacchic before it. Mollior Jiet prcecedcnt& 
Spondeo tet Bacchio, ut 9 si mutes idem. * Leve inno* 
* centiae presidium est.' 

29- Two Bacchic* <*--«- -- 
Bacchius et cludit i etsibijungitur; -* Venenumtime-- 
yes. 5 Quinct* 

30. A Molossus and Ahtibacchic — — «^ 

Having said as above of the Bacchic, Quinctilian 
adds, Conirarius quoque qui est, claudit (nisi si ultimam' 
iongam esse vofamusj optimique habet ante se Molosson; 
lit, '■ Et spinis respersum/ 

From the parenthesis here appears Quinctilian's ap- 
probation of the twenty*sixth cadence, viz. Twa Mo»- 
fossit 

31. A Bacchic and Antibacchic «-*.--« 

This cadence is likewise commended by Quinctilian, 
who, having said of the Antibacchic, habebit ante se 
Molosson, adds, ant Baechium ; and then follows this 
example, " Quod hie potest, nos possemus" 

32. A Cretic and a Dactyl - o - - u o 

Cludet et Dactylus, nisi cum vbservatio ultima Cntu 

cum 



ssle 16. POSITION. 177 

cum facity ut, Muliercula nixus in littore/ flabebit 
*nte bene Creticum, et Iambum, Spondcum male, pejus 
Choreum* Change the position of nixus in this exam* 
pie, and the whole cadence will be illustrated; U Nixus 

Muliercula in litore." 



RULE l6\ 

v ^O far as other rules and perspicuity will allow, in 
" the arrangement and choice of words, when the 
u foregoing ends with a vowel, let the next begin with 
H a consonant ; and vice versa* 1 

By this rule, and the six next following, the learner 
will be directed in the choice of his words, as well as 
k-i the position of them. 

Among Qninctilian's strictures on Composition, one 
is, that by a concurrence of vowels sometimes the dic- 
tion chaps and gapes, is interrupted, lags and labours, 
(Turn vocalium concursus: qui cum accidit ; et intersistity 
et quad laborat oratio) because the uttering of two or 
more vowels, when they come together, caases some- 
times an unpleasant, sometimes a painful distention of 

the mouth ; " Patria est" " pulchra oratione acta 

" omnia osieniare" That elegant author, lsocrates, so 
cautiously avoided this concurrence of vowels between 
words, that in him you shall hardly find an instance of 
it. His scholars, indeed, Theopompus especially, were 
censured both by Demetrius Phalerius and by Quinc- 
tilian,for being too nice and scrupulous in this respect; 
for sometimes the Synalepha has a wonderful effect ia 
giving softness* and sometimes grandeur to an expres- 
sion ; and therefore Cicero and Demosthenes, far from 
despising, made a moderate use of it in their dis- 
courses, still testifying, however, a general regard to 
what this rule enjoius. 

We, who walk, as it were, on foreign ground, must 
tise extraordinary caution in this respect, or incur the 
imputation of a loose and negligent stile. Such wa's^ 
the caution anciently used to obviate tke meeting of a- 

plurali^ 



If 8 POSITION. HtfLE *tf 

plurality of Towels in any manner, that when in th£ 
same word several concurred, either one of them was 
cut off by an apostrophe, or else one of them, viz. the 
final, was supplanted by a consonant, of which it will- 
fee worth while to remark several instances. 

1. One vowel dropped. 

1. Die for did. As, " Libra die somnique pares ubi 
" fecerit horas." Virg. " Vides jam die multum esse.'' 
Plaut. " Sed medii post castra die." Manil. "Ad 
** primi radios interitura die." Auvon. " Et jam die 
" vesper erat." Sail. " Decima parte die" Id. 

2. Facie tor faciei, so used both in the gen. and dat. 
cases by Lucilius, quoted by A. Gellius, 9. 14. 

3. Fide for fidei. u Utquejfafe pignus dextras utri- 
u usque poposcit." Ov. " Constantis juxenem Jide." 
Hor. 3. 7 f See both Bentleys on this text, and the old 
Commentator in Cruquius. 

4. Dii for diei. Aulus Gellius says, that according 
to this Virgil, JEn. 1. 64>0. wrote, " Munera laetitiam- 
" que dii/' not Dei quasi Bacchi. Gellius is not sin- 
gular in this, for neither Servius nor Pierius dispute it* 
— Plautus, in Merc, has dii for diei. 

5. Family and f ami, and famei, for famiei, from fa* 
mes, when used, as formerly, in the fifth declension. 
A. Gell. and his Commentator. 

6. Pernicii, progenii, luxurii, specif acii> facii, both 
in the gen. and dat. instead- of pernicici, fyc. A GelU 

2. The final vowel supplaced by a consonant. 

1. Fades for faciei. £>ic enim pleraqvoe at as veterum 
declinavit : hate fades, hujus fades. A Gell. 

2. Dies for diei. Id. Who quotes from Ennins, 
<c Postremae longinqua dies confecerit setas." Cicero 
is also said to have used dies for diei. " Verba sunt 
hsec " Marci Tuili, Eqnites vero daturos illius dies pee* 
lias. Id. The same Gellius likewise tells us, nor is he 
singular here, that Virgil, in the verse above cited, wrote, 
not Libra die, $c, but Libra dies sownique, SfC+ 

But 



jM/LE \G. POSITION- 179 

But by this rule, collision of consonants must bs 
no less generally avoided than the concurring of vowels. 
Ceterum consonaiites quoque, ectque prcscipue, quae sunt 
asperiores, in commissura verborum rixantur. This is 
Quinctilian's objection to a plurality of consonants. 
When many ef them come together, they bring the teeth 
and lips into too long a contact, and produce a mum- 
bling, or a hissing, or a chattering, or a rumbling noise ; 
as, Ars studio rum ; Sextus Roscius; Rex Xerxes ; Error 
Romuli; Bombax* 

Some consonants are rougher and more difficult to be 
pronounced than others; we must take special care 
that they do not crowd together; such as C (as we now 
In Latin falsely sound it, viz. like S before e, i. and y, 
for the Latins always sounded C like K) D. F. G. L. N. 
Q. S. T. X. These, it has been observed, are the last 
consonants children learn to articulate. They depend 
each on a separate action of the tongue ; of course, 
when several of them meet, the movements of the 
tongue in uttering must be more complicate and dif- 
ficult. 

So careful were the Latins in old time to avoid the 
collision of harsh-sounding consonants, that like the 
^Greeks they would sometimes drop the final consonant 
of a former word, that it might not impinge against 
the initial one of the word following. Thus we have seen 
in Ennius, doctu for doctus before Jidelis ; in Lucretius, 
equoru for equorum before duellica. For serenus fuit 
M dignus loco, Lucilius wrote serenu fuit tt dignu loco. 
For diem hanc Cato would say die hanc. And for Et 
post? interrogatively, quasi, Quid turn postea? we are 
told the Emperor Augustus used to say E' po ? Hence 
the words belligerare for helium gerere ; pomeridianus 
for postmeridianus ; po' meridiem for post meridiem ; pt* 
meridiem for per meridiem ; pot in* for potisne. s 4'C- tyc, 
Hence also it is, namely, to avoid a collision of con- 
sonants, that in the use of these prepositions a, ab, e 9 
ex, we set a, e, before a consonant, ab, ex, before a 
vowel, as a manu, e manu ; ab ore, ex ore. 

Winkelman, in his History of Art, quoted by the 
Physiognomist Lavater, charges the northern languages 

witk 



18* POSITION. nvLt IS. 

with these defects, that they abound with mono* 
syllables, and are clogged with consonants, the con. 
necting and pronouncing of which is sometimes ira* 
possible to other nations. 



RULE 17- 

|{ IN general, a redundancy of short words must be 
41 avoided. 

Etiam mmosylfaba, si plura sunt, says Quinctilian* 
male continuabuntur : quia necesse est, compositio multis 
clausulis concisa subsultet . Ideoqut etiam brevium verborvm 
oc nomifium vitanda continuatio. Elsewhere, he compares 
the sound of many short words to the noise of a child's 
rattle, and condemns the frequent use of them ; life, 
quod nunc maximum vitium est, brevium context u result ent 
[syllabse] ac annum reddant pent puerilium crepitacu- 
Urum* 

But the occasion of this rule, and its exceptions, have 
been very fully enlarged on, and exemplified, in former 
pages, particularly under Rule 15, and therefore it 
may suffice here to give an instance or two more of 
the awkward effect of many short words unseasonably 
heaped together. 

*' Do, quod vis, et tf?€victusque volensque remitto." 

JEn, 12. 833. 

di, reddite mi hoc pro pietate mea. CatuL 
Aut facere, hcec a te dictaque factaque sunt. Id* 



kule 16. 



*' 1 N genera], a redundancy of long words must be 
14 avoided." 

The reason of this rule may be inferred from what 
Iras b«en said in commendation of long words, that they 
give weight, and «nstamp grandeur and solemnity o* 
9. discourse, when seasonably used for that purpose. 

But 



hule 18. POSITION. 181 

But such a stile does not suit all subjects ; and when 
it is injudir iously applied, the composition is spoiled 
by a vain pomposity, an idle affectation of magnificence, 
which is no more than bombast ; and which, retarding 
the expression, is ill. qualified to quicken and give life 
to those ideas, which the subject matter should suggest. 
Great and swelling words unseasonably applied, shine 
not like stars, but glare like meteors, as Longinus says, 
when he charges Alexander's tutor, Callislhenes, with 
being too eager in the pursuit of elegance. Such 
terms, ill-applied, are not spirit but froth. Trans- 
gressing the preceding rule, we incur the censure of 
impotence ; and we may by a neglect of this becoms 
guilty of whattheGrecian critic above-mentioned stilus 
the most unpardonable offence a writer can be guilty 
of, lh?it of snaring above the subject. Forced and un- 
natural images indeed, vain fancies, and an affectation 
. of working ou the passions, where pathos is not neces- 
sary, are the objects of his censure, and not merely the 
verbum dictum, whether it be of few syllables or of ma. 
ny. But in treating, de tyrocinio scribendi, of the very 
elementary part of writing, it is requisite, by such rules 
as this and the foregoing, to caution boys against that 
abuse of language, which is in truth the beginning of, 
and, as young ideas shoot, may betray unpractised and 
unwary writers into those very imperfections, of which 
Callisthenes and others censured by Longinus were 
guilty, namely, impotence and bombast. The business 
of a boy at frst is rather to express, than in his own 
mind to beget ideas, they being first suggested to him* 
And knowing that words are the vehicles of thoughts, 
he must l^arn to convey the latter by words conveni- 
ent for them, here laying the foundation of good wri- 
ting, and remembering always, that whether the cha- 
riot be too heavy for the wheels, or the wheels for the 
chariot, in both cases the machine is ill-constructed. 

The exceptions to this rule, viz. when long woids 
may abound to advantage, may be found among the 
exceptions to rules the nineteenth and twentieth, here 
following, 

R RULE 



182 POSITION. rule 20. 

RULE ig. 

* JlN general, there must be no redundancy of long 
u measures*" 

rule 20. 

** IN general, there must be no redundancy of short 
u measures,' * 

The long measure and the short have each their pro- 
per use and beauty ; and it being on certain occasions 
only, that the one is vastly preferable to the other, it 
follows, that on such occasions only the one should sen- 
sibly and glaringly abound above the other. We must 
consider what the subject reqai ; for a misapplied 
continuity of long times or short may be death to a 
composition. When the diction should be quick and 
lively, long measures will appear dull and heavy ; when 
the topic requires strong expressions, and terms of 
weight and gravity, then by the. u.e of short syllables, 
if they are many, the stile becomes weak, fluttering, 
and hasty. Utrumque [tempus longum et breve) locis 
utile, Nam et Mud, ubi opus est velocitate, tardum et 
segne ; et hoc, ubi pondus exigitur, prceceps ac resultant 
meritb damnatur. QuLnct. 



EXCEPTIONS TO RULE 19. 

To express slow and majestic movements, great 
strength, awkward attitudes, difficulty, disdain, occa- 
sions of delay, &c. long words and long measures are 
judiciously suffered to abound. 

1. The state and majesty of the queen of heaven are 
finely struck off b) Virgil in those few words abounding 
in long syllables, of which eight are contiguous ; 

" Ast ego, quae divom incedo regina I" Mn. 1. 

Taubmami, admiring this passage, says it is dhrina 
iumvcrborum cum pedum compoiitio, arte summa et ju- 
dklo facta* 

2. The 



rule 20. POSITION. 3 83 

2. The immense bulk of the cestus of Eryx, the huge 
strength of King /Eneas in wielding such a mass, and 
withal the exertion necessary even in /Eneas to do that, 
are thus exhibited by the same poet, 2En. 5. 

" Magnanimusque Anchisiades et pondus et ipsa 
fi Hue illuc vinclorum immensa volumina veisat " 
where the length of the period (for this is but one 
clause) as well as of the words and measures all serve 
to raise the description. 

3. Behold the clumsy unwieldy gestures of the Cy- 
clops labouring at Vulcan's forge ; Georg. 4. 

" Uli inter sese magna vi brachia tollunt." 

4. In one long word, placed too where it ought to be, 
in the cadence, Cicero represents the slow proceedings 
of an ill-equipped fleet ; 

il Evolarat jam e conspectu fere fugiens quadrire- 
mis," (thus fa: all is swift and rapid, as it should be, 
but)/' cum etlam tunc cetera nates in suo loco molielan- 
tur." In V err em. 

5. And thus he astonishes us with the vast and inex- 
pugnable firmness, with which the brazen statue of 
Hercules in Agrigentum withstood the assaults of a 
lawless, impious rabble, who attempted to destroy it : 

u Postea convuisis repagulis, effractisque valvis, de- 

11 moiirisignum acvectibus labefactare conantur. 

M Hora ampiius jam in demoliendo signo permulti 
u homines moliebantur. Ulud interea nulla lababat 
" ex parte: cum alii vectibussubjectisconarenturcon- 
*' movere; alii deli gat um omaibus membris rapere ad 
" se nimbus." lb. 

The final cadence, rapere ad sefunibus, including the 
last seven syllables, and reckoning the synalepha as one, 
is a Small Ionic and a Dactyl „ , , . in which the 
short measures predominate, and fortunately ; for here 
we see the intemperate spite, with which these rebel 
slaves were , at last actuated, after so many vain and 
disappointed efforts to fulfil their wicked purposes, 

6. In a beautiful manner using long words he (Ci- 
cero) describes the storms and commotions of the state, 
and other troubles, by which his wishes were opposed, 
and himself debarred from studv and retirement; 

R 2 « Quam- 



*84 POSITION. rule J9, m 

44 Quam spem cogitationum consiliorum meorum 
44 cum graves communium temporum, turn varii nostri 
44 casus fefellerunt. Nam qui locus quietis el tran* 
44 quillitaiis plenissimus fore videbatur, in eo maxima 
44 moles molestiarum et turbulentissimx tempestates exstU 
44 terunt." De Orat. 

The whole passage here is well and seasonably sup. 
plied with long words; but the last sentence is admira- 
ble. V. Rule 21. on this sentence. 

6. Young Chaerea, upon the stage, in his unbounded 
admiration of one fair face, affects to disdain all other 
women in the world besides. To express which Te- 
rence has employed long words; 

44 Ofaciem pulchraml Deleo omnes dehinc ex animo 
44 mnlieres : 

" Ttedet quotidianarum liar um for mar urn. 1 ' Eim* 

8. Cicero insists, that the cumbrous equipage with 
tvhich Milo was attended, when he left Rume, prove* 
that Milo had no invention of «4t lacking Clodiuf, then 
on the way. Now, maik the description oi his equ:». 
page; 

44 Cum hie insidiator, qui iter illud ad caedem faci* 
H endam apparasset, cum uxore veheretur in rhed3> 
44 penulatus, vulgi magno impedimento, *c muliebriet 
44 delicato ancillarum puerorumque comitatu." 

Who, that has ever so little ear, but is sensible on 
the bare reading of this passage, that Cicero purposedly 
employed long words; and that he crowded them one" 
upon another, the better to express the multitude of 
attendants, men, women, and children, who weie 
more likely to encumber, than to be of service in a 
combat ? Mons. Rollin, Belles Lett res. 

9- tthen, to speak seriously you would certainly ap- 
ply short words or diminutives, then by way 01 ridicule 
or mockery long bombastic terms are sometimes used to 
good effect. Of this there can be no better instance 
than in the Epilogue ad Evmtchum, performed lately 
(1803) at Westminster School; where the tyrant of 
France, under the character of Thraso, in fact a Cor- 
sican adventurer, who having too successfully invaded 
France and bowed it to a foreign yoke by its own arms^ 



rule 19, 20.- POSITION. 185 

now galls it to the bone by affecting that attempt on 
England, is thus pourtrayed in the immensity of his 
own vanity, by one who exhorts him to forbear, 

H Induperatorum celeberrime magnanimorum/' 
which is a Leonine or rhyming verse, the best for bur- 
lesque, and so altogether peculiarly fortunate here. 



EXCEPTIONS TO RULE 20. 

To express hurry, speed, passion of any kind, im- 
patience, vehement indignation, great joy, &c. short 
words and short measures do properly abound. 

1 . In Virgil, to whom we are still indebted for beau- 
tiful conceptions and expressions on every occasion, 
and whose beauties shine with new lustre, as often as 
we cast our admiring eyes upon them, Jupiter thus 
dispatches his messenger to Carthage on an errand, 
which was to be communicated immediately to the 
Trojan Prince there ; Mn. 4. 

H Vade, age, nate, voca Zephyros, et laberepennis." 

These are winged words, which run as M ercury 
should fly; the god hastened by the zephyrs, the man- 
date by short measures, 

2. By short measures, how wonderfully, how de- 
lightfully has the incomparable bard described the ve- 
locity of his steeds ! JEn. 8. 

" Quadrupedante putrem sonitu quatit ungula cam- 
pum." 

3. And the rout of vanquished foes ! Mil 11. 
" Prima fugit, doming amissa, levis ala Camillas ; 
u Turbati fugiunt Rutuli : fugit acer Annas : 
" Disjectique duces, desoiatique manipli 
" Tuta peiunt, et equis aversi ad maenia tendunt. 
u iNec quisquam instautesTeucros letumqueferentes 
*■ Sustentare valet telrs, aut sistere contra. 
" Sed laxos referunt humeris ianguentibus arcus : 
u Quadruped unique putrem sonitu quatit ungula* 

" campum. 
" Volvitur ad muros caligine turbidus atra 
" Puivis/' 

In this passage, where the rout seems for -a moment ; 
R 3 to 



n6 POSITION. rule 19, 20, 

to cease by the vain efforts of the Rutuli to withstand, 
where also the force of the Trojans is most fully ex- 
pressed (Necquisquaniy Sfc.J there the Dactyls are for 
a while disused, and Spondees abound ; but the flight 
is instantly renewed, and with it the rapidity of the 
verse. 

4. The velocity of a fast. sailing ship is thus in short 
measures described by Cicero in hi* pleadings against 
Verres ? 

" Hsec Ceniuripina navis eiat incredibili celeritate 

" velis. -Evolarat jam e conspectu feie fugiens qua- 

" driremis. 

5. And thus in short measures by Sentca (Ep. 1. £9- ) 
the flight of faster- sailing time ; 

fi Respice celeritatem rapidissimi temporis; cogita 
u brevitatem hujus spatii, per quod citatissimi curri- 
" mus/' 

In these two passages every thing is rapid ; for 
though the words are long, the syllables are short \ and 
as Mons. Rollin observes, there is a choice of the very 
letters here, most of which are smooth and liquid ; In- 
credibili celeritate velis. — Celeritatem rapidissimi tem- 
poris. The final cadence in the former of these passages 
is that so much admired of old, namely, a Dichoree, 

quadriremis ; that in the other is a Cretic and Dactyl, 
which, the Dactyl being last, is a quick measure, and 
commended, as we have seen, by Quinctilian ; cita- 

- o - - « o 

tissimi currmtus* 

6. It was indignation, that called forth that hasty 
mandate from Queen Dido ;. 

" Ite, 
"Ferte citi flammas ; data vela ; impellite remos." 

7. And the suddenness of her frenzy intermitting, 
that taught her in these short measures so abruptly to 
correct and interrogate herself; 

" Quid loquor; aut ubi sum V* Mn. 4. 

8. Cicero* impatient of delay, and eager all at once 
to drive Catiline from Rome,in terms exactly measured 
to the occasion, thus commands him into exile ; 

" Egrcdere 



rule 21. POSITION. 187 

u Egredere ex urbe, Catilina : libera rem pub lie am 
u metn ; in exilium, si banc vocem expectas, profi- 
" clacere*" 

The cadence here is Paeon Secundus^ro^tr^cere; or it 

may be measured by two Dd.ctyh y expec-tas,prqfici$ere.; 
which but on some such occasion, as thts^ exceptions 
treat of, might be objected to ; but they are here alto- 
gether applicable, and beautifuh 

g. When, driven by the abashing eloquence of Ci- 
cero, Catiline had really left Rome, and by his exit 
had relieved that city from impending rum, with what 
a tumult of joy does the Consul (Cicero) contratulate 
his countrymen on their escape ! 

" Tandem aliquando, Quirites, Lucium Catilinam, 
u furentem audacia, seel us anhelantem, pestem patriae 
" nefarie molientem, vobis atque huic urbi lei rum 
" flammamque minitantem, ex urbe vel ejecimus, vel 
M emisimus, vel ipsum egredientem verbis prosecuti 
" sumus. Abiit, excessit, evasit, erupit : nulla jam 
" pernicies a monsiro illo atque prodigio masnibus 
M is t is intra maenia comparabitur." l 2 In Cat. 

Here is alacrity in the very words ; no one can read 
them but with pleasure; and this is the effect of those 
sprightly Dactyls, Pyrrhics and Trochees, which are so 
beautifully interspersed throughout this truly elegant 
and charming passage. o 

The cadence is an Amphibrac and a Dactyl, mania 



<J u 



comparabitur, than which (not fit for general use) no 
cadence can be better qualified to express an effusion 
of joy. 



rule 21. 



Jt HE last syllables of the foregoing word muit not 
be the same as the fint s\ liables of the word fol- 
lowing*" 

T..is 



1SS POSITION. rule 21. 

This is exactly Quinctilian's rule, whose words are,. 

Videndumeiiam. nesyllaboe rtrbi priuris ultima: sint prim c& 

seqventis. And by him the impropriety of like syllables 

concurring is thus twice exemplified from Cicero ; 

" Res mihi invisac visce sunt, Brute." (Frag. Epis. 

" Ofortunatam ?/tfto/?,meconsuleRornam V* (Carmine * 

The same objection lies against this of Ovid, in his 

fable of Daphne, as we read it, 

u Crura secent scutes, " 
The poet himself, however, read it as if u Crura 
" sekent sentes ;■" but even so, the objection is not en- 
tirely removed. Faulty likewise on the same account,, 
is this of Virgil, Miu 2. v. 30o\ 

" Ascensu supero." 
That such expressions are faulty, our ears may 
readily inform us; for in our ears they have the effect 
of stammering. 

Several examples of this have been collected by dif- 
ferent hands from Cicero. One passage, however, 
charged with being faulty in this respect, is in my opi- 
nion, a fortunate transgression of the rule. It is a pas- 
sage which we have lately ventured to admire. 

" Nam qui locus, &c. — — in eo maxima? moles moles- 
u tiarum et turbulentissimac tempestates exstiterunU" 
Oral, 1.2. 

Moles molest iar urn here hath given great offence to all 
the critics; but it strikes me, that Cicero designedly 
used this expression maxima: moles molestiarum, and 
likewise this, turhulentissimce tempest at es, the more 
strongly to intimate the disasters he complained of. By 
reiterating the same sounds, he dwells on the same idea,, 
raises it, and seems to magnify the mass (moles) of those 
troubles and turmoils, by which the times had been 
disturbed, and himself detained from enjoying that 
otio cum dignitate, which he had before spoken of with 
so much rapture, 

EXCEPTION. 

We are at liberty then to transgress this rule when 
by so doing we can impress more strongly an idea of 
that, with which we would have the mind most af- 
fected y 



kitle 2S. POSITION. 18£ 

fected; and such expressions are peculiarly applicable 
and fortunate, when the subject is any ihing mon- 
strous, deformed, ugly, or troublesome^ as in Cicero> 
moles molestiarum. 



rule 22. 



fi iVJANY words, which bear the same quantity, 
" which begin alike or end alike, or which have 
u the same characteristic letter in declension or 
u conjugation, (many such words) may not come to. 
« gether." 

This likewise in a great measure is Quinctilian's rule J 
Ilia quoque xitia sunt ejusdem loci^ si cadentia similiter ^ 
et similiter desinetitia, et eodem modo declined a> mult a j tin* 
gantur, He founds it ©n trm good reason, that the very 
beauties of language are itksome, unless supported by 
that of variety. Variety is for ever requisite to gratify 
the human taste; and unless this be duly maintained^ 
the discourse not only becomes fulsome, by the same- 
ness pervading it, but may sometimes^be charged with 
affectation, which is worse than a coarse and inelegant 
stile. Virtutes etiam ipsce tcedium pariant, nisi gratia 

varietatis adjutce. Orationis compositio nisi varia est % 

et offendit sirnilitudiue, et affectatione deprehenditur. <- 

In unvcersum autem, si sit necesse, duram potius et uspc* 
ram compositionem malim esse, quam effeminatam et cner- 
xem. Quinct. Be the thoughts ever so fine, their 
lustre will be tarnished by suck a stile of writing as this 
rule condemns. 

EXCEPTION. 

I confess myself at a lo-s to exemplify this rule so 
aptly as I wish, it being more easy to find virtues 
than faults of any kind m the choice volumes of anti- 
quity; and I would not seem to carp, when I could 
not justly censure, by adducing passages, that are less 
applicable. Here are a few instances, which may 

serve 



190 POSITION. rule 22, 

serve in some degree to illustrate the rule; and if they 
do it but imperfectly, the rule is evident, and may ex- 
plain itself, 

1. " Sed quo fata trabunt, virtus secura sequetur" 

Lucan. 

2. " A tuis aris, cceterisque templis, a fectis urbis, SfC. ,r 

Cic. 

3. " His recentibus uostris vestrisque domesticis peri- 

« culls." Id. 

4. " Catilince prof ectione omnia paief act a, illustrata, 
u oppressa, vindkata esse videatis." Id. 

In the first of these examples, the long hissing of 
secura sequetur is very unpleasant. lu^the others, too 
many words bear the same cadence; the syllable is, 
and then the letter a, are repeated too often. Such a 
diction is apt to run away with the ear, and leave the 
mind uninformed ; like one who would see Garrick 
perform upon the stage, and was amused, not with 
the rare talents of the comedian, but with counting 
how many times he walked across the stage, and how 
often he said and and the. 

5. This reiteration in the beginning of words is still 
more offensive; as, Judicium judicwn\ nndjustijudicii 
Jumani, cited, I think, by one of Quinctilian's anno- 
tators to illustrate Quinctilian's stricture on such ex- 
pressions. 

6. " Nam quoad longissime potest metis mea respicere 
" spatium praeteriti temporis." Cic. 

Mens mea is rather a trespass on the rule ; but might 
have done pretty well, if respicere spatium had not fol- 
lowed : two errors contiguous cast a kind of sullen 
light upon each other, and so both become more 
glaring. 

7« We have already censured the crura secent sentes 
x of Ovid, in our way of reading especially ; and still 
more censurable is this of Ennius; 

8, _ _ " Verborum vir paucorum." 

9. And again this of Virgil, Mn. 2, 84. 
" Insontem infando indicia." 

10. The 



ftULE 22. POSITION. 131 

10. The first line of an Ode lately found in the Pa- 
latine Library at Rome, runs thus, 

" Discolor grandem gravat uva ramum." 

This Ode, addressed " Ad Julium Florum," and 
written in the sapphic metre, is by some ascribed to 
Horace, as if it were the thirty-ninth of the first book: 
^another Ode, " Ad Librum suum/ ; in the Alcais 
Metre, and found at the same place and time, they 
call the fortieth. But the two Odes intitled Carmen 
Seculare may more properly be so numbered ; and I 
must doubt, that grandem gravat could come from the 
tuneful pen of Horace : and since the former edition 
of this book was printed, I have learned, that a much 
more competent judge, the classical Dr. Ross, Bishop 
of Exeter, was equally unwilling to impute either of 
these Odes to Horace. I have them written by his 
own hand on a blank leaf in R. Bentley's edition of 
Horace with this following note of his Lordship's 
subscribed; u Has duas odas Horatio tributas et 
" Romae iri Bibliotheea Palatina recondiias Caspar 
ii Pallavk-ini nuper detexit ; quas ut Horatii esse 
" credam, vix adduci po.ssira." This has fallen into 
my hands since his Lordship's decease; which I add, 
lest I should seem to affect a correspondence with 
-him on the subject of these Odes. 

Longinus condemns an expression of this kind in 
Herodotus, which, as I write to young scholars, 1 will 
exhibit here in Roman characters, " Zesasees de tees 
u thelassees." I must say, I admire this expression of 
the Greek historian, as being no bad representation of 
the boiiing and fermenting of agitated waters. If, how- 
ever, it be faulty, the Greek only shall not bear the 
blame: it maybe transferred into our own tongue, the 
.English version of thrse Greek words being, The seeth* 
ing sea, or the sea seething. 

EXCEPTION". 

The exception to t l is ule is as that to rule 21 : 
The same sounds are juu en, -sly returned upon the ear, 
because no less gratefully received by it, when thereby 
lively conceptions cau be laisea, and the picture, as it 

were 



"19« POSITION, *ule 22. 

were, of that, which is described or spoken of, seems 
to pass bef ore the mind, and helps its contemplation. 
Such in my mind is the effect of that expression in 
Herodotus, 

" Zesasecs de tees thclussces ; 
and of that in Cicero, 

" Moles molestiarum ; 

and still more, 

" Maxima moles molestiarum et turbulent issima: tern* 
u yestates exstiterunt" 

For the same reason, who does not admire that re- 
dundancy of vowels, especially of the vowel a in 

" Galea aurea rubra; Virg. 

by which it was doubtless the very design of the Poet 
to distinguish Turnus above his chosen attendants in 
their approaches to the hostile town ; to distinguish 
him by his golden helmet, that helmet in the descrip- 
tion being in a manner conspicuous to the eye ; 

" Maculis quern Thracius albit 

" Portat equus, cristaq; tegit Galea aurea rubra." 

Macrobius Saturnal. 1. 5. c. 1 ) admires and cites (his 
same passage as an instance of the extraordinary elo- 
quence of Virgil, particularly of what he stiles " sic cum 
u illud genus elocutionist for which he tells us, Fronto 
was much noted ; and by which; as he afterwards says, 
is not to be understood "jejuna siccitas,' far be such 
an imputation from him, who in Macrobius's judg- 
ment, had not only all the eloquence of Cicero, but 
that too of the ten orators of Athens) but, it I under- 
stand hi m rightly, that which is simple and unlaboured, 
frugal but full, in which nothing, not even an epithet, 
is figurative or" far fetched, but every thing natural, 
perfectly appropriate, and ev°n necessary, but no moie, 
" Tenuis q;idem tt siccus et sobrius amat quondam dicendi 
" Jrugahtatem." Like the fair one in Horace, such a 
stile is simplex munditiis : such here is the plain but 
pertinent portraiture of the Ruluhan Warrior, not 

gawd/ 



utt r,K 22. POSITION. IpS 

gawdy but magnificent : bis is not the head-piece of 
Paris ; it is the helmet of Turnus, and it is the helmet 
of a king. 



A piece of advice, I meaned to offer at the conclu- 
sion of the postscript to Rule 15, but then suffered it to 
slip my memory, I may subjoin here, viz. That young 
scholars, as soon as they have learned the Latin Proso- 
dia, do scan cadences in prose writers with as much, 
precision and nicety as they commonly do verses in 
Virgil and Horace. Nothing than this will more ex* 
actly form their ear to the genuine music of the La- 
tin tangue : and being thus accustomed to take parti- 
cular notice of the arrangement of words, the beauties 
of an author will become more striking to them, and 
tliemselves better qualified to imitate the same* 



END OF THE SECOND PART. 



TH8 

LATIN PRIMER. 

PART III. 

OF THE LATIN METRE. 



IN this Third Part will be contained, 

1. An account of the different kinds of feet in the 
Latin tongue. 

2. A description, and synopsis of the many sorts ol 
verse in that language, with some useful notices con- 
cerning the Iambic and Trochaic metres of Terence. 

In this I have much availed myself of the useful labour* 
ofMons. Lancelot, author of the Port Royal Gram- 
mars ; to whose researches, however, mine have not 
been confined, as what is here said of the metres of 
Terence, will shew, and as his List of the Latin Verse 
compared with my Sy?iopsis may shew also, the former 
exhibiting thirty-three, the latter seventy-five^ of 
different denominations* 

3. The various and beautiful mixture of Latin verse 
in composition. 

4. A full description of the Metra Horatiana. 

To assist the memory in distinguishing the Latin feet 
one from another, observe in what order the table re- 
presents them, and also the relation, or rather contra- 
riety, which subsists in each couplet.. 

ft 2 Thus 



J$6 METRE. 



Thus in the first couplet, the Spondee is two long, 
the Pyrrhic two short ; in the next, the Choree is one 
long and one short, the Iambus one short and one long. 
A like diversity may be marked in each couplet. 

The difference between the two Ionics is, that th§ 
Great begins a Majori, having the greater quantity 
placed first, and is therefore surnamed Major; whereas 
the small Ionic begins a Minori, and is therefore called 
Minor. Thus the Ionics are the reverse of each other. 

Again, the Epitrits and Paeons are the reverse of one 
another; the Epitrits consisting of three long and one 
short; the Paeons of three short and one long. These 
are surnamed First, Second, Third, Fourth, as the single 
long or short time is in the first, second, third, or 
fourth syllable. 

The foot, which we indifferently call Choree or Tra. 
chee,w3iS by Cicero and Quinctilian named Choree only ; 
and the term Trochee was by them more properly be- 
stowed on the Tribrac* 



A TABLE 



Of 



tit 



OF THE DIFFERENT KU 



A TABLE [To/acepage 196. 

OF THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF FEET IN TH* r a* T v T 

tu 1JN THE LATIN TONGUE. 

/» the Latin Tongue are Thirty Feet, Twelve original and mJa. 

" ««h, and Eighteen compounded. 



I. TWELVE SIMPLE FEET, of which foui 



are Dissyllables, Eight Trisyllables. 



it 

1} 



Four Feet of Two Syllables. 
A Spondee (Spondceus, or Spondeus) two long sy]lableS) a§ 

Pyrric (Pyrrhkus, or Pyrrhkhius) two short 

A Choree, or Trochee (Choreus, or TVodcmj one ] ong> one short 

An Iambus (Iambus J 



Musam 
Deus 

Magnus 
L?gunt 



i, ~i A Molossus (Molossos) 

6. 3 A Tribrac (Tribrachys) 

7. ") A Dactyl (Dactylus) 

8. 3 An Anapest (Anapastus) 
9- }A Bacchic (Bacchius) 



one short, one long 
Eight Feet of Three Syllables. 

three long Dixerunt 

three short Ilomine 

one long, two short Carmine 

two short, one long Legerent 

one short, two long Legebant 

10. } An Antibacchic or Palimbacchic (Antibacchius, fyc.) two long, one short Audire 

11. "^ A Cretic, or Amphimacer (Cretkus, fyc.) one short between two long Castitas 

12. 3 An Amphibrac (Amphybrachys) one long between two short Remotus 

2. EIGHTEEN COMPOUNDED FEET, of which sixteen are of four Syllables, and one of five. Of 
the first sixteen, four are of the same Foot doubled; four of contrary Feet; four, in which long Times 
predominate ; and four, in which short Times predominate. 

Four of the same Foot doubled. 

13. ") A Dispondee (Dispondceus) two Spondees Incrementum 

14. 5 A Proceleusmatic (Proceleumatkus) two Pyrrhics Hominibus 

two Chorees Comprobavit 

two Iambuses Amanitas 

Four of contrary Feet. 

a Spondee and a Pyrrhic Celsissimus 

a Pyrrhic and a Spondee Diomedes 

a Choree and Iambus Historias 

an Iambus and Choree Removere 



S A Proceleusmatic (Proceleusmatkus) 
15. ") A Dichoree (Dkhoreus) 
~l6.$ A Diiambus (Diiambus) 

17. ) A great Ionic (Major lonlcus) 

18. 3 A small Ionic (Minor lonkus) 

19. ) A Choriambus (Choriambus) 



0.3 



20. 3 An Antispast (Antispastus). 



Four Feet, in which long Times exceed. 



21.") First Epitrit (Epitritus Primus J 

22. 3 Second Epitrit (Ep. Sec.) 

23. ) Third Epitrit (Ep. Tat.) 
24. 3 Fourth Epitrit (Ep. Quartus) 

Four Feet, in which 
First Pa:on, or Paean (Pteon Primus) 



25.1 

26. 3 Second Pceon fPtf»« Sec.) 

27. ■) Third Preon Pccon Tertius) 

28. 3 Fourth Paeon (Pcton Quartus) 

Two other compound Feet of five Syllables. 
29 -, Docbimus or Dochmius (Cic. and Quinctil.) an Iambus and Cretic 

' So! 3 Mesomacer (ScaHgcr and Vossius) a Pyrrhic and a Dactyl 



an Iambus and Spondee 
a Choree and Spondee 
a Spondee and Iambus 
a Spondee and Choree 
hort Times exceed. 

a Choree and Pyrrhic 
an Iambus and Pyrrhic 
a Pyrrhic and Choree • 
a Pyrrhic and Iambus 



Voluptatis 
Concitari 
Commuuitas 
Expectare 

Praecipe re 
Resolveret 
Alienus 
Tementas 

In armis fui 
Probibebimus 



metre; 197 



The different Species of Latin Verse. 



VERSE is a certain number of feet disposed in a re- 
gular order. It consists of a; certain succession of 
sounds and exact number of times, falling into a pre- 
scribed cadence. 

There are many sorts of verses in the Latin lan- 
guage ; but they may all be distributed into these three 
classes : , 

1. Hexameters, with such as have relation to 

them. 

2. Iamb res, Pure and Mixed y which are either Mo- 

nometers, Dimeters, Trimeters, or Tetrameters? 
perfect or imperfect* 



3. Lyr 



jYricSj including" all that may not be referred 
to the two preceding classes, except those rarely 
used, which are miscellaneous* 

Note. — As to the number of metres in a Latin or Greek 
verse ; Vossius, in a note on Lithocomus's Prosodia, observes, 
That verses of more than six metres are properly called 
Periods or Circuits rather than Verses, though Verses they arev 
Victorimis says the same 5 and that Decameters, verses of ten 
metres, are the longest known ; but Vossius there refers to an old 
anonymous writer De Metris, for Dodecameters> or verses of 
twelve metres, called Peonians; as Octameters, verses of eight 
metres, are named Avistobuliami both from, their authors* 



* 3 I. HEX- 



m METRE. 

I. HEXAMETERS, 



.AN Hexameter verse consists of six feet, of which 
the first four may be either Dactyls or Spondees, as 
they best suit the subject treated of; the fifth foot is 
usually a Dactyl, and the sixth a Spondee or Choree, 
the last syllable of a verse being common ; as, 

. _!. X .1. . |_„J. 

Illi mter sese magna vi brachia tollunt* Virg. 
I I ! I I 

- o o I - O O I - O Of- o o I - uol- 

Quadrupedante putrem sonitu quatit ungula campum* Id. 

The fifth foot may sometimes be a Spondee; and the 
verse is then called a Spondaic Hexameter ; or rather, 
observes Vossius, Spondeiac, from Spoudeius, the Greek 
for Spondee ; as, 

— O O I = G Ol- -Ol- O O I - - " m 

Const itit 9 atque oculis Thrygia agmina circumspexit* 

Virg. 

N. B. In Spondaic verses the fourth foot ought to be 
a Dactyl, quickening and relieving two Spondees at 
the close ; and this close or Dispondee is more soft, if 
included in one word of four syllables ; as, 

Cur a De&m soboles, magnum Jovis incrementxtm* Id* 

Not that trisyllables here are to be rejected ; they are 
sometimes extremely beautiful, as in this verse, 

Pro molli viola, pro pur pur eo Narctiso. Id* 

The last word of a Spondaic however must never be 
less. than a trisyllable; and no Hexameter should con- 
clude with several dissyllables, as this ill-constructed 
one of Tibullus (1. 6.) may shew : 

Semper y ut inducar, blandos offert mihi vultus. 

There are Hexameters composed wholly of Spon- 
dees; as, 

Olli 
7 



METRE. 199 

Olli respondit rex Albai Longai. Erin, 
Quels te lenirem nobis, neu conavere. CatulL 

Diomedes calls them Molossic verses from the foot 
Molossus, and cites the following from Caesius Bassus, 

Romani victores, Germanis devictis. 

But these are justly antiquated, 

Another great, very great defect in Hexameters, and 
indeed in verses of any kind, is the want of Cmsura > 
without which they can be possessed of no beauty. 

The Caesura in scanning cuts off the last syllable of 
a word, and throws it into the following foot; that is, 
by Caesura the last syllable of a word is the first syllable 
of a foot ; and by this it comes to pass, that the words 
and feet have for the most part different cadences, a 
they ought, and not always end together, as they do 
in these aukward verses, 

JJrbem j for tern | nuper j cepit \fortiur \ hostis* 

Aurea carmina, Juli, scribis, maxime vatum. 
Rovice mcenia terruit impiger Hanibal armis. Enn. 
Has res ad te scriptas, LucL misimus Mli. Lucil. 
Frceter ccetera Romce mene poemata censes 
Scribere. Hoa. 
Hanc necque dira xenena, nee hosticus auferet ensis. Id. 

Verses with only one Caesura are likewise very auk- 
ward ; as these of Lucretius, 

Et jam ccetera, mor tales quce suadet adire. 
Naribus, auribus, atque oculis y orisque sapori. 

There are more such in Lucretius, 

The Caesura should always take place before the 
fourth foot : and the oftener it happens, the better the 
verse will be ; as, 

- -I - o«|- I - o u I- o o I - 

Sylvestrem tenui musam meditaris avena* Virg. 

in which there are three Caesuras, In the following 
there are jour \ 

llh 



200 METRE* 

f I [ f 

- o ol- oof- -«- - - uul- 

Jlle latus niveum mollifultus hyacintho. Virg. 

More than four seldom occur. There may however 
be a fifth ; but then the verse will end with a mono, 
syllable. 

This Caesura has the privilege of lengthening a syR 
lable that is short; as in the verse above, fultus hya- 
cintho; and 

- O <J 

Pectoribus inluans. Virg. 

Omnia Kindt amor, et nos, fyc. Id. 

- -I 

Dona dehnc auro gravia sccteque elephanto. Id* 
Thus the conjunction que is sometimes used long, as r 
Liminaque laurusque Dei, &c. Virg. 

where que being an enclitic is regarded as a part of the 
preceding word, as Servius says, Pariicula, quce sui sub- 
stantiam nan habet, membrum putatur superioris orationis; 
quod si est, i Liminaque* quasi una pars orationis est. 
But this is a liberty not to be used often. Nor, it may 
be here observed, must we make a practice of neglect- 
ing the synalepha in our verses; though occasionally 
we may use even that privilege, on the very best au- 
thority ; and then, we must know the final vowel and 
diphthong, though otherwise long, become common * £ 
as, 

Et succus pecori et lac subdueitur agnis. Virg. 
Credimus? An qui amant, ipsi sibi somniajingunt? Id* 
St ant etjuniperi et castanece hirsntcz. Id. 
Arcebis gravido pecori, armentaque poscas. Id. 
Post habit a coluisse Samo. Hie illius arma. Id. 

- o o 

Et vera incessu patuit Dea* Ilk ubi matrem. Id. 

Lameniis } 



METRE. £01 

- & w 

Lamcntis, gemitvque, etfcemirteo ululata. Id* 

date tibi Euce Atlantides abscondantur. Id, 
. * Victor apud rapidum Simoenta sub Ilia alto. Id* 

* Tcr 6wit conati importer e Pelio Ossam. Id, 

* Glauco et Panopece, et Inoo Melicertce. Id* 

— u u 

* Impleruiit monies : fierunt llhodopeice arces. Id* 

■• u v 

* Insulce Ionio in mag?io 1 quas dira Ceheno. Id. 

This is the Greek manner ; which all the Latin 
Poets have occasionally indulged in, as therefore we 
may : and it is extremely soft and beautiful in its pro- 
per place and season, of which the ear will be the 
best informant. See more examples in pay Lat. 
Gram. 

Note, farther, that sometimes the Hexameter has a 
redundant syllable at the end, which in scanning forms 
a synalepha with the first syllable of the next verse ; aft 
Omnia Mer curio similis, vocemque colorcmque* 

Et crinesflaxos. Virg. — M Qu f et cri." — 
There is another sort of redundancy in verse, called 
Synecphonesis, when in the same word two syllables 
must be sounded as one, if we know how ? but our pre- 
sent general mode is not to sound the first at all ; as, 

Sen lento fucrint alvearia limine texta. Virg. 

Uno eodemque tulit partu, paribusque revinxit. Id. 

liupe sub hac eadem, quam proxima pinus obumbret. 

Culpurn* 
Eosdem habuit secum } quibus est elata capillos; 

Eosdem oeulos; latera vestis adustafuit, Property 

In 



iM METRE. 

In this of 0\rid is an instance of both redundances, I 



Barbce color aureus, aureaque 



Ex kumeris medies coma dependebat in armos. 

Other instances of the latter sort most frequent in 
"verses, are, 

Dii, diiS) ii, Us, quels, dein, deest, meo, tuo, mo, 
to, of one syllable; Iidem, iisdem, delude, proinde, 
deer am, deessem, deero 9 deesse, anteit, antehac, omnia, 
deorsum, Theseus, Thesei, of two syllables; Achillei 9 

«— - o o m o o 

Ulyssei, abide, ariete, seinihomo, of three ; Arietibus* 
#c. semianimis of four, with a few others; which we 
may safely imitate ; Quae tuto quivis imitabitur. Voss* 



PENTAMETERS, &c. 



To the class of Hexameters belong Pentameters, 
and six other smaller verses, as being parts of an 
Hexameter. 

PENTAMETER. 

This verse, also called Elegiac, because used in 
elegy, consists of five feet ; of which the first and second 
may be either Dactyls or Spondees, the third a Spon- 
dee generally, though sometimes an Iambus under the 
condition of Casura, the two last always Anapests ; as 

o ol 1 --jo -I o o 

Non bene ca:(estes iwpia dextra colit* Ov. 

O o I -I o -loo -to v. 

Qui dederit primus o&cula, victor erit. Id. 

Some 



METRE. 203 

Some scan this verse by two Penthemimers, each 
consisting of two feet and a caesura or single syllable ; 
as, 

- o ol - -I -I • oo| - O O I 

Non bene ccelestes impia dextra colit. 

Pentameters are seldom found by themselves alone: 
but Ausonius has the sayings of the Seven Wise Men, 
all expressed in Pentameters only. In Martianus Ca- 
pella is a continuation of two and thirty such verses ; 
and Heliodorus, in his Ethiopic history, has an entire 
ode of them. 

In good Pentameters there is ever a caesura after the 
second foot; of course there must be no ecthlipsis or 
synalepha after the second foot, because then the cae- 
sura would be destroyed in a manner. 

The most graceful cadence in this verse is a dissyl- 
lable ; next to that a word, not of three, but of four 
syllables; and least of all a monosyllable, unless it be 
absorbed by one of the synalephas; as, 

Inxitis oculis litcra lecta tua est. Ov. 

A great fault in Pentameters is a synalepha in the 
third or fourth, or beginning of the fifth foot; as, 

HerculiSy Antoeique, Hesperidumque comes. Propert, 
Troja virum ei virtutum omnium acerba cinis. Cat. 
Quadrijugo ctmes scepe resist ere equos. Ov. 
Quern modo, qui me unum atque unicum amicum habuit. 

Catul. 

A synalepha in the fifth foot of an Hexameter, 
which should have been noted above, has likewise a 
\ery ill effect s as, 

Difficile est longum subito deponere amorem. Catul. 
Na?n simul ac fessis dederitfors copiam Achivis. Id. 
Atqui non solum hoc se dicit cognitum habere. Id. 
Lotipedem rectus derideat, JEthiopem albus. Juv. 

These are set as marks on recks, upon which young 
poets sometimes suffer shipwreck. 

We mus.t avoid rhyming in this and Q\ery other sort 

of 



204 METRE. 

of Latin verse. The following verse of Ovid is spoiled 
by a rhyme : ' 

Qucerebant Jlavos per nemus omnefavos. 

Such verses are called Leonine, not, as I formerly 
conjectured, from the harsh sound they sometimes 
" make/; not, as Mr. Bailey says, " from their mak 

ing, as it were, a Lion's tail," by the reflection of the 
ihyme on its corresponding syllable, as he ou<mt to 
have explained himself, nor exactly as Dr. Jolmson 
states it, " from their author Leo;" but, as I have 
since learned from Vossius on Lithocomus, they are so 
named from Leonius, a Benedictine Monk, of the mo 
nastry of St. Victor, in Paris, A.D. 1160, and from 
him, not as their author (he was not the first, who 
wrote so, as we see), but because he was the first, who 
affected this way of versifying, and wrote much so 
Hence it is also called Monkish verse. Vossius con- 
demns it; " Fugiendi etiam Versus Leonini; etsi nee 
" poeue pnncipes semper eos effugerint." Lat. Gram 
Lit hoc. 

The late ingenious author of Metron ariston a 
Dissertation upon Part of the Greek and Latin Prosody, 
which I should here gladly recommend to the notice of 
young Grammarians, were its matter and design purely 
Grammatical, admires such verses; as indeed do I 
when they appear rati nantes, and in such examples as 
he cites in nis note, p. 72. 

O pater, O patriae cura decusque tuas 

<« Et modo maternw tecta videtur aqim— 
' Contulit in Tyrios anna vicumque tore;*— 
" Bucohcis juvenw luserat arte modi's— 
4i Prceterii toties jure quietus eques— " 
where certainly the rhyme confined to only one or two 
letters is soft and musical : but not so in that other of 
Ovid above quoted, including three letters; nor in 
those which spoil the dignity of some hvmns in the 
Eomish Liturgy ; as in that of Corpus-Christi.Day. 
Nobis datus, nobis ?iatus 

Ex intact a Virgine. 
Et in tnundo conversatus, 

Sparso 






JUEXAlf. 



METRE. 205 



Spar so Verbi scminc, 
Sui moras incolatus 
Miro clausit ordinc. 

Here the rhyme is too frequent: but its distinguishing 
fault is, that it includes a prior consonant, which 
makes it always harsh, as in these, 

Trajicit, i, verbis xirtutem elude superbis. Virg. 
Si Trojcefatis aliquid restore putatis. Ov. 
Vir> prccur, uxori; f rater, succurre sorori. Id. 
Quot caelum Stellas, tot habet tua Roma puellas. Id, 
Qiiin etiam absenti prosunt tibi, Cynthia, xenii. Proper t. 
Dulcis ad hesternas fuerat mihi rixa lucernas. Id. 



Six other smaller Verses, Parts of an 
Hexameter. 

OF these six, three form tke beginning, and three 
the latter part of an Hexameter. 

1. AN ARCHILOCIIIAN PENTI1EMIMER. 

This has its name from Archilochus its author; and 
is composed of two Dactyls and a Caesura, being there- 
fore also called a Dactylic Penthemimer, and by Ser- 
vius, A Dactylic Dimeter Hypercatalectic; 
as, 

Puhis et umbra sumus. Hvr. 4, 7* 

2* AN ALCMANIC DACTYLIC TRIMETER, Or TRI- 
P0D1A IIYPERCATALECTIC 

This was first used by Alcman, the Greek poet, and 
consists of three Dactyls and (therefore stiled Hyper- 
cut.) a Caesura ; as, 

Munera Icctitiamque Dei. Virg. J£n. 1. 

Infabricatafugce studio. Id. Mn. 4. 

T 2. An 



S06 METRE. 



HEXAM. 



Z. AN ALCMANIC DACTYLIC TETRAMETER, or 

TETRAPODIA. 

This contains the four first feet of an Hexameter, 
the last being always a Dactyl; as, 

r i I 

Solvitur acris hyems grata vice. Hor. 1 . 4. 

4. A PHALISCVS, or ARCHILOCHIAK HEROIC, 0Y 

SPONDAIC TETRAMETER. 

This contains the four last feet of an Hexameter; 
for here the last must be a Spondee ; and therefore it 
should not be called, as by some it is, Dactylic, but 
Spondaic; as, 

o ol - cf- oof- 

Carmine perpetuo celebrare. Hor. 1. 7« 

5. A PHERECRATIAN TRIMETER, ©r Till PODIA. ' 

This, invented by Pherecrates of Athens, contains 
the three last feet of an Hexameter ; the last of course, 
and the first, being commonly a Spondee ; as, 

Quamvis Fontica pinus. Hor. 1.14. 
Catullus sometimes makes the first a Choree; as, 

Hymen o Hy menace. 5Q. 
and Eoethius an Anapest; as, 

u o -I - o ol - 

Simili surgit ab ortu. 

But Catullus forms this Trimeter, not only with a 
Choree in the first place, but a Dactyl likewise in the 
last, which writers on this subject aeem to have taken 
no account of; as, 



o o I- ut> 



Colli s o Heliconii 
Culior, Urania genus. 59. 

6. AX ADONIC, DIP0DIA. 

This verse was called Adonic from Adon, a young 

Cyprian 



iambic. METRE, 2(57 

Cyprian Prince, H Cujus in tbrenis eo utebantur." Voss, 
They chanted in it at his funeral. It consists of a Dac- 
tyl and a Spondee ; as, 

Risit Apollo* Hor. Od. 1. 10. 

Boethrus has many of them successively ; 
Gaudia pelle ; 
Pelle timorem : 
Spem que fuga to ; 
A T ec dolor adsit. 
Nubila mens est* 
Vinctaguefrcenis, 
Haec ubi regnant. L. 1. de Con. Phil. 



II. IAMBIC VERSE. 

IAMBIC Verse is so called, from the foot Iambus in 
it. Of this kind there are two species, one distin- 
guished by the quality, the other by the quantity of the 
feet. 

I. Iambics distinguished by the Quality of the Feet. 

As to the quality of their feet, Iambic Verses are 
either Pure, that is, composed wholly of Iambuses ; 
or Mixed, that is, having certain other feet inter- 
mingled. 

Originally this verse consisted entirely of Iambuses : 
as, 

u-l o -! o -I « -lo -I v 

Suis et ipsa Roma viribus rait. Hor* Epod, lo. 
1. Afterwards, to make it more grave, Spondees 
were put in odd (1.3. 5.) places ; as, 
1. 3. 5. 

„ -I o ►!- -I y -I -U o 

Pars sanitatis velle sanarifuit. Sen* 
which in fact amounts to exactly three Third EpitriU; 

Pars sanitatis velle sanarifuit. 

X2 2. The» 



-SOS METRE. iambic, 

Q. Then again the odd places had indifferently Spon- 
dees or Iambuses ; except that in the fifth or last but 
one was always a Spondee, to make the cadence mor* 
weighty; as," 

v -J o -lu -I y -I - - 1 o 

Amor timer e neminem verus petest. Sen. 

3. Thirdly, the Tribrac having the same time as an 
Iambus, (for two short times are equal to one long) 
was used instead of an Iambus in the even places, ex- 
cept the sixth or last, where (unless the verse was a 
Scazon, of which hereafter) the Iambus is retained. 
And, 

4. Fourthly, the Anapest and the Dactyl, having 
the same time as the Spondee, found admittance into 
the odd places ; so that we meet with Iambic verses 
having only one Iambus in them ; as, 



w o 1- -I 



Prokibere ratio nulla periturum potest. Sen. 

- o y |y o y I - -I o - 1 - - I u 

Qui statuit aliquid, parte inaudita altera, 

-I <j-1 - co I o -I --1 u 

JEquum licet statuerit, hand cequusfuit. Id* 

o o -I o o w I - -I w - I - -I o 

Dominare tumidus ; spirit us altos gerc : 

o o-| u J - J o rl - ~* t^ ° t» 

Sequitur superbos ultor a tergo Deus* Id. 

5. Fifthly, the comic poets went farther still. Every 
where, but in the last place, which, except Scazons, 
is for ever occupied by an Iambus, they put all th« 
feet, which were before reserved to the odd places, 
namely, the Spondee, Anapest, and' Dactyl, and also 
the Cretic, Amphibrac, Proceleusmatic, and Bacchic ; 
all which, together witk the Tribrac and Iambus, they 
vised in any place, even and odd, except the last, which 
had always an Iambus; as, 

o-l - o y'y o -I- -I «j o u u I o 

Quid est? Isne tibl videtur? Vixi equidcrn, ubi mihi 

. -i. -U 

Ostendisii ilico. Ter. 

Virtutt 



METRE. 209 

- -I - »' U -I ■ -1 O O -IO 

Virtute ambire oportet, nonfavitoribus ; 

o o - I o o -I - -I - -I - -lt> # 

Sat habet favitorum semper, qui rectefacit, Plauf. 

o -I - -I- oof- o «h J v 

Homo sum, human* nihil a me alienum puto* Ter. 

See the use of the other feet exemplified in Terence* 
Almost all Pbaedrus's fables are in this kind of 
verse ; as, 

--I- y el- oof- o ol- o I o 

Amittit merito proprium, qui alienum appttit. 

O-l o-l- ool- -1 - - I y — 

Tacit parentes bonitas, non nccessitas. 

In such verses as a Tribrac or a Preceleusmatk may 
follow a Dactyl, and precede an Ana?est, we mast thus 
account for a multiplicity of short s)llables, perhaps 
so many as eight, all contiguous* if such and such feet 
chance so to occur. 



SCAZOST, OR CLAUDICANT JAMBICS. 

6. This is a sixth sort of Mixed Iambic, called Sea- 
son or Lame, because the cadence is here inverted, and 
maimed as it were, an Iambus being put in the fifth 
place instead of a Spondee, and a Spondee in the sixth 
instead of an Iambus: as, 

. o -! - . 

Sednon xidemus manticcc quod in ter go est, CataL 

II. Iambics distinguished by the Quantity or Number 
of their Feet. 

Of these there are three principal sorts (to sav no- 
thing of Manometers here, which are very rarely used) 
namely, 

I. Dimeters, consisting of four feet, or two mea- 
sures; for one measure iambic contains two feet, though 
an Heroic meaiure has only one, 

T 3 2, Tin* 



210 METRE. 

2. Trimeter*, of three measures, or sixfeet, 
therefore called also Senarii, from senus six. 

3. Tetrameters, of four measures, or eight feet, | 
and therefore called also Quadrati, and Octonarii, 

1. DIMETERS. 

. JL -J -.1 „ 

For tun a non mutat genus. Hot. 
But their best cadence is a trisyllable, as in most of 
the lines of this beautiful Morning Hymn. 

. -L -I - X 

lam lucis orto aider e, 
Deum precemur supplices y 
Ut in diurnis actibus 
Nos servet a nocentibus. 
Linguam refrctnans temperct^ 
$?e litis horror insonet. 

Visum foven do contegat, *; 

JNe vanitatcs hauriat. 
Sint puro cordis intima ; 
Absistat et vecerdia. 
Carnis terat superbiam 
Potus cibique partitas : 
Ut cum dies abscesserit 7 
h . Noctemque sors reduxerit f 

Mundi per abstinent iam 
Ipsi canamus gloriam, 
Deo Palri sit gloria, 
Ejusque soli Filio, 
Cum Spiritu Paracleto, 
Nunc, et per omne seculum. Brev. Rom 9 

2. TRIMETERS, Or SENARII, 

This is the Iambic used most in tragedy, its best ca- 
dence a, dissyllable ; as, 

. :i j .i . J, .i . j „. 

Quicunqice regno Jidit, et magna pot ens 
ominatur aula, ?iec leves metuit deos. Sen. 
In this metre is composed the following Hymn for 
the Cokicmm cfSt. Paul, in the Romish Calendar. 

Egregic 



METRE. 211 

Tgregie Doctor^ Paule, mores instrue. 
Et nostra tecum pectora in cadum trahc f 
Velata dum meridiem cernat Fides, 
Et suits instar, sola reg?iet Charitas* 
Sit Trinitati sempiterna gloria, 
Honor, potestas, at que jubilatio, 
In imitate quae gubernat omnia, 
Per universa aiternitatis sccula. 
In this metre also is written the 17th of Horace's 
Epods. 

3. TETRAMETERS, Or QUADRATI, &C. 

These are used only by comic poeis ; and they 
abound with them. 

*>-!« - 1 w - I - WOICJ - 1 o — I ,— -I w 

Pecwriam in loco negligere, maximum interdum esc lucrum* 

Ter. 

•»-|o-l- u olo -I - - I 7 ►lo o -! 

Servire amanti, miseria est ; prcesertim qui quod amat P 

o 

caret, Plaut m 



Of Iambics, as perfect or imperfect* 

Here is another distinction to be observed in Iambic 
verses, which are either perfect or imperfect; and from 
hence arise certain metrographical terms, which the 
learner must now be made acquainted with. 

When a verse is perfect in all its parts, being neither 
defective nor redundant, it is called Acatalectic, 
i. e. not stepping short ; such as those we have already 
seen exemplified. 

When a verse is defective of one syllable in the first 
foot, it is Acephal©us, i.e. headless. 

When it wants one syllable at the end, it is CaTa. 
xectic, i. e. halting or stopping too soon. 

When it wants a whole foot, it is Brachygata* 
lectin, 

Whea 



21? METRE. 

When a verse js redundant, having more than the 
stated measure, it is then called Uy percatalectxG| 
or Hypermeter. 



I. Imperfect Dimeters. 

ACEPHALOUS. 

-I o - 1 u-l o 

■ Truditur dies die. Hor. 2. I$# 

2. CATALECTIC. 

Ades, rater Supreme, 

-Jo -L -I 

Quern nemo vidit unquam. Prud, 

These have always an Iambus before the last syllable, 
and are called Anacreontics, from AnacFeon, who used 
them, and who has sometimes a Creiic or Amphimacer 
in the first place : So has the Imperial poet Hadrian 
(unless for amhilare he wrote amblare in the following 
example, 

- O - I t> - I o -I 

Ambulart per popinas. 

3. BRACHYCATALECTIC. 

I7 r! - -I - 

vitam prcesta puram 

Iter para tatum, 
Ut spectantes Jesum y 
Semper collect emu r. 

Sit la us Deo Patri. 
Summo Christ o decus y 
Spirit ui Sancto, 
Tribus honor unus. Libell. Pree. 

4. IIYPERCATALECTIC. 

- -1 u -I- -I .-I 

Ludumque Jorlunce graxctque. Hor. 2. 1. 

2»Inu 



METRE, S15 

2. Imperfect Trimeters. 

There is but one sort of Imperfect Triraeter, and 
that is Cat&lectic, having always an Iambus before the 
last syllable ; as, 

u -I o -I - -I o -lu -1 

Novctque pergunt interire lance, nor. 2. 13. 



3. Imperfect Tetrameters, 

There are two sorts, viz. Acephalous and Catalectic. 
Of the first is this noble Hymn on the death of Christ. 

1. ACEPHALOUS. 

-L -I « -L-l- -I o-l - -U, 

Pange, lingua, gloriosi lour earn certaminU* 
Et super Cruris trophceo die triumphinn nobiUm : 
Qualiter, Redcmptor orhis immolatus vicerit, 

De parentis prottplasti fraude Factor condolen$> 
# Quando pomi noxialis in necem morsu ruit : 
Ipse lignum tunc notavit, damn a ligni ut sofoeret. 

Hoc opus nostra salutis or do depoposccrat ; 
Multiformis preditoris ars ut art em falleret ; 
Et medclam ferret inde, hostis unde laser at. 

Quande venit ergo sacri pltnitudo temporis, 
Missus est ab arce Patris Nat us, orbis Conditor ; 
Atque ventre virginali came amictus prodiit. 

Vagit Infans inter arcta conditus preesepia ; 
Membra pannis involuta Virgo Mater alii gat ; 
Et Dei manus pedesque strict a cingit fascia* 

Sempiterna sit Beatce Trinittti gloria ; 
Mqua Patri, Filioque : Pur decus Paraclito : 
Unius Trinique nomen laudet unit er sit as. Brev. Rom* 



* The learned and celebrated Mr. Bingham, in his Anti- 
quities of the Christian Church, reads, 

" Quando pomi noxialis morsu in mortem corruit" 
a better verse and better L^tin, 

This 



214 METRE. 

This kiud of verse is asynartetos, as they say, that is, 
not so composed or bound up, but it may be divided into 
two; of which the first here is a Trochaic Dimeter, 
the other an Iambic Dim. Aceph. and so it is written 
in the Breviary, «ach strophe containing six verses i 
thus, 

Tange, lingua, gloriosi 

-L J . -I „ . 

Lauream ccrtamims 
Et super Cruets trophxo, 

Die Triumphum nobilem : 
Qualiter Redcmptor orhis 
Immolates vicerit, <§ c. 

The author of this was St. Ambrose, or St. Austin, 
contemporaries in the fourth century, as some say; or 
Claudianus Mamercus, as Sidonius Apollinaris insists; 
it is quoted here from the Roman Breviary, and both 
this and those before, especially the Morning Hymn, 
written, I believe, by St. Ambrose, the author of 
many hymns in that metre, are too beautiful to need 
commendation. 

2. CATALECTIC TETRAM. 

« -I o - I o- I o-lo-l o -I o -I , 

Remitte p&llium mihi mcum quod involasti. CatuL 23. 
Such verses are also distinguished by the name of 
Hippo?iactei, from the Greek poet Hipponax, who used 
them, and Septenarii, from the seven whole feet in 
them. This before us is a pure Iambic, without ne- 
cessity however, so that the foot before the last syl. 
lable be an Iambus. It is also Asynartetos, containing 
^a Dim. Acat. and a Dim. Cat, 



TRO* 



METRE. 2U 

TROCHAICS. 

THE author of the Port Royal Grammars * (M» 
Lancelot) allows not, that there are any Tro- 
chiac verses properly so called. He says they are Ace- 
phalous Iambics; and that some grammarians, never 
imputing the defect we have just now spoken of, to the 
beginning of a verse, but always to the end, call such 
verses Trochaics, because after their way of scanning, 
they form Trochees or Chorees, and not Iarnbusses. 
Thus the Acephalous Iambic Dimeter, Truditur dies die 
for instauce, when scanned by Trochees, takes thfc 
name of 

Euripideus Trochaicus Dim. Cat. 



- o I - 



Truditur dies die. Hor. 

and the Acephalous Iamb. Tetrameter, as Pange lingua^ 
S;c. when scanned by Trochees, as it may, is called, 

Trochaicus Tetram. Cat. Asynart. 



- o I- 



Pange, lingua, gloriasi lauream certaminis. 
The first part of which is a Trochaic Dim. Acat. 

Pange lingua gloriosi* Terence is full of mixed Tro- 
chaic Tetrameters, Catalectic, and has three Acat. 

There are no Trochaic Trimeters of this kind, be- 
cause there are no Acephalous Iambic Trimeters; and 
yet, though this may militate with Mons. Lancelot's 
opinion, he notwithstanding was deceived ; for there 
are Trochaic Verses, Pure and Mixed, properly so called. 
The Heptameter Arcrilochian (of which this is an ex- 
ample, Solvitur acris hyems grata vice — Veris tt FavoniJ 
is AsynartetJS, i. e. capable of being divided into two, 
of which the latter, composed entirely of Trochees, is 
by an impure name called an 

* M. Lancelot So I have always understood j though some 
call the author bj ; the najne of Vitre. 

Ithy. 



tl« MET^E. lyric. 

Ithyphallic Trochaic Dim. Catalectic. 

.J. j. 

Veris at Favoni. Hor. 1. 4. 

5 o!- ol - 

Imminent e Luna. Ibid* 

Here are two Iambuses certainly; but if you scan this 
Terse by Iambuses, it will be altogether mutilated. 

In Catullus we find two sorts of Mixed Trochaics, 
both Dimeters, the one consisting of a Trochee, a 
Dactyl, and two Trochees, the other of a Spondee, a 
Dactyl, and two Trochees, both iu the Epithalamium 
of Julia and Manlius. 

! < I 

- o I- O O I- O I- 

Flammeum video venire. 

- -I -o ° « r w ' 7 

Unguentate glabris marile, 

Vich Hendec, Phalen, fyc. other sorts of mixed Tro. 
shales. See also " Verses seldom used* 9 






III. LYRIC VERSE, 



WITH SUCH AS HAVE RELATION THERETO. 

11113 class, under which arecomprehended all verses, 
(■except those seldom used) not referred to the two 
classes preceding, may itself be subdivided into three 
species more, namely, Chori a mbics, Hendecasyl. 

LABJC3, A^APESTICS. 

CHORIAMBICS. 

These take their general name from the foot Chori- 
ambus, by which they are partly measured. 

There are seven sorts of Choriambic Verses. 

1. A Glyconic, so called from Glycoh. This con- 
sists of a Spondee, Chouambus and Iambus j as, 

Sic 



lx aic. METRE. 2l7 



— -I — O U -I « 

>Sic £e JD/r« potens, C^pri. Hor. 1. 3. 

2. An Asclepiad, invented by A'sclepias, contains a 
Spondee or an Iambus, two Choriambuses, and an Iam- 
bus; as, 

- -I - U w -f - p -• HJ - 

Maecenas at avis edite re gibus, Hor. 1.1. 

3. An ^/caic Choriambic Pentameter, so called from 
Alcceus, has in its Spondee, three Choriambuses, 
and an Iambus ; as, 

Scuplures ky ernes f seu tribuit Jupiter uliirnam. Hor. 1. 1 1 » 

4. An Alcmanic Choriambie, so named from Alcman, 
contains a Spondee, two Choriambuses, and a Caesura 5 
in the Caesura only different from the Asclepiad ; as, 



00- 



Heu quam prmcipiii mcrsa profunda. Boeth* 

5. Ait Aristoplianian Choriambic,so called from Aris- 
tophanes, contains one Choriambus and a Bacchic ; as» 

- y o -I u — - 

Lydia, die per omnes, Hor. 1. 8. 

Baxter, one of Horace's best editors, calls this verse 
an Anacreontic Dimeter Heptasyllabic, as having been 
used by Anacreon, and containing two feet in seven 
syllables. It is also called Alcaic. 

6. An Alcaic Choriambic Tetrameter, called also 
Epichoria?nbic 9 consists of the Second Epitrit, two Cho* 
riambuses, and a Bacchic ; as, 

- o - — I - u y — I '*" ut>-to * 

Te Deos vro, Sybarin cur properes amando. Hor. 1. 8. 

PrudentiushuHhrown all these Choriambics together 

into oneode or stanza, in the carder in which they here lie* 

But there is still a seventh sort of Choriambic verse, viz. 

U 7. 4. 



518 METRE. ken decasyl* 

7. A PJiHician Choriambic, so called from Phi ! icus of 
Corcyra, who wrote whole poems in it. It consists of 
live Choriambuses and a Bacchic or an Aniphibrac. 
Marias Piotius gives this for an example, 

— o o — I — O O — I — M w -L - u o-l 

Teposvi, Bacche pater, teque, dccens, canto, Verms, qui 

[modicos amatts* 



HEN DECASYLLABICS. 

THESE verses have their general name from the 
number of their syllables, viz. eleven ; in counting which, 
however, two syllables united by Synalepha go for one. 

Hendecasyllabies are of four sorts, namely, Pha- 
leuchn, Sapphic, Great Alcaic, Small Al- 
caic. 

/ 
phaleucian, or phaleciax. 

This, so called from Phalaecus, a Grecian bard, much 
used by Catullus, who excels in it, and well adapted 
to epigram, contains five feet, of which, according to 
Catullus, the first is either a Spondee, Iambus, or 
Choree, the next a Dactyl, and then three Chorees ; 
so that in fact we have here another sort of mixed 
Trochaic; as, 

- -1 - « t>4 oj- pi- , 
Ni te plus oculis meis amarem. CatuL 14. 

SAPPHIC. 

This was invented by the Greek poetess Sappho, and 
contains five feet, a Choree, a Spondee, a Dactyl, and 
two Chorees, a fourth sort of mixed Trochaic ; as, 

_ V L -1 - « u I- O I 

Crescit indulgens sihi dints hydrops. Hor. -2. 2. 

Cat»liws 



JI.ENDECASYL. METRE. 219 

Catullus puts a Trochee sometimes in the second 

place ; as, 

Pauca iranciate mece puttfie. 
and Seneca, even a Dactyl; as, 

Qiucque ad llesperiasjavet ora metas. 

GREAT ALCAIC, 

This, whose author was Alcasus, is composed of an 
Iambic Penthemimer and two Dactyls (now an Iambic 
Penthemimer consists either of two Iambuses and a 
Caesura, or of a Spondee, Iambus and Caesura) as, 

Vides, ut aita stet nive candidutn. Hor. 1 , Q. 

Quid sitfutuium eras, fuge qucerere. Id. ib. 

It is worthy of remark, that in some of Horace's 
Great Alcaics, the Caesura or half foot, is found in the 
first syllable of a word ; as, 

-* — i l o - 1 -I— ool — o o 

Spectajidus in cert amine Martio. 0. 4# 14. 

and in some in the middle of a word, the remainder of 
that word however being cut off and lost in scanning, 
as, 

- 1 u -l-l - ool-oo 

Ilinc o?nne principium, hue refer exit am* 0. 3.0. 

and in several the Caesura or half foot lies in a mono- 
syllable; as, 

4 u -I » ~. u o I ^ o o 

Hoc caverat mens provida Reguli. 0. 3. 5. 

The regular Caesura is in the last syllable of a word, 
as the very term seems to indicate : it is observable 
therefore that Horace should admit it elsewhere : 
and for the observation I do with much pleasure 
make my acknowledgments to my dear young 
Friend and Pupil Mr. George Leach, of Ply- 
i*i out h ; whose readiness at noting these and other 
u 2 peculia- 



2%Q METRE. IJE*DE£ASYL. 

peculiarities, both of metre and expression, in Classic 
authors, he must pardon me, if I speak of here, in 
justice to his own classic taste. So early in the dawn, 
may it seasonably brighten (yielding only to the brighter 
jays of Christian virtue) into that " Literata laetitia et 
docta cavillatio," which Macrobius somewhere ranks 
among the greatest of his festive pleasures ; and which 
is still esteemed, not as the essence indeed, but as a 
characteristic of the Gentleman, and the privilege of 
the Scholar, 

SMALL ALCAIC, 

This from Pindar is called also a Pindaric DactyHc 
Tetrameter, and is properly a Decasyllabic, having but 
ten syllables, comprised in two Dactyls and two Cho- 
rees, and therefore (since verses are rightly denomi- 
nated from their cadence) a fifth sort of mixed Tro- 
chaic ; as, 

Enceiadus jaculator audax. Hor. 3. 4. 

From Diomedes the Grammarian, Vossius speaks of 
a third Alcaic, composed of an iambic Dim. Ilypercat, 
and a C relic ; as, 

Audita Musarum sacerdos nobilis. 

but this is no more than an Iambic Trimeter Aca*» 
talectic. 



ANAPESTICS. 

THIS, as we have said, is the third species of Lyric 
Verse. It consisted at first of four Anapests. After- 
wards Dactyls and Spondees were used instead of Ana, 
pests ; insomuch, that this verse, notwithstanding its 
name, might not perhaps have an Anapest in it. 

Quanti 



anapestic. METRE. %T\ 

r J ~ J ~ iU o - 

Quant i casus human a rotcmt t 
Minus in parvu for tuna for it ; 

Lcdusqve ferit leviora Dcus. Sen* 

Some bave only two feet; as those of Seneca on thm 
death of Claudius : 

D effete virum 9 
Quo nOn alius 
Potuit ciiius 
Discere cays as, 
. Und tantum 
Parte audita. 
Scepe et neutrd. 

There are in Prudentius, Boethius, and Capefla, 
A napes tic verses, composed of a Spondee, or Anapest, 
two more Anapests, and a single syllable : Lithoco- 
mus names them Par taeniae ; Marius Victorious call* 
them Phaliscan ; as, 

Qui se volet esse poteutem, 

w o _ I' o u — ' u o — , L 

Animos domet ilk feroces. Boeth. 



MISCELLANEOUS. 



BESIDES all the foregoing, there are twenty-seven 

other sorts of verse, which do but seldom occur; and 
I have therefore here detached them from the rest, 
that being thus situated they might here at least draw 
due attention. 

1. An Archilochian Heptametef, composed of the first 
four feet of an Hexameter (whereof the fourth must be 
a Dactyl) and three Chorees ; as, 

u 3 Sell it u# 



322 METRE. seldom used* 

Sohitur acris hyems grata vice Veris et Fuvoni. 

Hor. 1. 4. 

This verse, as we have already said, is by a Greek 
term stiled Asynartetos, i. e. not so strictly one, but 
that it may be divided into two smaller ones. We shall 
soon see others of the same capacity. The two, into 
which this Heptameter may be dissolved, are, an Ah* 
manic Dactylic Tetrameter, described in the first class, 
and a Trochaic Dimeter, Brachycatelcctic, which like* 
wise has been described : thus, 

Solvit ur acris hyems grata vice 

Veris et Fuvoni, 

2. An Archilochian Iambic contains two Iambuses, a 
Caesura, and three Chorees ; and it is in fact a sixth 
sort of mixed Trochaic, if we regard its cadence ; as, 

J _ I <J _ I — • l ~* uL O I— i 

Trahuntque siccas machine carinas. Hor. 1 . 4. 

This may be scanned like an Iambic Trim. Cat. and 
differs from that only herein, that whereas the third 
foot of the Iambic may be either a Spondee or an Iam- 
bus, in this of Archilochus the third must be a Spon- 
dee* that the Caesura, may be really long, and not pra* 
longa ; as, 

u — . I u ml —i >H I u M I u m I 

Trahuntque siccas machines carinas, 
2. Elegiambic Archilochian (first sort) Asynartetos; as, 

Scribere versiculos amor e per culsum gravi, Hor, Ep. 1 1 * 
4. Elegiambic Archilochian (second sort,) Asynart ^ as, 

inuue mortalis, Dca nate piur Thetide* Hor, Ep. 13, 
1 ^TLtse 






seldom used. METRE. 223 

These are exactly the reverse of each other; the first 
being composed of an Archilochian Dactylic Penthe- 
mimer, and an Iambic Dimeter, of which the first may 
be a Spondee or Iambus: and the second containing 
an Iambic Dimeter and an Archilochian Dactylic Pen- 
themimer; thus, 

-(Jul— O O I 

3. Scribere versiculos 

o - 1 o - 1. - -I o % 

Amove perculsum gravi. 

- -L -I — I a 

4. Invicte mortalis Dea 

- o ol- u ul 

Nate pner Thetide. 

5. A Sotadic Ionic a Major i, Tetrameter, used by 
Sotades, and consisting of two Great Ionics, a Dichoree 
and Spondee; as, 

- - O CM- - OUI--0- O f- - 

Has cum gcmina compede dedicat catenas. Mart* 

but in the first, and in the second place may be aMe- 
somacer, and in the third a second Epitrit ; as ? 

o o - uv«- — w u I— o - o l - - 

Element a rudes quce pueros docent magistri. Ter, Mauv* 
Belief ac malejacientibus : hue Deo Supremo 

Fies similis, qui rejicit bonus malosque. 

The two last are by J. C. Scaliger, by way of imi~ 
tation. 

6. Ionicus a Minori Trim. Cat. consisting of twa 
small Ionics and an Anapest; as, 

oy— -Joo- -r o u - 

Animari metutntes patrux. Hor*Z. 12. 

7. Ionicus a Minori Trim. Cat. containing three en- 
tire Small Ionics; as, 

MUetarum est neque amori dare ludum* Hor. 3. 2. 

8. Ionicus 



224 METRE. seldom uses. 

8. Ionicus a Minori Tetram. Asyn. contains four 
small Ionics ; as, 

a o - -I uo - - I oo— -loo — — 

Stndiutn aufert, Neobule, Lipurcei nit or Hebri. 

Hop. 3. 12. 
The two verses here by dissolution are the first of 
the three Ionics and an Adonic ; thus, 

u.o - -I o o - - I o o - 

Studium aufert) Neobule, Liparce- 

- yol - 

i nit or Hebri. 
See this Ode in Cruquius's Horace. 
9. Anlispastic or Priapeia?i Hexam. 
so called by Diomedes, Lithocomus, and Vossius, 
having, in their example, a Choree, aGhoriambus, an 
Iambus, and a Pherecratian Trimeter; as, 



-I - O CJ I 



Colonic, quce cupis panto ludere longo* 

This is v. }. of the 18th of Catullus, in which there 
is no Antispast. 

10. A Dactylic Ithyphallic Tetram. in which are 
three Dactyls and a Pyrrhic ; used once by Boethius* 
thus, 

yol - cio I- uul o 

Qui $erere ingenuum xokt agrum t 
Liber at arva priusfruticibus; 
Talce rubos filicemquc resecat. 

11. An Iambic Manometer, Aceph. as, 

. J: 

Occidi. Ter. Eun. 2. 3. 
The same inay be measured, as a Trochaic Monomer 
ttr, Cat. 

Occidi. 

12. An Iambic Manometer. A cat. as, 

Quid illud est ? Ter. And. 1.5. 
13. A Bocthian Iambic Penthemiiner, followed by an 
Adonic j as, 

Mergatque 



SELDOM USED, METRE. $25 

- -I „ -I 

M erg at que seras 

JEquore ftammas. Boeth. 

14* A Trochaic Monom. Hypercat. as, 

Hominem. Sta illivo. Hern. Ter. Phorm. 1. 4. 



15. A Boetkian Trochaic Penthemimer } followed by 
an Adojiic ; as, 

. J . J- 

Si quis Arcturi, 

Sidera nescit. Boeth. 

16. The Saturnian Verse, composed of an Iamb, 
Dim. Cat. and a Trochaic Dim. Brachycat. used, 
it seems, in a poetic warfare between Naevius and 
the Metelii ; as, 

o -1 o - I o-l-I - ol- ol- 

Dabwit malum Metelii Ncevio Poetce, 
17* An Anapestic Dipudia, Hypercat. as, 

Ad ie ibam. Quidnam est ? Ter. Andr. 3. 4. 

18. An Anapestic Tripodia, or an Anapestic Tetra* 
podja Brachycat. as, 

Bicam, non edepol scio. Ter. Hec. 4. 1. 
We have seen already, how Anapestic verses were 
so called, though not an Anapest in them. 

19» An Iambic Trimeter, Hypermeter by a whole 
foot; as, 

- .-I o. -I, -!. -1 „ J-.l. J- 

In jus ! Enimvero; si porro esse odiosi pergitis. 

Ter. Phorm. 5. 8 

This is no IambicTetrameter Acat. to be thus scanned; 

- .-I o J - -I - A . oo!-| - J- 

In jus! hnimxero ; si porro esse odiosi per gitis. 
for we should have in one verse then both a Trochee 

and 



£26 METRE, seldom used; 

and an Iambus; which may not be, according to the 
©Id rule to be observed throughout Terence. Iavibici 
TrochcEiim noiferunt, ncque Pyrrhkhium nisi loco ulti- 
mo : ut Tvochaici neque lambum ?ieque Pyrrhkhium. 

This same verse, however, may, according to the 
true measure, be termed Iamb. Tetram. Brachycat. 
which would be no less rare But I call it rather a 
Trimeter, because every other verse in this long scene 
is a Trimeter* 

20. An Iambic Tetrameter, Hypercat ; as, 

- JL. r l „ J.. J. .1 .„ -I . 

1. DU tc craaiccnt, Syre, qui me istinc extrudis. At tit 

-i . « -I 
pot tibi ntas. ler. Heaut. S. 3. 

u - -J - owl- -I - -I- o u\w -I 

2. Qindistuc est ? Iiogitas,qui tain audacisj acinar is 

mild conscius sis ? Ter. Phorm. 1. 3. 

- -I - V u !u -I - o ol - 'I - u c ! - 

3. Ejus me miseret ; et nunc tmeo : is nunc meretinet: 

J „ -A 

nam absque eo esset. Id. ibid. 14«. 

21. A Trochaic Tetrameter Acat. as, 

uo--i- -lu oul - oof- -I o o 

1 . Meminutm me esse gravidam, et mihi te magnopere 

.! . J. 

inter jninatum. Ter. Heaut. 4. !. 

...I. -I - -I . -i - ,!- -! 

2. Novi ego vest r a hcec, A ollemfoctum, jmj uranduin 



dabitur, te esse. Id. Aleph. 2. 1. 

«jo -I u o-l - -I - o I - oi - ul - 

3. Age, da veniam. Ne graven. Fac 7 promitte. Nan, 

o I - 

omit lis ? Id. ib. 5.8. 
22. A Trochaic Trimeter, Hvpercat. as, 

- _|.J - J . .J - J- J 

Jam id peccat urn primum magnum; at humanum tamen. 

Ter. Adelph. 4. 5. 
So 



MLDOM USED. METRE, 227' 

So this verse is read in an ancient edition printed in 
1 560jJLugdttni, apud Matthiam Bonhome: a most useful 
edition of Terence, which I advise him to make much 
of, whoever has it. If magnum be repeated in this verse, 
it is Trochaic Teiram. Cat* of common use in Terence. 

23. A Trochaic Tetram. Hyper cat. as, 

o o - 1 - J - - 1 o u ul - 

1. Belief actum. Hem ! auditUine ? Omnia : age, me in 

X J- -! - J 

tins secundis re spice. Ter. An dr. 5. 6. 
So this verse ought to be read, without rebus after 
secundis, which makes it hypercatalectic with a ven- 
geance. ,. « 

. _|_ j| . -Ul _ _L J ..[_ 

2. Tit fortasse, quid ??iejiat, parvi paidas, dum ilk con- 

•l 

sulas. Ter. Heaut. 4. 3. 
24-. A Galliambic Hexameter, generally composed of 
an Anapest, two Iambuses, two Dactyls, and an Ana- 
pest i as, 

o o - I o -I o -1- y ul- o u| o c - 

Super alt a xectus Atjjs celeri rate maria, 

Thrygium nemus citato cupidt pede tetigit. Catul. 

The second foot is sometimes a Tribrac in the Atys 

of Catullus (that divine poem, as J. C. Scaliger speaks 

of it, and says, that he had often attempted to imitate 

it but in vain) as, 

o o - 1 o o ulu -I- u o|- O olu o - 

Viridem citus adit I dam proper ante pede chorus. 
The first is sometimes a Spondee ; as, 

- -I O-l O -I- u u I - u o |^o o - 

Linquendum ubi esset orto mini sole cubiculum* 
i Also, the third may be an Anapest ; as, 

o o -loo -I o o-l- o oJ-o olo V 

Ego mulicr, ego adolescens, ego ephebus, ego puer* 
Sometimes it differs from an Iamb. Trim. Acat, only 

in having an Anapest in the third place, and a Spondee 

in the fourth ; as, 

Jam 



223 METRE. seldom used, 

% "' o -I o u - I -I o -Jo 

J am jam dolet quod egi, jam jam que pamitet. 

This Ve Aty is the sixty-first of Catullus, in which 
there are still more varieties of metre to be observed, 

25. The Procehusmafic Verse s composed of three 
Proceleusmatic feet, and a Tribrac, therefore all of 
short syllables ; as, 

Ammula miserula prupcriter obiit. 
©f which the author is Serenus, quoted by Diomc- 
cles, /• 3. 

~*26. The Molossic Verse, composed of four Molossi, 
therefore all of long syllables, mentioned before, but 
©ot specifically ; as, 

_VLT. .- -I ---I -, 

Olli respondit rex Altai Lo?igai, Enn» 

27. The Car cine or Canorous Verse, having a motioa 
or measure as well backward as forward, and so run. 
mug this way or that, like a Crabfish, which in Greek 
is Curcirtos, in Latin Cancer. Hence Sidonius Apol* 
linaris and Diomedes have named this kind of verse 
Recurrent, and others Antistrephont or Reciprocal. But 
of this kind there are various sorts ; as, 

1. When the same words being read backward, pro- 
duce the same kind of verse, as when read forward ; 
thus, 

- y ol- -1 - O Ul- -I —Oo! 

Musa mihi causas memora, quo numine Iceso. 

— I— ■« w I — u u I— —I — o o I 

Laeso numine quo, memora causas mihi Musa* 
which is an Heroic Hexameter both ways. 

2. When not the same words, but the same letters 
being read backward, the very same words and verse 
turn out again ; as in this of Sidonius Apollinaris, /. 9» 
Epi&t. 14. 

Roma tibi subito motibvs ibit amor. 
a Pentameter both ways. 

When 



SELDOM USED. METRE. 229 

3. When the same words being read backward make 
another kind of verse. Thus the following is a Sota- 
dean Ionic Major, when read forward, but an Heroic 
Hexameter, read backward; as, 

- . y u| - - 0Ol - < O O I - 

Messem area, classes mare, ccelum tenet astra. 

O O I ~ -I- out--! - OO 1 - 

Astra tenet ccelum, mare classes, area messem. 

4. When a whole distich so revolves, that the metre 
of the one shall recur into the metre of the other; and 
so the same metre on the whole exist backward as for- 
ward. Thus, of this distich of Apollinaris, consisting 
of an Hexameter and a Pentameter ; by reversion, the 
Pentameter runs into an Hexameter, and out of ij^e 
Hexameter comes a Pentameter; as, 

— ooi — o o I — — I — — l — o o >v — 

Prxcipiti modo quod decumt tramilejlumen, 

O O 1 — — I— — I O O — ', V Li— 

Tempore consumpiwm jam cito dejiaet. 

REVERSED, 

oul- U O I — -I- - — tiU>— •• 

Dejiciet cito jam consumption tempore jhunen, 

-ool-— I j -I o o — loo 

Tramite decumt quod modo prcecipiti. 

where not only the same kind of verse returns, but evea 
the same order of feet throughout, though to preserve 
the same kind of verse, that is not necessary. 

For many other Carcine verses, I find references to 
Rodolphus Glocenius, in Lexico Philosophko, voc. Car~ 
cinus, to the eider Scaliger, viz. Julius Caesar Scaliger, 
in Hyle, c. 30. and 422. and also to Yvo Viliomarus, or 
the younger Scaliger, against Rob. Titiits, L 3, ». 
21, &c. 

Here then are seven and twenty different kinds of 
verses, seldom used^ and rarely noted. Seven of these 
are in Horace, of whose metres we shall soon speak 
more largely; ten are in the Pi ays of Terence, and all> 
1 believe, of the kind to be found there; the other ten 
are by different hands, 

X OF 



i 



230 METRE. Teredos. 

OF TERENCE'S METRES, 



OF Terence's Metres in general, the following 
though summary account, may be useful. 

1. All his verses are either Iambics or Trochaics-. 
and they are either Monometers, Dimeters, Trimeters, 
or Tetrameteis; which again are Acatalectic, or Cata- 
lectic, or Brachycatalectic, or Hypercatalectic. 

2. Of the Iambics, those most in use are Acataleo* 
Vic Trimeters, and both Acatalectic and Cataleciic Te- 
trameters. Acatalectic Dimeters, and Cataleciic Tri- 
meters, do not occur so often. Those met with but. 
once or twice throughout all his plays, have been just 
now presented to us. 

3. Of Trochaics, the most frequent are Catalectic 
Tetrameters, the composition of many whole scenes. 
Less frequent are Catalectic Trimeters; still less Cata*. 
lectic Dimeters. Those least frequent of all have been 
already seen in the preceding list. 

4. Some verses may be measured either as Iambics, 
or as Trochaics. In which, however, it must be re- 
membered, that if measured as Iambics, they admit of 
no Trochee; and if regarded as Trochaics, they can 
have no Iambus. 

5. Butboth Iambics and Trochaics, inTerenceandin 
Plautus, have, besides their characteristic (eet 9 Spon- 
dees, Dactyls, Anapests, Cretics, Amphibracs, Bac- 
chics, Tribracs, and even Proceleusmatics. With these 
feet their writings are plain and metrical; without 
them they must be so marred and misshaped by barbar- 
ous elisions, dissolutions and contractions, as to be ex- 
tremely difficult to be read. 

6. fhe feet above-mentioned may be in any place, 
except the last, if the verse be Acataletic; and ex- 
cept the last but one, if Catalectic; in which places 

such 



METRE. 231, 

such Iambics have -an Iambus, and such Trochaics a. 
Trochee ; or, it very rarely happens to be otherwise. 

7. The Caesura, or half foot, in the close of Cata- 
lecties, whether Iambic or Trochaic, may be either- 
long or short, the last syllable being common. Hence 
a Pyrrhic may be found at the close of some verses^ 
kul no where else. 



Here follows a Synopsis of all the many sorts of 
Torses which have been before described. And though 
1 cannot think it contains all that have been in use, 
much less all the language is capable of; yet I believe 
a larger Inventory is not to be found elsewhere; un- 
less it be in a book, which I have never seen, but which 
Vossius thus refers his reader to,, "Oonsulat Servium 
in Centimetre," and ill which Servius,.. I conclude^ 
describes one hundred different sorts of Latin Ver>e. 
But what Vossius acknowledges of his account, may 
be said even of such an account by Servius, ** Pfuni 
" possunt excogitari/' Vossius's account is very im- 
perfect. I am however indebted to it. And such is 
the variety of the Greek and Latin feet, though com- 
posed of only two sorts of measures, the long time 
and the short, that verses of five hundred different 
sorts might be made of them. 



* 2 COMPO- 



252 METR'E. 



COMPOSITION 



COMPOSITION IN VERSE. 

HAVING reviewed the several kinds of Latin Verse, 
individually, we will now observe the beautiful 
variety they are capable of in Carmine, i. e. in compo- 
sition ; for by carmen we are not to understand a single 
verse, but a poem, whether it be an Epigram, Ode, 
Epistle, or any other sort. 

When only one sort of verse is used throughout the 
ode or poem, such an Ode, &c, is called Monocolos ; 
when several sorts, Folycolos, or, more precisely, if 
there are two sorts of verse in a poem, it is stiled Di- 
colos : if three, Tricolos ; if four, Tetracolos. There 
is no instance of the last (Tetracolos J in Horace; and 
no further notice will be taken of it here. 

When the Stanza or Strophe is composed of two 
verses, it denominates the ode Distrophos ; when of 
tLrit', T/htrop/ios ; when of four, Tetrastrophos ; be- 
yond which the Latin stanza should not go, Catullus 
only having written one of five (Julia et Manlii Epi- 
thalamiunij and that not entirely consistent with itself, 
the stanza being for the most part, but sometimes not, 
composed of five Pherecratian Trimeters, of which the 
first four are irregular, having a Dactylic cadence, 
and the fifth more exact. 

By a complex use of these terms, the ode is Dicolos 
Distrophos^ when in a stanza there are two verses of 
different kinds; it is Dicolos Tristrophos, when the 
stanza contains three verses, but of only two kinds, 
one sort being used twice ; Dicolos Tetrastrophos, when 
the stanza hns four verses, but of only two sorts, one 
sou being used thrice; Again, the ode is Tricolos 
Tripi.rophosy when the stanza consists of three verses, 
each or a different kind : and Tricolos Tetrastrophos, 
when in the stanza there are four verses, but of only 
three kinds, one being used twice. 

The different kinds of composition in verse then, to 

be here exhibited, are six, viz. 

Ode 



A SYNOPSIS OF THE LATIN VERSE. 



ilofacepas^ 1 



Fir-tSjKc;.'!. HeflpK 



% Species. Iambics, of great Variety. Pure anrl Mixed. Dim. Trim, and Tetr 
Limbics, distinguished b,j the Quality of their Feet. 






n. (the same as an Iamb.Tctram.AcepI,. scanned by T. instead of I J St. Pange, lingua, glorios,- 
Tbird Class. Lyrics, and those not to be referred to the first and second Species. 

;., Anacreontic and Alcaic) Vs. | B. "" * $Ura > | 36. Lydia, die, per oiunes. 



S3- 






vice— Veris et Fovoni. Hot. 

■ I- '-C..1-.,,.. -Jl.ivi. Id. 

e puer Thetide. Id. 

Id. A Sapphic. 



6S. Dalrant malun 



Vint (of great variety) 



"». An Heroic Haa 



Co-s-Carsura or Single Syllable. P. Pyrrhic"" 
D. Dactyl-- ^ S. Spondee" 



A SYNOPSIS C 



poo 



I wenty-beven Miscellaneous 



Three first feet of an Hexam. D. | C. | C 
kh the third must be S. there alone differing fi 
^s art. Dactylic Penih 

Asynart. Jamb. Dim. AtJ 

or Anacr. Trim. Cat. 

7 .Q/»r»r »/<»/» 



T^l, 



„ll T. 



in verse. METRE. C33 

Ode Monocolos, alias Carmen Mo^ocolon. 
Dicolos Distrophos, alias, fyc. 
Dicolos Tristrophos, alias, SfC. 
Dicolos Tetrastropiios, alias, fyc 
Tricolos Tristrophos, alias, fyc. 
Tricolos Tetrastrophos, 'aliaSf $c. 



I. MONOCOLOS. 

I. COMPOSITIONS, in one sort of metre, con- 
sist more frequently of Hexameters, in which are writ- 
ten Heroic poems ; or Iambic Trimeters, adapted to 
Tragedy ; Seazons ; Trochaics, especially Tetrameters 
Catalectic, much used by Piautus and Terence in 
Comedy; Asclepiads ; Phaleucians ; and Anapestics; 
less frequently Iambic Dimeters; Iambic Tetrameters 
Catalectic ; Glyconics; Sapphics ; and Archiloehians ; 
more rarely siill, Pentameters and Adonics. 

Iamb. Tetrameters Cat. called also Hipponactei and 
Septtnarii oceur not unfrequently in Piautus and Terence. 
They are called Septenarii from their having seven 
whole feet; and Hipponactei from the Greek poet Hip- 
ponax. 



II. DICOLOS DISTROPHOS. 

vJf this there is a great variety. The most common 
ar e these. 

1. That called Elegiac, from e e legein, Gr, To 
say, alas ! alas ! This metre having been first, or 
much used in funeral ditties anion., the Gieeks. It is 
much used by Ovid, who exceils in it. Catullus has 
some odes in it; Propertius his four books of elegies 
and Tibnllus his four books of elegies, except L. 4. 
-E., 1. It consists of an Hexameter and Pentameter ; 
as, 

x 3 Itebilu 



234 METRE, composition 

Tkbilis indignos EJcgeia solve capillos. 

Heu ! nimisex vera nunc tibi nomen erit. Ox. 

2. An Hexameter and Archilochian Dactylic Pen. 
themimer ; as, 

Diffugere nixes ; redeunt jam, gramina campis, 
Arbor ib usque comet. Hor. 4. 7. 

3. An Hexameter and an Alcmanic Dactylic Tetra- 
meter ; as, 

Tunc we discussa liqucrunt nocte tertebrce. 
Luminibusquc prior rtdiit vigor. Boeth. 

4. An Hexameter and Phaliscus Tetram. ; as, 

Te maris et terrce numeroqut carentis arence 
Mensorem cokibent, Archyta. Hor. 1. 28. 

5. An Hexameter and Iambic Dimeter*; as, 

Nox erat, et cctlo fulgebat luna sereno 
Inter minora sidera. Hor. Epod. \6. 

6. An Hexam. and Pure Iambic Trim. Acat; as, 

Altera jam ttritur bcllis civilibus aitas ; 

Sum et ipsa Roma virihus ruit. Hor. Epod. 16., 

7» An Hexam. and the Second Archilochian Elegi- 
ambic Asyn* ; as, 

Horrida tempestas caelum coniraxit ; et imbres 
Nixesque deducuntjoxem : — nunc ?nare, nunc siluce. 

Hor. Epod. 13. 
See Trie. Tris. n. 4. 

8. An Alcmanic Trim. Hypercat. and a Pherecrat. 
Trim ; as, 

Unas enim rerum pater est, 

Unus cuncta ministrat. Boetk. 

p. An Iamb. Trim. Acat. and a Pentam; as, 
Quamxisjiuente dives auri gurgite, 

Non expleturao cogat ax arm opes. Boeth. 

10, A Scazon Iamb. Trim, and an Iamb. Dim.; 



as, 



Verona docti syUabas amat vatis ; 
Maroncjelix Mantua est. Mart. 

XI. An 
5 



in verse. METRE. 2J5 

1J. An Iambic Trimeter and Dimeter; as, 
Beatus ille, qui, procul negotiis, 

Ut prisea gens mortatium. Hor. Ephod. 2. 

12. An Iambic Dim. Aceph. and Iambic Trim. 
Cat. ; as, 

Truditur dies dies 
Nov cr que pergunt interire luncz. Hor. 2. 13. 

13. A Glyconic Choriambic and an Asclepiad Cho- 
riambic ; as, 

Intactis opulentior 
Thesauris Arabum,et divitis Indies, Hor. 3. 24. 

14. An Archyl. Heptam. Asyn. and Archil. Iamb. 
Trim. ; as, 

Solvitur acris hyems grata vice — Verts et Favoni ; 
Trahuntque siccas machinal carinas. Hor. 1. 4. 

This fourteenth sort, may, as we shall soon see, be 
termed Tricolos Trislrophos, the first being a dissoluble 
verse. 

15. An Iambic Trim. Acat. and the First Archil. 
Elegiamb. Asyn. ; as, 

Petti, nihil me sicut antea jwcat 

Scribere tersiculos — amove percuhum gravi. 

Hor. Evod. 1 1 . 

This may likewise be measured as Trie. Tris. 

16. A Trochaic Dim. Acat. and an Iambic Dim. 
Aceph ; as, 

Range, lingua, gloriosi 

Laurcam certaminis. Brcv. Rom. 

17 '. A Trochaic Dim. Acat. andaPherecrat,Trim; as, 
Quos vides sedcre celso 

Solii culmine reges. Boeth* 

18. An Aceph. Iamb. Tetram. and an Iamb. Trim. 
Acat. ; as, 

Ore pulchro, et ore muto scire vis, qum sim ! Volo. 
Imago Rufi rhetoris Pictaxki. Auson. 

III. DI- 



236 METRE, composition 



III. DICOLOS TRISTROPHOS. 

! HE author of the Port Royal Grammars says this 
U not a regular stanza. But why not regular he does 
not inform us. We find it used by Horace, thus, 

Two Ionics a Minori Trim. Acat. and one Ion, a 
Min. Tetiain. Asvn. 

Eques ipo melior Bellerophonte, 
Neque pvgno neque scgni pede victus, 
Sim ul unctos Tiber inis humeros — lavit in undis. 

Hor. 3. 12. 

So the old Commentator on Horace scans this ode; 
which is, however, the only one of the kind in Ho- 
race ; and it may also be measured as Tricolos Tetras- 
trophos, as we shall see when we come- to speak of 
thai metre. The old Commentator stiles this Met rum 
Sotadicum, from one Sotades, a poet of Crete, who 
wrote in it; so that we have full authority for account- 
ing it a regular stanza. 



IV. DICOLOS TETRASTROPHOS. 

OF this kind the principal are, 

1. Three Asciepiad Choriambics and a Glyconic; 
as, 

Aurum per medio s ire satellites, 
Et perrinnpere amat saxa potent ins 
Ictufulmiiieo. Concidit augur is 

Argivi domus ob lucrum. Bor* 3. 16. 

2. Three Sapphic Hendecasyllabics, and an Adonic 
Dipodia.; as, 

Jam satis terris niris, atque dirts 
Grandinis misit pater, et rubente 
Dexter a sacrasjaculaius arces, 
Terruit urban. Hor. 1.2. 

V. TRI- 



.1 



in vEftse. METRE. 237 



V. TRICOLOS TRISTROPIIOS. 

OF this here are four instances, and three of them in 
Horace. 

I, A Gluconic Choriambic, an Asclep'ad Choriam- 
bic, and an Alcaic Choriambic Pentameter; as, 
Dicendum mihi, quisquis cs t 
Mun (turn quern coluit mens iua perdidit, 
Non sunt ilia Dei, quce studuit, cujus habeberis, 

Prud. 

H. An Iambic Trim. A cat an Archil. Dactylic Pen- 
ihemifner, and an Iambic Dimeter Acat. ; as, 
Petti, nihil me, shut antea, juvat 
Scribe re versiculos/ — 

Amore perculsum gravi. Hoi\ Epod. 11. 

Verses the second and third of this sort of Trie. Tris. 
may be thrown, as we know now, into one verse, viz, 
the First Elegiambic Archilochian Asynartetos: and 
then, as we have also seen, this species may be esteemed 
Dicolos Distrophos. Hence by the same ode two species 
of composition seem to be exempli fied. It is, however, 
but one species, which, like a dissoluble verse, may bs 
called Asynartetos. And such ambiguity must always 
take place, whenever the strophe contains a verse that 
is dissoluble. 

C. Lancelot says, this eleventh Epod is the only spe- 
cies of Tricolos Tristrophos in Horace. But he errs. 
There 'din in Horace two more, one verse in each being 
Asynarte, a very beautiful and ingenious kind of verse, 
which Lancelot somehow or other seems unacquainted 
with. 

3. A Dactylic Tetram. a Trochaic Dim. Brachycat% 
and an Iambic Trim. Cat.; as, 

Solvit ur acris hyems grata t'fee— 

Veris et Favom : 
TraJmntque siccas machine carinas* 1. 4. 

So 



§3S METRE. composition 

So Cruqtiius, in bis most valuable edition of Horace, 

has measured this ode. 

4, An Hexameter, an Iambic Dimeter Acat. and. 
an Archilochian Dactylic Penthemimer; a?, 

Horrid a tempest as ccelum cuntraxit : et imbrex 
Nivesque deducunt Jovem, — 

IS 1 unc mare, nunc silute. Epod. 13. 

The thirteen tli Epod is so scanned by D. Heinsius,in< 
his edition printed* at. Amsterdam in 1718. 



VI. TRICOLOS TETRASTROPHQ3. 

J. HIS kind of composition is extremely beautiful ;. 
but unfortunately the ancient poets have left us no 
great variety of it. C. Lancelot says, there are only 
two species in Horace : we shall however find one more 
in the writings of that bard ; and it is surprising, that 
that great grammarian, in his account of the Latin. 
Poetry, should have passed by Horace in. so cursory 
a manner, as he really did, 

2. Two Asclepiad Choriambics, a Pherecratian Tri* 
podia, and a Giyconic Choriambic; as, 
Dianam tenercc diciie virgines ; 
Intonsum, pueri, dicite Qynthium / 
Latonamque supremo 

Dilectaw penitus JovL Carm, Sec, 

2. Two Great Alcaics, an Iambic Dimeter Hyper-, 
cat. and a Small Aicaic, otherwise called a Pindaric 
Dactylic Tetrameter ; as, 

Odi profanum vulgus et arceo. 
i'avete Unguis : carmina non prius 
Audita, Mum rum sacerdos, 

¥ir gimb us puerisque canto, o* 1. 

3> Two 



^ts verse. 1\1ETRE. 239 

3. Two Ionics, a Minori Trim. Acat. (which Cru- 
<|uiu5 calls Sappbic Trimeters) an Acreontic Trim. Cat. 
and an Adonic; as, 

Miberarum est neque amori dare ludum^ 
Neque dulci mala xino lavere, aut ex- 
animari mduentes patrux — 
Verbera lingua*. 3. 12. 

4. Another remarkable, and not very elegant, in* 
stance of Tricolos Tetrastrophos, is that in Boerhius; 
viz. A Boethian Trochaic Penthemimer, an Adonic, 
and then a Boethian Iambic Penthemimer, followed 
by another Adonic ; thus, 

- ..i - -i 

Si quis Arcturi 

' - o u I - 

Sidcia ne&cit 
Propinqua sunnno 

Car dine labi : 
Our laxet tardus 

Plaustra Bootes, 
Mergatque seras 

J£quore Jlammas* 

For It gat m my copy, at the second Strophe, 1 have 
'substituted laxet, to assist both the metre and the sense. 



METRA HORATIANA. 



1\EAD Horace, who will : but let no one affect to 
admire him, without a good understanding, first cf 
the variety, then of the harmony of his numbers ; 
by means of which we may, without which we never 
can, be sensible even of the sublimity of his sentiments, 

much 



240 METRA HORATIANA. 

much less of the terseness of his diction, how full he 
is in every expression, how thrifty and curious in the 
choice of all his words, and how extremely fortunate 
in the use of them. 

I will Therefore conclude this book with a very plain 
and simple account of all Horace's Metres; exhibiting 
1. A Prospectus of the differeut kinds of verse by him 
used; 2. A Schedule of the many sorts of metrical 
composition in his Odes, &c. ; 3. A Table shewing 
the mode of scanning, and the composition of, every 
ode or line in Horace. 

Note, — The abbreviations in the Prospectus are explained 
in the Synopsis, q. v. 



PROSPECTUS. 

HORACE wrote in four and twenty different kinds 
of verse, of which the following are examples : 

1. Terr uit urban. 1.2. 

1. An Adonic, consisting of D. S. 

2. Arboribusque coma?. 4. 7 . 

2. An Afcvhilochiair Dactylic Penthemimer, D. D* 

Ca j s. 

f. Grato Phyrrha sub antro. i. 5. 

3. A Pherecratian Tripodia, generally, S. P. S. 

4. Sic te Diva potens Cypri. 1.3. 

4. A Glyconic Choriambic. S. Cs. I. 

B* Ant Ephesnm bimaris-ve Corinthi. 1 7. 

5. Phaliscvs, or An ML Heroic Teirap, 3 P. or S. 
the 4. 6'. 

6. Lauclabunt alii claram Rhodon aut Mitylenen. l.f. 
* 6Y An Heroic Hexameter. 4. D. or S. D. S. 

7. Ngh 



METRA IIORATIANA. 241 

7. Kvn cbur neque aurcum. 2. IS. 

7. Iamb Dim. Aceph. or Euripid. Trochaic Dim, 

Cat. Vulgo not us. 

$. Amice propugnacula. Epod* 1« 

8. Iamb, Dim. Acat. Vulgo not us. 

9. Silver lahorantes gtluq\&. 1. 9« 

9. Iamb. Dim. Hyper cat. Vulgo not us* 

10. M«a renidet in domo lacunar. 2. 18. 

10. Iamb. Trim, Cat. Vulgo notus. 

11. Ibis Libuniis inter alta navium* Epod. 1* 

11. Iamb. Trim. AcaU Vulgo notus* 

12. Maecenas atavis edite regions. 1.1. 

12. An Asclepiad Choriambic. S. Cs. Cs, 1. 

13. Jam satis tcrris 7iivis atque dirce. 1. 2. 

13. A Sapphic Hcndecasy liable. C. S. D. C. S. 

14. Vides ut alta stet nive candidum. 1. 9. 

14. Great Alcaic Hendecasyllabic. 1. or S. 1, 
Cses. D. D. 

15. Tlumina const? terint acuto. 1. 9. . 

15. Small Alcaic, or Pindaric Dactylic. D. D. C f C 

16. Tu ne qucesieris scire, nefas, quern mini, quern tibi. 

1. 11. 

16. Alcaic Choriamb. Pentam, S. Cs. Cs. Cs. I. 

17. Lydia, die per omnes. 1. 8, 

17. Aristoph. or Anac. or Alcaic Choriamb. Cs. B. 

18. Te Deos oro, Sybarin cur properes amando. 1. 8. 
IS* An Alcaic Choriamb. Tetram. Ep. Sec. Cs. Cs. B. 

19. Animari metuentes patruce. 1.12. V. Hor. aCrusi. 
10. Ionic a Minori Trim, or Anac. Trim. Cat. 2 Small 

Ionics. A. 

30. Miserarum est neque amori dare ludum. 3. 12. 
20. Sapphic Ionic a Min. Trim. Acat. 3 Small 
I^uics. 

21. S indium 



242 METRA HORATIANA. 

21. Stadium aufert, Neobule, Liparcei nit or HebrLS, 12. 

21. Ion. a Min. Tetram. Acat. Asyn. (V. Hor. ab 

Heins.) 4 Small Ionics. 

22. Solvitur acris hyems grata vice Veris et Favoni. 
1,4. 

22. Archil. Dact. Heptarn. Acat. Asyn. 3 D. or S. 

d. c. c. c. 

23. Scribere versiculos amort perculsum gravi. Epod. 11. 

23. First Elegiamb. Archil. Asyn. D. D. Cces. et Iamb. 

Dim. Acat. 

24. Nivesquededucunt Jovem. Nunc mare, nuncsiluae* 

Epod. 13. 

24. Second Elegiamb. Archil. Asjn. Iamb, Dim. 
Acat. D. D. Cass. 



NEGLECTED HEXAMETERS. 

* Heroic Hexam.] In the epistles and satires of Ho- 
race there are Hexameters, which, from a studied ne- 
gligence, have not the majestic port of heroic verses, 
and have therefore been called Neglected Hexameters. 
These, because they are plain and humble in appear- 
ance, some through ignorance undervalue; whereas, in 
fact, they are admirable, and excellent, as Claude Lan- 
celot says of them, almost beyond the reach of imita- 
tion. Their simplicity suits didactic poetry : and they 
are choice relics of true and pure Latinity. Here is an 
instance of such verses, and a proof also that they were 
written with design: (V. etiam Sat. 2, 3. Ep. 1, 7. 
Ep. 1, 14.) 

Primum ego me illerum, dederim quibus esse poetas, 
Excerpam numero. Neque enim concladere versum 
Dixeris esse satis : neque si quis scribat uti nos 
Sermcni propiora f putes kuuc esse poetam. Sat. 1, 4. 

PASIPHAE. 



J1ETRA HORATIANA. 243 

PASIPHAE. 

This little piece, entitled Phasiphae, was designed by C. 
Wase as a specimen of Horace's Metres, and is quoted 
by both Cruquius and Baxter. 

1 Filia Solis 

2 JEstua.i igne novo ; 

3 Et per prata juvencum 

4 Menlem perdita quneritat. 

5 Non illam thalami pudor arcet ; 

6 Non regalis honos, nee magni cura maritir 

7 Optat in formam bovis 

8 Convertier vultus suos ; 

9 Et Prsetidas dicit beatas; 

10 Ioque laudat, non quod Isis alta est, 

11 Sed quod juvencae cornua in fronte erigit 

12 Si quando misera? copia suppetit r 

13 Brachhs ambit fera colla tauri, 
14? Floresque vernos cornibus illigat, 

15 Oraque jungere quaarit ori. 

16 Audaces animos efficiunt tela cupidims* 

17 Illicitisque gaudet 

18 Corpus includi stabulis, se faciens juveneam*. 

'9 I I 

20 Et amoris pudibundi malesuadis 

-1 ! ! I 

22 Obsequiturvotis; etprocreat,heunefas! bimembrem; 

23 Cecropides JAivenis quem perculit fractum manuj 

24 Filo resolvens Gnossiae tristia tecta d6mus. 

N. 19 and 21, that is, the Ionic a Min. Trim, Cat* 
and the Ionic a Min. Tetram, were not observed by the 
author of this specimen of Horace's Metres ; and it is 
remarkable, that hardly any editors,, except Cruquius- 
and Heinsius, seem to understand, that there are such 
verses as these in Horace. 



U A SCHEDULE 



24* METRA HORATIANA. 

A SCHEDULE 

Of the many Kinds of Metrical Composition used by 
Horace in his Odes and Epods, fyc. 

JN the works of this excellent poet are twenty different 
sorts of metrical composition ; of them nineteen are 
in his odes and epods ; and so many as ten of these are 
found in his first book of odes. The twentieth is thai 
of his epistles and satires, 

THE SCHEDULE. 

1. 

The first kind of metrical composition in Horace is, 
as L. 1. O. 1. Monocolon or Unimembre, comprised 
in one sort of verse only, namely, the Asclepiad Chori- 
ambic ; which metre occurs thrice in this poet ; viz. 

Lib. 1. Od. 1. Mcece?ias at avis edit e regibus. 

3, 30. Exegi monument nm cere perennius. 

4. 8. Donarem pater as, grataque commodus. 
For the structure of the verse in this sort, see Pro- 
spectus No. 12. 



2. 

The second sort is, as L. 1. O. 2. Dicolon Tetra* 
strophon, the strophe or stanza containing four verses 
but of only two kinds, namely, three Sapphic Hende- 
casyllabics, and one Adonic. This has been distin- 
guished by the appellation of the Sapphic Metre ; and 
there are in Horace six and twenty odes of this de- 
scription, viz. 

Lib. 1. Od. 2. Jam satis terris nivis at que dirce. 
Mercuri , facunde nepos At la n tis. 
Quern virum aut heroa, lyra, vel acri* 
Vile potabis^ modicis Sabinum* 
Integer vitce, scelerisque purus. 
Parciusjunctas quatiunt fenestras* 
Venus regina Cnidi Paphiquc. 
Poscimus, si quid vacui sub umbra, 
Persicos odi f puer apparatus* 

Lik 



1, 


10. 


1, 


12. 


1, 


20. 


1, 


22. 


1, 


25. 


1, 


30. 


1, 


32. 


1, 


38. 



METRA HORATIANA. 245 

Nullus argento color est, avaris. 
Ne sit ancilloe tibi amor pudori. 
Septimi Gades aditure mecum, et. 
Vila si juris tibipejerati. 
liectius vives, Licini, ncque altum* 
Otium Divos rogat in patenti. 
Martiis ccelebs quid agam calendis.- 
Mercuri nam te docilis magistro, 
Herculis ritu modo diet us, o plebs. 
Faune, Nympharnmfugientum amaton- 
Non vides, quant o moveas periclo. 
Montium custos ncmorumque lirgo* 
Impios parrot reeinentis omen. 
Pindarum quisquis studet cemularn 
Dive, quern proles Niobceamag?ice* 
Est mini nonum supa*antis annum. 
Phabe, sylvarumque potens Diana,* 
Vide Prospect um, N. 31, 1. 



ib.2, 


2. 


2, 


4. 


2, 


6. 


2, 


8. 


2, 


10. 


2, 


16. 


3, 


8. 


3, 


11. 


3, 


14. 


3, 


18. 


3, 


20. 


3, 


22. 


3, 


27- 


4, 


2. 


4, 


6. 


4, 


11. 


€arm. 


Sec. 



3, 

The third sort is, as L. 1. O. 3. Dicolon DistropIion f 
in stanzas of two verses, each of different measures. 
These are a Glyconic Choriambic; and an Asclepiad 
Ghoriambic; and of this composition there are twelve 
odes in Horace, viz. 

Lib. 1, Od. 3. Sie te Diva potens Cyprh 
Cum fra, Lydia, Telcpki. 
Mater sceva Cupidinunu 
Et tkure etjidibusjuvat. 
Donee grains eram tibi. 
Uxor pauperis Ibici. 
Quantum distet ab Inacho* 
Intact is opulent ior. 
Festo quid potius die. 
Intermissa Venus ditr. 
Quern tu y Melpomene-) serneh 
V.Prosp.N.^U. 

y 3 4, The 



1, Od 


. 3. 


1, 


13. 


1, 


19. 


1, 


36. 


3, 


9. 


3, 


15. 


3, 


19- 


3, 


24. 


3, 


28. 


4, 


1. 


4, 


3. 



246 ME TR A HORATI ANA. 

4. 
The fourth kind is as L. 1. O 4. either Dicolon 
Distrophon, composed of the Archilochian Dactylic 
Heptameter, Arsynartetos, and the Archilochian lam, 
bic; as, 

L. 1. O. 4. Solvitur acris hyems grata vice — Veris et 
F avoid : 
Trahuntque siccas machince carinas. 
Or, if we please, this fourth kind is Tricolon Tri. 
strophon; and then the Strophe will consist of three 
different verses, an Alcmanic Dactylic Tetrameter, a 
Trochaic, Ithyphallic Dim. Brachycat. and an Archi- 
lochian Iambic as before; thus, 

Solvitur acris hyems grata vice 

Veris et Favoni : 
Trahuntque siccas machince carinas . 
There is no other instance of this Metre in Horace, 
V. Prosp. N. 22, 10, et Synopsin, N. 6, 29, 48. 



5. 

The fifth kind is, as L. 1. O. 5. Tricolon Tetrastro- 
phon, having stanzas of four verses, but of only three 
sorts. The first and second are Asclepiad Choriambic ; 
the third a Pherecratian Tripodia; the fourth a Glyco- 
aic Choriambic. In this metre Horace has seven odes; 
viz. 
Lib. 1. Od. 5. Quis multa gracilis te puer in rasa. 

1, 14. O navis, referent in mare te ?iovi. 

1 21 ") 

p * Si ^> ianam tenerft dicite virgines. 

2, 23. Vittas hinnuleo me similis, Chlo'e\ 

3, 7* Quidfl.es> Asterie, quern tibi candidi. 

3, 13. Ofons Blandusice splendidior vitro, 

4, 14. Audivere. Lyce } Diimea vota. DH, 
Vid. Prosp. N.12, 3,4. 



6. 

The sixth sort is, as L. 1. O. 6\Dicolon Tetrastro- 
phon, composed of three Asclepiad Choriarnbics, and 



<ine 



METRA HORATIANA. 247 

*me Glyconic Choriambic. In this class are nine odes 
of Horace; viz. 

Lib. 1, Od. 6. Scriberis Variofortis } et hostivm. 

1, 15. Pastor cum traheret per freta navibus. 

I, 24. Quis desiderio sit pudor, aut modus. 

1, 33 . Albi, ne dole as plus nimia, memor. 

2, 12, Nolis longaferce bella Numantice. 

3, 10. Extremum Tanalm si bibcres, Lyce. 

3, lo\ Inclusam Danaen turris ahenea. 

4, 5. Dlvis orte bonis, op time Romulce. 

4, 12. J amveriscomites, quae mare temper ant. 
Vid. Prosp. N. 12, 4. 



7. 

The seventh class is, as L. 1. O. 7. Dicolon Distro- 
phon, the first of the couplet being an Heroic Hexam. 
the second a Phaliscus or Archil. Heroic Tetram. Of 
this composition we have three odes in Horace; viz. 
L. 1.0.7. Laudabunt alii cluram Rhodon aut Mitylenem. 

1, 28. Te maris et terrce, numeroque carentis arena:, 
Epod. 12. Quid tibi vis, mulier, ?iigris dignissi?na barris* 

Vid. Prosp. 6, 5. 



8. 

The eighth class is, as L. 1. O. 8. Dicolon Distro- 
phon, the couplet containing first an Aristophaman 
Choriambic (the same Choriambic as that called Alcaic 
and Anacreontic) and then an Alcaic Choriambic Te- 
tram. This metre Horace has in only one ode; viz. 

L. 1. O. 8. Lydia y die per omnes. 

Vid. Prosp. N. 17, 8. 



9- 

The ninth sort of metrical composition in Horace fs 5 
as L. 1. O, £♦ Tricolon Titrastrophon, in this order, 

tmm 



245 METRA HORATIANA. 

two Great Alcaics, an Iambic Dim. Hypercat. and this 
Small Alcaic ; which last is also called Pindaric Dac- 
tylic Tetram. This is commonly called the Alcaic 
Metre ; and this, it should seem, was Horace's favour- 
ite strain ; for he has composed in it so many as seven 
and thirty odes; via. 

Lib. ],. Gd. [). Vides ut alia stet nive candidum* 
matre pidchrajilia pulchrior. 
Velox amcenum scepe Lucretilem. 
Musis amicus, tristitiam et met us*. 
Nat is in usum Lcetitice scyphis. 
Icci beatis nunc Arabum wvides. 
Quid dedicatum poscit Apollinem.. 
Parens Deontm cult or et irifrequens. 
Diva, gratum quae regis Antium. 
Nunc est bibendum, nunc pede liber o.. 
Motum ex Metello consule civicum.. 
JEquam memento rebus in arduis* 
Nondum subacta ferre jugum valet, 

sccpe mecum temp us in ultimum. 
Non semper i?nbres nvbibus hispidos* 
Quid bellicosus Cantaber, aut Scythes* 

1 lie et nefasto te posuit die. 
Eheu ! fugaces, Posthume, Posthume, 
Jam pauca aratro jugera regice. 
Cur me querelu exanimas tuis, 
Bacchum in remotis carrnina rupibus* 
Non usitata nee tenui ferar. 
Odi prof an urn valgus et arceOi 
August am, amid, pauperiem pati.~ 
Jubium et tenacem propositi virum* 
Deseende ccelo, et die age tibia. 
Ccelo ton ant em credidimus J ovem*. 
'Debet a major urn immeritus lues»- 
Mil vet ust o nobilis ab Lamo, 
naia mecum consule Ma/ilio.^ 
Ccelo supinas si tuleris manus.. 
Vixi puellis nuper idoneus* 
Tyrrhena regum progenies, tibu 
Qualcm ministriun fuhninis alitem, 
Ne forte credas interitura P ante. 

Lib, 4^ 



1, 


16. 


h 


17. 


1, 


26\ 


1* 


27. 


I* 


29. 


1, 


31. 


1, 


34. 


1. 


35. 


h 


37. 


2, 


1. 


2, 


3. 


2, 


5. 


2, 


7- 


2, 


9- 


2, 


11. 


2, 


13. 


5, 


14. 


2, 


15. 


2, 


17. 


2, 


19. 


2, 


20. 


3, 


1. 


3, 


2. 


s, 


3. 


3, 


4. 


3, 


5. 


3, 


6. 


3, 


17. 


3, 


21. 


3, 


23. 


3, 


26. 


3, 


29- 


4, 


4. 


4, 


9. 



METRA HORATIANA. 24f 

Lib. 4. 14. Qua: cura patrum, quceve Quiritium. 

4, 15. Phoebus volentem prcelia me loqui. 

Vid. Prosp. N. 14,9, 15. 



10. 

The tenth kind is, as L. ] . ] 1 . Monocolon, con- 
sisting of Alcaic Choriambic Pentameters alone; and 
of this there are three odes in Horace; viz. 

Lib. 1, Od. 11. Tu ne qucrsieris scire, Tie/as, qucm mihi, 
quern tibi. 
1, 18. Nullarn, Vare> sacra vtie prius seven's > 

arbor em* 
4, 10. crudelis adhuc, et veneris munerihus 
patens. 
Vid. Prosp. A T . l(J. 



11. 

The eleventh sort is, as L. 2. O. 18. Dicolon Di- 
strophon. Of this couplet, the first is an Iambic Dim. 
Aceph. (otherwise called Euripid. Trochaic Dim. Cat.) 
and the second an Iamb. Trim. Cat. and this metre 
occurs only in this one ode; viz. 

L. 2. O. 18. Non ebur neqite aureum. 
Vid. Prosp. N. 7, 10. 



K. 

The twelfth sort is as L. 3. O. 12. either Dicolon 
Tristrophou, containing two Sapphic Ionics a Minori 
Trim. Acat. and an Ion c a Min. Tetram. Asjm. thu?, 

L. 3. O. 12. Miser arum est neqite amori dare ludum. 

Neque dulci mala vino lavere, aid ex* 

animari metuentes patruoe verbera linguae* 

or it is Tricolon Tetrastrophon, and so consists of two 
Sapphic Ionics a Min. Trim. Acat. as before, an Ana- 
creontic 



250 METRA HORATIANA. 

creontic Ionic a Min. Trim. Cat. and lastly an Adonte i 
after this manner, 

Miser arum est neque amori dare ludum, 
Neque dulci mala vino tavere, aut ex~ 
animari metuentes pat race 
Verbera linguce. 

Of suck composition Horace affords but this one 
example. 

Fid. Prosp. N. 20, 21, or 20, 19, I. 



13. 

The thirteenth is, as L. 4. 0. 7. Dicolon Distrophon, 
the first being an Heroic Hexam. the next an Archil. 
Dact. Penthem. Of this likewise we have but one in- 
stance in Horace; viz. 
L. 4. O. 7. Diffugere nives : rcdeunt jam gramina campis. 

Vide Prosp. 6 } 2. 



14. 

The fourteenth sort is, as Epod. 1. Dicolon Distro~ 
phon, consisting of an Iamb. Trim. Acat. and an Iamb, 
Dim. Acat. In this metre arc the first ten epods; as r 
Epod 1. Ibis Libumis inter alia navium, 

2. Beat us Me, qui procul ?iegotiis. 

3. Parentis ollm si quis impia manu. 

4. Litpis et agJiis quanta sortito obtigit. 

5. At o Deo rum quicquid in cailo regit. 

6. Quid immerentes hospites vexas canis. 

7. Quo? Quo, scelesti f ruitisf Aut cur dexter is. 

8. liogare Ion go putidam te soeculo. 

Q. Quando repostum Ccecubum adfestas dapes. 
10. Mala soluta navis exit alite. 
Fid. Prosp. N. 11, 8. 



15. 

The fifteenth sort is, as Epod 11, the only instance 
in Horace either Dicolon Distrophon, when it consists 
of an lamb. Trim. Acat. and the first Archil. Elegiamb. 
Asyn. thus, Epod. 



METRA H0RAT1ANA. 251 

Epod, 11. Petti, nihil me sicut antcajuvat, 

Scribcrt versiculos,amore perculsum gravi. 
or it may be Tricolon Tristrophon, and ihen consists of 
an Iamb. Trim. Acat. as before, an Archil. Dactylic 
Penthemimer, and an Iamb. Dim, Acat. thus, 
Petti nihil me sicut a?iteajavat 9 
Scribere versiculos, 

Amore perculsum gravi. 
Vid. Prosp. 11, 23, or 11, 2, 8. 



16, 

The sixteenth sort of metrical compositien in Horace 
is, as Epod. 13. his only instance, either Dicolon Dis- 
trophon, the first being an Heroic Hexam. the other, 
the Second Archilochian Elegiamb. Asyn. as, 
Epod. 13. Horrida tempestas ccelumcontraxit : et imbres 
Nkesque deducunt Jovem. Nunc mare nunc 
sylua. 
or it is Tricolon Tristrophon ; when the triplet consists 
of first an Heroic Hexam. then an Iamb. Dim. Acat. 
and then an Archil. Dactylic Penthem. thus, 

Horrida tempestas cotlum contraxit : et imbres 
Nivesqne deducunt Jovem. 
Nuyic mare^ mine sylua, 
Vid. Prosp. 6, 24, or 6, 8, 2. 



17. 

The seventeenth sort is, as Epod. 14, Dicolon Dis- 

trophon, composed of an Heroic Hexam. and an Iamb. 

Dim. Acat. This we meet with twice in Horace; viz. 

Epod 14. Mollis inertia cur tantam diffuderit imis. 

15. Nox erat, et codo fulgebat luna sereno. 
Vide Prosp. 6, 8. 



18. 

*The eighteenth sort is, as Epod 16, the only instance 
of it in Horace, Dicolon Distrophon, the first being an 
Heroic Hexam. the next an Iamb. Trim. Acat. as, 

Epod. 16. Altera jam teritur bellis civilibus atas. 
Vide Prosp. 6, 11. The 



S52- METRA HORATIANA. 

19. 

The nineteenth sort is, as Epod 17, the only example 
in Horace, Monocolon, consisting wholly of Iambic" 
Trimeters Acat. as, 

Epod 17. Jam jam efficaci do manus sclent ice. 
Vfd. Prosp. N. 11. 



20. 

The twentieth and last kind of metrical composition 
in the works of Horace is, as all his epistles and satires, 
Monocolon, composed entirely of Heroic Hexameters; 
among which though there are many of a seemingly 
loose and careless contexture, called, as we have heard 
already, Neglected Hexameters; yet they are by no 
means, because of their homely suit, to be esteemed 
, lightly, but to be highly valued, and much attended to 
in schools, as rare instances of the true and pure idiom 
of the Latin tongue. 



Here follows a Breviate of the foregoing Schedule; 
and then a Table, by which the metrical composition 
of all or any part of Horace's works may be known by 
little more than a glance of the eye. And, after this 
Breviate and Table are the two Odes said to have been 
found some few years since in the Palatine Library by 
the Sublibrarian Caspar Pallavicini, and by some attri. 
buted to Horace, as was said above. Possibly they 
may be Horace's; certainly they art? pretty ; and to 
gratify the young Scholar with a sight of them, I havs 
thought it no trouble to insert them here. See above 
p. 191. 

For more on the subject of Latin Verse in general, 
tne learner is referred by Vossius to Terentius Maurus, 
Servius, Marius Victorinus, Marius Plotius, Atilius, 
Fortunatianus, and above all, to the old Poets them- 
selves; the very Hippocrene, " si serio aveat Poetari." 

7 



253 



A Breviate of the foregoing Schedule of Horace 9 s Metres. 



1. Monocolon, consisting of 6. Dicolon Tetrastrophon. 

Afclep. Choriamb, whofe feet are S. z. Cs./.iThree Afclep. Choriamb.— 5. z. Cs. I. 

Glycon Choriamb.— 5. Cs. I. 



2. Dicolon Tetrastrophon. 
Three SaDh. Hendec— C. S. D. z C. 
Adonic— Z). S. 



3. Dicolon Distrophon. 
Glyconic Choriambic — 5. Cs. I. 
Afclepiad Choriamb. — £. z. Cs. I. 



7, Dicolon Distrophon. 
Heroic Hex&m. —Fersus vulgo notus. 
Phaliscus.— 3 D. or S. S. 



8. Dicofon Distrophon. 

Aristroph Choriamb. — Cs. B. 

Alcaic Chori Tetram.. --£/>. Sec. z Cs. B. 



4. Either Dicolon Distrophon.. 
Archil. Dact. Hept. Afyn.— 3 D. or S. D. 3 C. 
Archil, lamb — vide Synopsin. 48, 25. 



9. Tricolon Tetrastrophon. 
Two Great Alcaics.— I. or S. I Cas. z. D* 
Iamb. Dim. Hypercat.— Vulgo notus. 
Small Alcaic— 2 D. z C. 



Or Tricolon Tristrophon. 
\lcman Dact. Tetram.— 3 D.orS. D. 
Troc. Ithyphall. Dim. Brachyc— 3 C. 
Archil. Iamb, vide Synopsin, 48, 25. 



10. Monocolon, 

Alcaic Choriamb. Pentam.— S. Cs. I. 



d. Tricolon Tetrastrophon, 
TwoAsclep. Choriamb.— S. 2, Cs. I. 
Pherecrat Tripod. —5. D. S. fere. 
Glycon Choriamb.— 5. Cs. I. 6- 



ll. Dicolon Distrophon. 
Iamb. Dim. Aceph.— Vulgo notus. 
Iamb. Trim. Cat.— Vulgo notus. 



12. Either Dicolon Tristrophon. 

TwoSapph. Ion.Trim.Acat. — jSmalllonks. 
Ion. Tetram. Afyn.-— 4 Small Ionics. 



16. Either Dicolon Distrophon. 

Heroic Hexam;— Vulgo notus. 
SeccmdUegmmb.Afy.— Iamb. Dim. zD.Cas. 1 



Or Tricolon Tetrastrophon. 
TwoSapph. Ion.Trim.Acat.— 3 Smalllonics. 
Anac Ion-Trim. Acat.— 2 Small Ion. A. 
Adonic— D. S. 



Or Tricolon Tristrophon. 
Heroic Hexam. 

Iamb. Dim. Acat.— Vulgo notus. 
Archil. Dact. Penthem.— 2 D. Casura. 



13. Dicolon Distrophon. 

Heroic Hexam.— Vulgo notus. 

Archil Dact. Penthem.— 2 D. Casura. 



17. Dicolon Distrophon, 

Heroic Hexam. 

Iamb. Dim. Acat. — Vulgo notus. 



14. Dicolon Distrophon. 
Iamb. Trim. Aczt.—Vulgo notus. 
Iamb. Dim. Acat.— Vulgo notus. 



18. Dicolon Distrophon. 

Heroic Hexam. 

lam. Trim. Ac&t.-.-Vulgo notus, 



15. Either Dicolon Distrophon. 

Iamb. Trim. Acat. —Vulgo notus. 

First Elegiamb. Asy.— 2D. Cces. Iamb. Dim, 



19. Monocolon. 

lam. Trim. Acat.— -Vulgo notus. 



Or Tricolon Distrophon. 
Iamb. Trim. Acat.— Vulgo notus. 
Archil. Dact. Penthem. --2 D. Casura. 
Iamb. Dim. Acat.— Vulgo net us. 



20. Monocolon, 
Heroic Hexam. 



The Abbreviations here are as those in tl 
Synopsis q. v. _ 



254 



This Table shews the Metre of ever 
Ode or Line in Horace. 

The Figures in the first of every two Columns denote the Ode 
&c. Those in the second, corresponding with the Breviat 
and Schedule, shew the Composition. 



Odarum 


Lib. 1. 


Odarum 
Lib. 2. 


Odarum Lib. 3. 


Odarum 
Lib. 4. 


j Epodas. 


Ode. 


Met. 


Ode. 


Met. 


Ode. 


Met. 


Ode. 


Met. 


Ode. 


Met. 


Ode. 


Met. 


Epod. 


Met 


1. 


1. 


*1. 


5. 


1. 


9. 


1, 


9. 


21. 


9. 


1. 


3. 


1. 


14. 


2. 


2. 


22. 


2. 


2. 


2. 


2. 


9. 


22. 


2. 


2. 


2. 


2. 


14. 


3. 


-4» 

o. 


23. 


5. 


3. 


9. 


3. 


9. 


23. 


9. 


3. 


3. 


3. 


14. 


4. 


4. 


24. 


6. 


4. 


2. 


4, 


9. 


24. 


3. 


4. 


9. 


4. 


14. 


5. 


5. 


25. 


2. 


5. 


9. 


5. 


9. 


25. 


3. 


5. 


6. 


5. 


14. 


6. 


6. 


26. 


9, 


6. 


2. 


6. 


9. 


26. 


9. 


6. 


2. 


6. 


14. 


7. 


7. 


27. 


9. 


7. 


9. 


7. 


5. 


27. 


2. 


7. 


13. 


7. 


14. 


8. 


8. 


23. 


7. 


8* 


2. 


8. 


2. 


28. 


3. 


8. 


1. 


8. 


14. 


9. 


9. 


29. 


9. 


9. 


9. 


9. 


3. 


29. 


9. 


9. 


9. 


9. 


14. 


10. 


2. 


30. 


2. 


10. 


2. 


10. 


6. 


30. 


1. 


10. 


10. 


10. 


14. 


11. 


10. 


31. 


9. 


11. 


9. 


11. 


2. 




" 


11. 


2. 


11. 


15. 


12. 


2. 


32. 


2. 


12. 


6. 


12. 


12. 


* 




12. 


6. 


12. 


7. 


13. 


3. 


33. 


6. 


13. 


9. 


13. 


5. 






13. 


5. ! 


13. 


16. 


14 


5. 


34. 


9. 


14. 


9. 


14. 


2. 






14. 


9. 


14. 


17. 


„ 


6. 


35. 


9. 


15. 


9. 


\5. 


3. 






15. 


9. • 


15. 


17. 


L 


9. 


36. 


3. 


16. 


2. 


16. 


6. 








' 


16. 


18. 


17. 


9. 


37. 


9. 


17. 


9. 


17. 


9. 










17. 


19. 


18. 


10. 


38. 


2. 


18. 


11. 


18. 


2. 


Carm. Sec. Phoebe, sylv. 


2. 


19. 

20- 


3. 
2. 






19 

20. 


9. 
9, 


19. 
20. 


3. 

7. 1 


Omaes Epistolae 
Omnes Satyree 


£0, 

20. j 



255 



Q. Horatii Flacci (utferant) Carminum* 

Lib. 1. Od. xxxix. 

Ad Julium Florum. 

DISCOLOR grandem gravat uva ramum ; 
Instat autumnus ; glaeialk anno 
Mox hyems volvente aderit, capillis 

Horrid a canis. 
Jam licet nymphas trepide fugaces 
Insequi, lento pede detinendas ; 
Et labris captae, simulantis iram, 

Oscula figi- 
Jam licet vino madidos vetusto 
De die lsetum recitare carmen : 
Flore, si te des hilarem, licebit 

Sumere noctem. 
Jam vide curas aquilone sparsas, 
Mens viri for lis sibi constat, utrum 
Serius letbi citiusve tristis 

Advolat hora. 



256 

Q. Horatii Flacci (ut ferant) Carniinum, 

Lib. 1. Od. xl. 



Ad Librum suum 

DULCI Libello nemo sodalium 
Forsan meorum charior extitit. 
De te merenti quid, fidelis, 

Officium domino rependis ? 

Te Tloma cautum territatardua ? 
Depone vanos invidiam metus ; 
Urbisque, fidens dignitati, 

Per plateas animosus audi. 

En quo furentes Eumenidum choros- 
Disjecit almo fulmine Jupiter ! 
Huic ara stabic ; fama cantu 

Perpetuo celebranda crescit. 



FINIS. 



^kootP 



K. & R. uilbert, Printers, 
St. John's Square, London. 




<P <^v 









V 






K X 



\> > A' 

.0 o 




/ 









\V 



o> V*. 




^ * * nP 



a i \ ' 



.0- 



V 











lib 




